BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf

BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Book Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation & Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha [Third Language Sanskrit (TLS)]

Part I: Objective
1. ୫୦ ପଦ ସମ୍ବଳିତ ଏକ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ଆଧାରରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ୪ଟି ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯିବ। ୫ ଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
2. ସକାରଣ ବିଭକ୍ତି ନିରୂପଣ – ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ୫ଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
3. ସନ୍ଧି ଓ ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ (ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ) (1 × 5 = 5)
4. ସମାସନାମ / ସମସ୍ତପଦ / ବ୍ୟାସବାକ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ (ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ) (1 × 5 = 5)
5. ଭ୍ରମ ସଂଶୋଧନ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟର ସନ୍ଧି ଓ କାରକରୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
6. ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବ୍ୟାକରଣରୁ ୫ଟି ଏକପଦୀକରଣ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଗତ। (1 × 5 = 5)
7. କାରକ ବିଭକ୍ତି ଆଧାରରେ ୫ଟି ପଦ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରି ବାକ୍ୟ ରଚନା। (1 × 5 = 5)
8. ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ (କୃଦନ୍ତରୁ ୫ଟି) (1 × 5 = 5)
9. ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ। (1 × 5 = 5)
10. ଗଦ୍ୟରୁ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ଦିଆଯିବ। ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚରାଯିବ। ଯଥା – ରାମଃ ଗୃହଂ ଗଚ୍ଛତି । କଃ ଗୃହଂ ଗଚ୍ଛତି? (1 × 5 = 5)
Total = 50 Marks
କିମ୍ବା, ବହୁବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର (1 × 50 = 50 Marks)

Part II: Subjective
1. ଗଦ୍ୟରୁ ୨/୩ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି ଉତ୍ତର କ, ଖ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (5 × 2 = 10)
2. ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ୨/୩ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି ଉତ୍ତର କ, ଖ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (5 × 2 = 10)
3. ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ୫ଟିର ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତର। (2 × 5 = 10)
4. ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ୫ଟିର ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତର। (2 × 5 = 10)
5. ମାତୃଭାଷାରୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ୫ଟି ଅନୁବାଦ। (2 × 5 = 10)
Total = 50 Marks
Grand Total: Part-I (50) + Part-II (50) = 100 Marks

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Tense’ and ‘Time’ in English are not necessarily related to each other.

  • ‘Time’ is a universal (ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ), non-linguistic concept because ( ଭାଷାବିହୀନ ଧାରଣା) it is independent oflanguage.
  • ‘Time’ is a continuous flow (ନିରବଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରବାହ) measured in seconds, minutes, hours, days or years.
  • ‘Time’ and ‘tense’ mustn’t be confused.

Let’s prove it :
The Chief Minister is visiting our school next week (ମୁଖ୍ୟମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ଆମ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ପରିଦର୍ଶନ କରିବେ ।)
Here the tense “is visiting” is present but the time referred to (ସୂଚିତ କରାଯାଇଥିବା) is future.

Tense

  • The word “Tense” is derived from ( ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପରି ଲାଭ କରିଛି) the Latin word ‘Tempus’ which means ‘Time’.
  • “Tense of the verb” (କ୍ରିୟାର କାଳ) suggests the time of an action or event (ଘଟଣା) and it is very important in the sense that we always express events or actions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) with reference to different periods of time. ‘
  • So ‘Tense’ shows (a) the time of an action and (b) its degree of completeness.

Remember: English grammar has no future tense as there is no specific (ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର) or separate verb form or grammatical marker to indicate future time.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

The present tense forms are used to talk about the future time. (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ସମୟ ବିଷୟରେ କହିବାପାଇଁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ କାଳ ରୂପକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples:
The Secretary is going (ଯିବେ) to Bhubaneswar next month.
The President arrives (ପହଞ୍ଚିବେ) here on Monday.
My younger son will go (ଯିବ) to college tomorrow.
Here the expressions next month, Monday and tomorrow indicate future time

Let’s see the time division.
PAST <— …………………………… NOW…………………………………—-> FUTURE

‘Now’- Present time
Before ‘Now’- Past time
After ‘Now’- Future time.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited 1

Each tense has four aspects. They are :
1. Indefinite or Simple
2. Continuous or Progressive
3. Perfect
4. Perfect Continuous or Perfect Progressive

What is ASPECT?
‘Tense’ broadly (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ) corresponds to time, but tense forms have also to indicate the manner, i.e (that is) whether an action, activityor state is, was or will be in progress or whether it is, was or will be complete. This manner goes by the name “Aspect”.

Ways of Expressing Present Time
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited 2

1. Present Simple and its uses :
The Present Simple or Simple Present tense retains its base form in all cases except when the subject in the third person is singular. (ତୃତୀୟପୁରୁଷ ଏକବଚନକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ Present Simple Tense ନିଜର ମୂଳ ରୂପକୁ ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
A: Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I go.(ମୁଁ ଯାଏ ।) We go.(ଆମ୍ଭେ(ମାନେ) ଯାଉ ।)
You go.(ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ । You go(ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଅ ।)
He / Gopal goes.(ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ ।) They / Children go.(ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

B. Negative sentence (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I don’t go (ମୁଁ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।) We don’t go (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉନାହୁଁ ।)
You don’t go (ତୁମେ/ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।) You don’t go (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)
He / Gopal doesn’t go.(ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।) They/Children don’t go.(ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)

C. Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) : (Yes-No Question)

Singular Plural
Do I go?
(ମୁଁ ଯାଏ କି ?)
Do we go?
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉ କି ?)
Do you go?
(ତୁମେ । ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ କି ? ଆପଣ ଯା’ନ୍ତି କି ?)
Do you go?
(ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଯାଅ କି / ଯାଆନ୍ତି କି ?)
Does he / Gopal go?
(ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ କି ?)
Do they / children go?
(ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି କି ?)

He, she, it, water, Gopal, Rahim, pen, duster, water, gold, rain etc. are third person singular numbers.

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) To express a habitual action (ଏକ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Father drinks (ପିଅନ୍ତି) coffee every morning.
He always speaks (କୁହେ) the truth.
I sometimes write (ଲେଖେ) poems.
Suresh gets up (ଉଠେ) at five and goes (ଯାଏ) to bed at nine.

→ In such cases (ଏଭଳି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ) we can use adverbs (କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ) like everyday, usually (ସାଧାରଣତଃ), always, often, never, sometimes, at times (ବେଳେବେଳେ).

(ii) To express a present state (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
I am hungry. (ମୁଁ ଭୋକିଲା ଅଟେ ।)
Mary has a doll. (ମେରୀ ପାଖରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କଣ୍ଢେଇ ଅଛି ।)
Children love (ଭଲପାଆନ୍ତି) sweets.
h/lr Mishra is (ଅଟନ୍ତି) a good writer.

(iii) To express general truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
The earth moves (ଘୂରେ) round the sun.
Cows eat (ଖାଆନ୍ତି) grass.
Ladakh has (ର ଅଛି) cold climate (ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳବାୟୁ ଅନୁଭୂତ ହୁଏ ।).
Oil floats (ଭାସେ) on water.
Bad news travels (ବ୍ୟାପିଯାଏ) fast.
Water turns into (ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ) ice at 0°C.
A little learning is (ଅଟେ) a dangerous thing. (ଅଳ୍ପ ବିଦ୍ୟା ଭୟଙ୍କର ।)
This road goes (ଯାଇଛି) to Balasore.
The Ganga rises (ଉତ୍ପତ୍ତିଲାଭ କରିଛନ୍ତି) in the Himalayas.
We see with our eyes (ଦେଖୁ), hear (ଶୁଣୁ) with our ears and smell (ଶୁଘ୍ନ) with our nose.
Cuttack stands (ଅବସ୍ଥିତ) on the (କୂଳରେ) Mahanadi.

(iv) To express sports commentary (ଖେଳର ଧାରାବିବରଣୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Rajupasses the ball to Jitu and Jitu scores.
Sachin hits the ball to the boundary.

(v) (a) To express a planned future action, particularly when it refers to a journey.
(ଯୋଜନାବଦ୍ଧ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଯାତ୍ରା ଅର୍ଥରେ))
We leave (ଛାଡ଼ିବୁ) Delhi at 5 o’ clock tomorrow and arrive (ପହଞ୍ଚୁବୁ) in Kolkata the day after.

(b) To refer to future events, which are certain since they are fixed by calendar or time table or part of a fixed programme.
(କ୍ୟାଲେଣ୍ଡର ବା ସମୟ ସାରଣୀ ଆଦି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଘଟଣାବଳୀ ।)
The H.S.C Exam begins ( ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) on 25th February.
The test match starts ( ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) next week.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(vi) To express magic or some skill of making (ଯାଦୁ ଖେଳ ବା ତିଆରି କୌଶଳ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
I take (ନେଉଛି) two eggs and break (ଭାଙ୍ଗୁଛି) them into a bowl.
I take (ନେଉଛି) this card from the pack andplace it (ରଖୁଛି) under the handkerchief.

(vii) Used with the verb ‘says’ while quoting (ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ) from books or notices.
Keats says (କହିଛନ୍ତି), “A thing of beauty is joy forever.”
Newton says, “Every action has opposite and equal reaction”.

(viii) In exclamatory sentences, beginning with ‘here’ and ‘there’ to express the present continuous. (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟପାଇଁ Here ବା there ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ)
Here comes (is coming) Rama!
There goes (ବାଜୁଛି) our school bell!

(ix) In a dramatic narrative to describe past event (historic present)
(ଅତୀତ ଘଟଣାର ନାଟ୍ୟ ବିବରଣୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Alexander, the Great then invades ( ଆକ୍ରମଣ କଲେ; invaded) India.
After hearing the news of the meeting, the commander hurries (hurried; ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଗଲେ) to Mumbai.

(x) To express a fact that exists at the time of speaking
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କହିବା ସମୟରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ସତ୍ୟ ଘଟଣା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Do you hear (ଶୁଣିପାରୁଛ) me ?
I know (ଜାଣିପାରୁଛ) what you want.
Potatoes cost (ମୂଲ୍ୟରେ ବିକ୍ରି ହେଉଛି) Rs.10 a kilo.

(xi) To express a future action or state in clauses of ‘time’ and of ‘condition’
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣା ବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ‘ସମୟ’ ଓ ‘ସର୍ଗ’ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟରେ) :
Mohit will wait till the classes are over (ଶେଷ ହେବ).
Ifit rains (ବର୍ଷାହେବ), our class will be suspended.
We shall discuss (ଆଲୋଚନା କରିବୁ) the matter when you come back (ଫେରିଆସିବ),

(xii) Newspaper headlines or broadcast (ସମାଚାରପତ୍ର ମୁଖ୍ୟଶ ବା ଟିଭି ଖବର) :
Peace talks (ଶାନ୍ତି କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା) fail (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା).
The terrorists (ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ) escape (ଖସି ପଳାଇଗଲେ) from the jail.

(xiii) In some fixed interrogatives (କେତେକ ଚିରାଚରିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ)
Where do you come (ଆସିଛ) from ?
(Where are you coming from ?)
What makes you sad / laugh ? (ତୁମେ ଦୁଃଖୁତ / ହସୁଛ କାହିଁକି ?)
What brings you here ? (ତୁମେ / ତୁ ଏଠାକୁ ଆସିଛ / ଆସିଛୁ କାହିଁକି ?)
Why don’t you report the matter?

(xiv) Some declarations (କେତେକ ଘୋଷଣା) :
I declare (ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି)the meeting open.
I thank (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେଉଛି) you for your help.
I beg your pardon. (ତୁମଠାରୁ କ୍ଷମା ଚାହୁଁଛି)
We accept (ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି) your offer. r

Here actions complete instantly as soon as they are declared about. (ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ମାତ୍ରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧୂତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(xv) Present Simple with State verbs (ଅବସ୍ଥାସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) (non-Progressive or without ‘ing’ form) :

(a) ‘Be’ (‘ହେବା’ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା verb)
‘be’: The boy is (ଅଟେ) naughty (ଦୁଷ୍ଟ).
exist (ସ୍ଥିତି) : Ghost exists (ଅଛି). (There are ghosts)
belong: This book belongs to Kamal. (is the property of)
consist: The committee consists (ଗଠିତି) of nine members, (is made up of)
resemble (ସାଦୃଶ୍ୟ): The child resembles his grandfather (is like)
cost: The book costs twenty rupees, (is equal in value to)

(b) ‘have’ (Possession) ଧାରଣ :
Father has landed property.
Mr Rath owns (ଅଧିକାରରେ ଅଛି) a Maruti Wagner.

(c) Verbs of perception / sense (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତି ପ୍ରକାଶକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) :
I see (ଦେଖୁଛି) a bird on the tree.
Honey tastes (ଲାଗେ) sweet.
He looks (ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି) tired.
Rose smells (ବାସୁଛି) sweet.

(d) Verbs of thinking:
I know (ଜାଣିଛି) this man.
Do you believe (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଛ) him ?
He remembers (ମନେପକାଉଛି) his childhood days.
Do they understand (ବୁଝୁଛନ୍ତି) this poem?
I think ( ଭାବୁଛି) the man is mad.
Some peopleforget (ଭୁଲିଯା’ନ୍ତି) everything.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(e) Verbs ofemotion or wish (ଆବେଗ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ପ୍ରକାଶକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା) :
Children love (ଭଲପାଆନ୍ତି) to play.
Everybody hates (ଘୃଣାକରନ୍ତି) lying (ମିଛ କହିବା).
Father likes his tea strong. (କଡ଼ା ଚା’ ଭଲ ପାଆନ୍ତି ।)
I hope (ଆଶା କରୁଛି) for the best.
Nobody wants (ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) to make friends with that bad man.

(f) Verbs of appearing (seem, appear, look, resemble):
The children appear (ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଛନ୍ତି) sad.
The girl seems (ଜଣାପଡୁଛି) very happy.

2. Present Progressive and its uses :
If the action of a verb continues or is in progress in the present and is incomplete at the moment of speaking, Present Progressive tense is used, (is /am/are + ‘ing’)

A. Declarative sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉଛି । – I am going.
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉଛୁ । – I We are going.
ତୁମ୍ଭେ/ ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି | – I You are going.
ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉଛି । – I He / Gopal is going.
ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି । – They / The children are going.

B. Declarative sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ । – I am not going.
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉନାହୁଁ । – We aren ’t going.
ତୁମେ / ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଆପଣ ଆପଣମାନେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ / ଯାଉନାହାନ୍ତି । – You aren’t going.
ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉନାହିଁ । – He / Gopal is not going.
ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉନାହାଁନ୍ତି । – They / The children aren ’t going.

C. Interrogative sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉଛି କି ? – Am I going?
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉଛୁ କି ? – Are we going ?
ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛ ! ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ? – Are you going ?
ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉଛି କି ? – Is he Gopal going ?
ସେମାନେ । ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ? – Are they / the children going ?

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to express an action that is in progress at the time of speaking
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କହିବା ସମୟରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁଥିଲେ)
Mr Ashok is teaching (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି) us grammar now.
My mother is cooking (ରାନ୍ଧୁଛନ୍ତି) there.
What are the children doing (କରୁଛନ୍ତି)?

(ii) for an action that has started and is in progress, not necessarily at the time of speaking.
Mr Rath is writing (ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି) a novel, (though not writing at the time of speaking)
Hira’s brother is working (ଚାକିରି କରୁଛି) in a bank.
Mami is running (ଚଳାଉଛି) a music school.

(iii) to express a planned action for the future
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତପାଇଁ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ଏକ ଯୋଜନାବଦ୍ଧ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ)
He is going (ଯିବ) to Delhi tomorrow.
My father is giving (ଦେବେ) a dinner to his friends tomorrow.

(iv) with ‘always’, ‘constantly’ (UPQP), ‘regularly’ etc, to express a repeated action for the sense of disapproval (ବିରକ୍ତି, ଅଭିଯୋଗ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ always, ‘constantly’ ଆଦି କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ସହ ବାରମ୍ବାର ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
The ration dealer (ତେଜରାତି ଦୋକାନୀ) isn’t opening (ଖୋଲୁନାହିଁ) the shop regularly.
This dog is always barking (ଭୁକୁଛି) at the strangers.
My eldest brother is constantly shouting at (ଗାଳିଦେଉଛି) his children.
That man is always driving (ପୂରାଇ ଦେଉଛି) his cow into my garden.

(v) for the changing situations (ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଶୀଳ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ)
The weather is getting (ଅଧ‌ିକ ଶୀତ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି) colder.
Prices are rising (ବଢ଼ୁଛି) from day to day.
The population of India is increasing (ବଢ଼ୁଛି) very fast.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(vi) for a temporary situation deviated from the habitual activity
(କୌଣସି କାରଣପାଇଁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ବିଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥିବା ଅସ୍ଥାୟୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
We go to school at 9 a.m. everyday but we are going (ଯାଉଛୁ ) at 7 a.m.
Mr Mohanty goes to his office by scooter but now he is going ( ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି) by bicycle.

Activity-1

Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the verbs given in brackets: [You can use she or her if required.]
He _____________ (get) up early every day. He _______________ (brush) his teeth and _______________ (have) his bath. He _______________ (take) a quick breakfast. He ____________ (not want) to be punished at school. So, he _____________ (set out) early to reach school in time. He ___________ (sit) on the same bench in my classroom. He _____________ (have) straight hair and a sharp nose. What is his name?
Answers:
He gets (ଉଠେ) up early every day. He brushes (ବ୍ରଶୂକରେ) his teeth and has his bath (ସ୍ନାନକରେ). He takes (ଖାଏ) a quick breakfast. He doesn’t want (ଚାହେଁନାହିଁ) to be punished at school. So, he sets out (ବାହାରି ପଡ଼େ) early to reach school in time. He sits (ବସେ) on the same bench in my classroom. He has (ଅଛି) straight hair and a sharp nose. What is his name?

Activity- 2

Write the daily activity (ସବୁଦିନିଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of an animal, for example, a cow/dog/cat/tiger/horse or any other animal/bird. Don V mentions the name of the animal For example, Fm a domestic animal I have four legs and a long tail, etc. Let your friends guess what animal you have thought of.
Answers:
I’m an animal. People keep me (ରଖନ୍ତି) at home. But I watch their houses (ଜଗେ). I have (ଅଛି) a long body with a curved (ବଙ୍କା) tail (ଲାଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼). I have a sharp muzzle (ଥୋମଣି) with two hanging ears. I have a keen sense of hearing (ଶୁଣିବାର ପ୍ରଖର ଶକ୍ତି ଅଛି). My body is covered with fur (ଲୋମ). I have four long, slender (ପତଳା) legs. So I run (can run) (ଦୌଡ଼େ) quickly. When I see food, I wag (ହଲାଏ) my tail. I feed on (ଖାଏ) bread, rice, meat, biscuits, etc. I snarl ( ଭୀଷଣ ଭୁକେ) at the strangers. Then guess (ଅନୁମାନ କର) who I am (ଅଟେ).

Activity-3

Work in pairs, A and B. Yourpartner will tellyou some sentences that are wrong. Correct your partner. Then speak your sentences and let your partner correct you. In this way complete all the sentences and at the end, write down the corrected answers. ( ନିଜର ସାଥୀଙ୍କ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନିଜେ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଓ ନିଜ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସାଥୀଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ଠିକ୍ କରାଇ ସବୁ ବାକ୍ୟ ପୂରଣ କରି ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲେଖ ।)

Example:
A: Mr. Rao likes to eat fish. (ଭଲ ପା’ନ୍ତି)
B: No, he doesn ’t eat (ଖାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) fish. He is a vegetarian (ନିରାମିଷାଶୀ).

Wrong sentences for A:
Water freezes at 4°C.
Cuttack is the capital of Odisha.
The sun goes round the earth.
Viswanathan Anand plays football.
The Prime Minister of India lives in Mumbai.

Answer:
Right sentences for ‘A’ :
Waterfreezes (ବରଫରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ) at 0°C.
Bhubaneswar is (ଅଟେ) the capital of Odisha.
The earth goes (ପୂରେ) round the sun.
Viswanath Ananda plays (ଖେଳନ୍ତି) chess.
The Prime Minister of India lives (ବାସକରନ୍ତି) in New Delhi.

Wrong sentences for B :
Water floats on oil.
A rose is a kind of fruit.
Sachin Tendulkar plays hockey.
Vande Mataram is our National Anthem.
New York is the capital of the USA.

Answer:
Right sentences for ‘B’ :
Oilfloats (ଭାସେ) on water.
A rose is a kind of flower.
Sachin Tendulkar plays cricket.
Jana Gana ManaAdhi.. is our National Anthem (ଜାତୀୟ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
Washington DC is the capital of the U.S.A.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Activity-4

Work in pairs. Match the following sentences (1-6) with the uses of the present simple and present progressive (a-f).
1. I live in Sambalpur.
2. She’s staying with her aunt at the moment.
3. Toffees are very sweet.
4. His English is getting better all the time.
5. I usually go to school on foot.
6. Look. Two swans are carrying a tortoise

Present simple Present Progressive
(a) General or scientific truths (d) Something happening now
(b) Permanent state or permanent fact (e) Something happening over a period of time
(c) Habitual action (f) Temporary action

Answers:

1. I live in Sambalpur. (c) Habitual action
2. She’s staying with her aunt at the moment. (e) Something happening over a period of time
3. Toffees are very sweet. (b) Permanent state or permanent fact
4. His English is getting better all the time (e) Something happening over a period of time
5. I usually go to school on foot. (c) Habitual action
6. Look. Two swans are carrying a tortoise. (d) Something happening now

Activity- 5

Look out through the window. What do you see? Write three sentences about the things that you see. Read out and see who else has written one exactly like you. For today, you are special friends.
Answer:
I see a farmer going to the field.
I notice some girls pick flowers.
I watch a flight of birds in the sky.

Activity-6

Use either the PresentSimple or the Present Progressive to complete the dialogue.
Seema: Hello Lopa, what (you / do) these days?
Lopa: Nothing much. I (learn) how to dance in a dancing school. What about you?
Seema: Me? I (work) at a training school. The school (offer) lessons on cooking.
Lopa : (you /like) the job?
Seema: Yes, of course. I (prefer) this job because I (also learn) a lot how to cook while working here.
Lopa: What (they / teach) now?
Seema: Right now they (give) lessons on Chinese food. You know, Chinese dishes (taste) so good!
Lopa Can I join the classes someday?
Seema: Sure. They (want) more and more students to join their school. You are welcome.
Lopa: Thank you.
Answers:
Seema: Hello Lopa, what are you doing (କରୁଛୁ) these days?
Lopa: Nothing much. I am learning (ଶିଖୁଛି) how to dance in a dancing school. What about you?
Seema: Me? I am working (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି) at a training school. The school offers (ଶିକ୍ଷା ଦିଏ) lessons on cooking.
Lopa: Do you like (ଭଲ ପାଅ) the job?
Seema: Yes, of course. I prefer (ଭଲ ପାଉଛି) this job because I am always learning (ଶିଖୁଛି) a lot how to cook while working here.
Lopa: What are they teaching (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି) now?
Seema: Right now they are giving (ଶିଖାଉଛନ୍ତି) lessons on Chinese food. You know, Chinese dishes taste (ସ୍ଵାଦଲାଗେ) so good!
Lopa: Can I join the classes some day ?
Seema: Sure. They want (ଚାହୁଁଛନ୍ତି) more and more students to join their school. You are welcome.
Lopa: Thankyou

Ways of expressing Past Time
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited 3

1. Present Perfect and its uses :
The Present Perfect tense is formed with has/have and the past participle form of the verb.
A. Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I have seen. (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁଛି ।) We have seen. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖିଛୁ ।)
You have seen. (ତୁମେ / ଆପଣ ଦେଖୁଛ / ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।) You have seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛ (ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
He / Gopal has seen. (ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁଛି ।) They / The children have seen. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

B. Negative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I have not seen. (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁନାହିଁ ।) We haven’t seen. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହୁଁ ।)
You have not seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ ଦେଖୁନାହଁ ।) You have not seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହଁ । ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହାନ୍ତି ।)
He / Gopal has not seen. (ସେ ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁନାହିଁ।) They / The children have not seen. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁ ନାହାନ୍ତି ।)

C. Interrogative sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) : (Yes-No question)

Singular Plural
Have I seen ? (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁଛି କି ?) Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ?)
Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ?) Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ? / ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି କି ?)
Has he / Gopal seen ? (ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁଛି କି ?) Have they / the children seen ? (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to express an experience, action in the immediate past (ନିକଟ ଅତୀତର ଅଭିଜ୍ଞତା ବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ)
I have seen (ଦେଖୁଛି) the Charminar city.
You have played (ଖେଳିଛୁ) well in today’s match.

(ii) to express an action which began in the past and is continuing upto the present moment. (ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ଘଟଣାପାଇଁ)
India has been free (ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ହେଲାଣି) since 1947.
He has been (ଅଛି) ill since last week.

(iii) for a habit in a period continuing till now (ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ଏକ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ପାଇଁ)
Malati has practised (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରୁଛି) classical music (ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ) for ten years.
Mohit has attended (ଯୋଗ ଦେଉଛି) the camp regularly.

(iv) to express an action completed in the past but having current relevance. (ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପ୍ରଭାବ ଥ‌ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
It has rained (ବର୍ଷା ହୋଇଛି) heavily. (The ground is wet now)
John has reported the matter to the police. (The culprit will be found out (ଦୋଷୀକୁ ଧରାଯିବ))
I have cut (କାଟିଦେଇଛି) my finger. (It is bleeding now. (ଏବେ ରକ୍ତ ବହୁଛି))

(v) used in the usages like ‘This is the first time’, ‘this is the second time’, etc.
This is the first time I have ever travelled (ଯାତ୍ରା କରୁଛି) on a flight.
This is the second time Meera has commited the mistake (ଭୁଲ୍ କରିଛି).

(vi) after a superlative.
It is the best (superlative) book I have ever come across.
She is the prettiest (superlative) girl I have ever seen (ଦେଖୁଛି).

(vii) with the adverbs like ‘today’, ‘this morning’, ‘this week’, ‘this year’, ‘this month’ when the periods are not over at the time of speaking.
Have you met the teacher today?
Have you been (ଯାଇଛ) to the hospital this morning? (within 12 noon)
I haven’t received (ପାଇନାହିଁ) any letter this week.

(viii) used with just, already, yet, recently, ever, never, so far, since, etc.
Have you ever been (ଯାଇଛ) to Chilika? (ever)
The guest hasn ‘t arrived(ଆସିନାହାନ୍ତି) yet. (yet).
I have met the person recently (ନିକଟରେ). (recently)
Nobody has ever told (କହିନାହାନ୍ତି) me lies so far.
Father has never seen a ghost (ଦେଖୁନାହାନ୍ତି) (never).

(ix) for an action which lasts throughout an incomplete action.
(for, since, all day/night/week, all my life, all the time, lately, recently)
He has been in London for two years. (He is still in London.)
I have always respected him. (I still respect him.)
We have waited all day. (We are still waiting.)

(x) to indicate a habit with when, before, after, etc.
I shall speak to you when I have finished my dinner.
Boys will play after they have done their homework.
I never go to bed before I have finished my home work.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(xi) Used “ever” in questions :
Have you ever been (ଯାଇଛ) to Nagpur?
Has she ever won (ଜିତିଛ) any reward?

2. Present Perfect Progressive :
Present Perfect Progressive tense is formed by the present perfect of the verb followed by present perfect (has/have + been + base form of the verb + ‘ing’)
Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) To express an action or event that began in the past and is still going on.
(ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)
Nihar has been studying (ପଢୁଛି) in this college for three years.
The children have been playing in the field for (ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି) two hours.

(ii) to express an act that was going since a recent point of time and whose result is still.
present. (ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଏହାର ପ୍ରଭାବ / ଫଳାଫଳ ଥ‌ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
I feel cold because I have been swimming (ପହଁରୁଛି) for an hour.
Rekha is tired as she has been working (କାମ କରୁଛି) all the morning.

‘Past Tense refers to the past time action of the verb.

3. Simple Past:
The simple past tense in regular verbs is formed by adding d, ed, t etc. to the base form.
(base form + d / ed /1 = simple past tense)

A. Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I said. (ମୁଁ କହିଲି / କହିଥିଲି ।) We said. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ / କହିଥିଲୁ ।)
You said. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ / ତୁମ୍ଭେ / ଆପଣ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲ) You said. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ / କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ)
He / Gopal said. (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥିଲା) They/ The children said. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନୋ କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ)

B. Negative Sentence (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
I didn’t say (ମୁଁ କହିଲି ନାହିଁ ।) ବା (ମୁଁ କହି ନଥୁଲି ।) We didn’t say. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥୁଲୁ)
You didn’t not say. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ କହିଲ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥିଲେ ।) You did not say. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ ନାହିଁ / କହିନଥିଲେ)
He / Gopal did not say. (ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହି ନଥିଲା ।) They / The children didn’t say. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ କହିଲେ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥିଲେ)

C. Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular Plural
Did I say? (ମୁଁ କହିଲି । କହିଥିଲି କି ? ) Did we say ? (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ / କହିଥୁଲୁ କି ?)
Did you say? (ତୁମେ / ଆପଣ କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ କି ?) Did you say? (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ / କହିଥିଲ କି ?)
Did he  / Gopal say ? (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲା କି ?)  Did they / the children say ? (ସେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନେ ଖେଳିଲେ । ଖେଳିଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) For the completed actions in the past with the time adverbials like yesterday, last week/month/year/night, a few days/months/years ago, in 2010, etc. (ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ)
His father died (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) last year.
It rained (ବର୍ଷାହୋଇଥଲା) heavily last week.
Father had a bad headache a few days ago.

(ii) to denote a habitual or general action in the past but now terminated.
(ଅତୀତର ଅଭ୍ୟାସକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଏବେ ବନ୍ଦ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ)
We were (ଥିଲୁ) in Surat for seven years.
She studied (ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା) journalism (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକତା) when she was in Mumbai.

(iii) to describe a past habit (ଅତୀତର ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
The teacher always carried (ନେଉଥିଲେ) an umbrella.
Uncle often visited (ଦେଖା କରୁଥିଲେ) father.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(iv) historical or past event (ଐତିହାସିକ ବା ଅତୀତ ଘଟଣା)
Sepoy Mutiny (ସିପାହୀ ବିଦ୍ରୋହ) broke out (ଘଟିଥିଲା) in 1857.
Shakespeare wrote (ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ) for the Global Theatre.

(v) Of two actions completed in the past in a shorter period of time and first action leading to the second. (ଅତୀତରେ ଅଳ୍ପ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ୨ଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭିତରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପରେ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସଙ୍ଗେସଙ୍ଗେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ)
When the train stopped, I jumped off.
The girl turned off (ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲା) the TV when her father came (ଆସିଲେ).

(vi) Used in subordinate clauses to refer to something desirable or an unreal state of things.
I wish I knew his name.
If I were you, I would buy that property. (Present time)

(vii) For polite enquiries with verbs hope, think or wonder (ନାମସୂଚକ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
I wonder if you would lend me that book.
I hope he would excuse me.

4. Past Progressive / Continuous :
The Past Continuous / Progressive tense is formed by the past tense of the verb ‘be’ (was/were) followed by the present participle (‘ing’) of the verb

Singular Plural
I was eating. ( ମୁଁ ଖାଉଥଲି ।) We were eating. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଖାଉଥଲୁ ।)
You weren’t eating. (ତୁମେ ଖାଉ ନଥୁଲ ।) You weren’t eating. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଖାଉ ନଥୁଲ ।)
Was Gopal eating? (ଗୋପାଳ ଖାଉଥିଲା କି ?) Were they eating? (ସେମାନେ ଖାଉଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to describe an action in progress over a period of time in the past
(ଅତୀତରେ ଚାଲିଥୁବା ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
The children were playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ) all the afternoon.
She was writing letters all the morning.

(ii) to describe an action in progress at a point of time in the past
(ଅତୀତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରେ ଚାଲିଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
I was having (ଖାଉଥଲି) my breakfast at 7 A.M.
What were you doing (କରୁଥିଲୁ) when father called on you?

(iii) repeated action with ‘always’ causing annoyance to the speaker.
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବିରକ୍ତି ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଅତୀତର ବାରମ୍ବାର ଘଟୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ‘always’ ସହିତ)
The child was always biting (କାମୁଡୁଥୁଲା) her nails.
Rama was always playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲା) chess during the vacation.
Grandfather was always losing (ହଜାଇଦେଉଥ୍ଲେ) his walking stick.

(iv) to describe two or more parallel actions going on at the same time
(ଅତୀତରେ ସମାନ୍ତରାଳ ଭାବେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ୨ଟି ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧୁକା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
He was listening while I was talking.
Amit was watching the TV, while Sunlit was doing his homework.

(v) The Past Progressive and the simple Past are used together to say that something was happening when something also happened. (ଅତୀତରେ କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁଥିଲା ବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ)
I was reading (ପଢୁଥୁଲି) when my friend arrived (ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ).
It was raining (ବର୍ଷା ହେଉଥିଲା) when the wind blew (ବହିଲା).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

5. Past perfect :
This is formed with ‘had + Past participle of the verb’.
‘go’ – had gone
‘talk’ – had talked
‘sing’ – had sung

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) When the subject or the narrator looks back at an earlier action from a certain point in the past. (ଅତୀତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରୁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାକାରୀ ପୂର୍ବ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଚାହିଁଥିଲେ)
Dinesh was eighteen when his career started. His parents had died three years before and since then he had lived alone.

(ii) Out of the two actions of the past past perfect for earlier action and simple past for the later action. (ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ୨ଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Past Perfect ଓ ପରବର୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ Past Simple ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)
When we reached the station, the train had left. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଷ୍ଟେସନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ଚାଲିଯାଇଥଲା ।)
Her old father had died by the time she reached home. (ସେ ଘରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ବେଳକୁ ତାହାର ବୁଢ଼ା ବାପା ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ ।)

(iii) to express a hypothetical (supposed) condition.
If he hadgone to the station, he would have averted the mishap. (ସେ ଯଦି ଷ୍ଟେସନକୁ ଯାଇଥାନ୍ତା, ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାକୁ ଏଡ଼ାଇ ପାରିଥାନ୍ତା ।)
Surabhi would have got a first class if she had studied hard. (ଯଦି କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପଢ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତା ସୁରଭି ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲାଭ କରିଥାନ୍ତା ।)

(iv) In the Reported speech to talk about things that had already happened at the time of talking. (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଅତୀତରେ କହିଲାବେଳେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଘଟିଯାଇଥଲେ)
Saurav told me that he had met my father. (ମୋ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖା କରିଛି / ଦେଖା କରିଥିଲା ବୋଲି ସୌରଭ ମୋତେ କହିଲା ।)
The teacher asked Ritesh where he had gone. (ସେ କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲା ବୋଲି ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରିତେଶକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)

(v) Used afer the verb ‘wish 9 to express an impossibility. (ଅସମ୍ଭବ ଅର୍ଥରେ verb ‘wish’ ପରେ)
I wish he had rung me. (didn’t ring)
I wish our Headmaster had suspended the school. (didn’t suspend)

(vi) Used with as soon as, the moment, immediately, till, until, before in the Time clause.
As soon as he had completed the work, he left.
The moment (ଯେଉଁ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ) the war had been declared (ଘୋଷଣା କରାଗଲା),, the price of oil went up (ବଢ଼ିଗଲା).
The emploee had immediately challenged his boss.
Mohan was refused payment untill he had finished his work.

(vii) In the clauses beginnning with ‘as ‘if’ or ‘as though’
Nabin spoke English as ifhe had come from England (ସତେଯେପରି ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡରୁ ଆସିଥିଲା).
The beggar looked (ଦେଖାଯାଉଥ୍ଲା) as if he hadn ’t eaten anything for a week. (ସତେଯେପରି ସପ୍ତାହ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ କିଛି ଖାଇ ନଥୁଲା)

(viii) With ‘after’ in the Time clause.
After Guru hadfailed (ଫେଲ୍ ହେବାପରେ) in the examination, he became upset.

(ix) To describe an action or event in the past which denotes cause for later action in the past. (ଅତୀତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ଘଟଣା ଯାହା ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର କାରଣ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ ।)
The girl was nervous because she had never danced before.
I got the highest mark for (because) I hadanswered all the questions correctly.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

6. Past Perfect Continuous :
This is formed with ‘had been’ + Present Participle of the verb.

Singular Plural
I had been eating. (ମୁଁ ଖାଉଥଲି । ) We had been eating. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଖାଇଥିଲୁ)
Gopal hadn’t been eating. (ଗୋପାଳ ଖାଉ ନଥିଲା ।) They hadn’t been eating. (ସେମାନେ ଖାଉ ନଥିଲେ ।)
Had the girl been eating? (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲା କି ?) Had the children been eating? (ପିଲାମାନେ ଖାଉଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
to describe the earlier of the two actions in the past when the earlier action continued upto the time of the beginning of the second or later action (ଅତୀତର ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ବା ପରବର୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବହୁ ସମୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲିଥିଲେ)
My friend Bikash had been waiting for hours (ଘଣ୍ଟାଘଣ୍ଟା ଧରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲା) when I opened the door.
The workers had been digging (ମାଟି ଖୋଳୁଥିଲେ) for six months before they found petrol.
He was tired because he had been working (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲା) since dawn (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁଷରୁ).

Activity – 1

Complete the following conversation, using either the past simple or the present perfect form of the verb given in brackets.
Ashok : What are these people doing here? What (happen)?
Bini : There (be) an accident.
Ashok : An accident? What (happen) exactly?
Bini : A cat (run) across the road in front of a car. The driver (try) to apply the brake and (hit) the tree on the side of the road.
Ashok : When (it happen)?
Bini : About ten minutes ago.
Ashok : (anyone call) for an ambulance?
Bini : No, not yet. But the police (arrive). They will take care of that.
Ashok : This is the second accident we (have) here this week.
Bini : We should have a road hump here.
Answers:
Ashok : What are these people doing here? What has happened (ଘଟିଛି)?
Bini : There is (ହୋଇଯାଇଛି) an accident.
Ashok : An accident? What has happened (ଘଟିଛି) exactly?
Bini : A cat ran (ମାଡ଼ିଗଲା) across the road in front of a car. The driver tried (ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲା) to apply the brake and hit (ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଗଲା) the tree on the side of the road.
Ashok : When did it happen (ଘଟିଲା)?
Bini : About ten minutes ago.
Ashok : Has any one called for (ଡକାଇଛନ୍ତି) an ambulance?
Bini : No, not yet. But the police have arrived (ପହଞ୍ଚି ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି). They will take care of that.
Ashok : This is the second accident we have had (ଏଠାରେ ଘଟିଛି) here this week.
Bini : We should have a road hump here.

Activity – 2

Make sentences using the present perfect progressive tense form of the verbs.
Mr Das is very tired. (work hard)
Answer:
Mrs Das has been working hard.

Mr Das looks pale. (not feel well / all day)
Answer:
Mr Das hasn’t been feeling well all day.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Their son Ashok has got a headache. (watch TV / all evening)
Answer:
Their son Ashok has been watching TV all evening.

Their daughter Bini has got no money left. (buy clothes)
Answer:
Their daughter Bini has been buying clothes.

They are sitting idle and can’t do anything. (rain / since the evening)
Answer:
There has been raining since the evening.

Activity – 3

One sentence in each of the following pairs is wrong. Strike it off.

1. I can go home now. I have finished my class work.
I have been finishing my class work.
2. You look tired. Have you worked in the garden?
Have you been working in the garden?
3. Tell the truth. Have you broken the window?
Have you been breaking the window?
4. Your eyes are red. You have cried.
You have been crying.
5. Now you can live in that room. We have repaired the roof.
We have been repairing the roof.

Answers :
1. I have been finishing my class work, (✗)
2. Have you worked in the garden ? (✗)
3. Have you been breaking the window? (✗)
4. You have cried. (✗)
5. We have been repairing the roof (✗)

Activity – 4

Fill in the blanks with the past simple or present perfect forms of the verbs given in brackets.
Rahul : ________ (you / see) Jagu last night?
Bakul : No, but I ________(just come) from his house. He’s in bed. He ________ (be) very ill for the last three days, actually.
Rahul : I’m sorry to hear that. So that’s why he ________ (not come) to the party last night.
Bakul : The doctor ________ (see) him twice by now. He’s coming again tomorrow. Oh, by the way, Jagu ________ (send) your book.
Answers:
Rahul : Did you see (ଦେଖୁଥୁଲୁ) Jagu last night?
Bakul : No. but I have just come (ଆସିଛି) from his house. He’s in bed. He has been very ill for the last three days, actually.
Rahul : I’m sorry to hear that. So that’s why he didn’t come (ଆସିନଥୁଲା) to the party last night.
Bakul : The doctor has seen (ଦେଖ୍ ସାରିଛନ୍ତି) him twice by now. He’s coming again tomorrow. Oh, by the way, Jagu has sent (ପଠାଇଛି) your book.

Activity – 5

Combine the given sentences into single ones using the past perfect or the past simple forms of the verbs.
The alarm clock rang. I woke up = As soon as ________
Answer:
As soon as the alarm clock rang, I woke up.

I cleaned my teeth. I took bath = After I ________
Answer:
After I had cleaned my teeth, I took bath.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

I got dressed. I had breakfast. = When ________
Answer:
When I had had breakfast, I got dressed.

I brushed my teeth again. I looked at my watch. = When ________
Answer:
When I looked at my watch, I brushed my teeth.

I looked at my watch. I realized I was late = When ________
Answer:
When I looked at my watch, I realized that I had been late.

I arrived at the school. I remembered it was Sunday = When ________
Answer:
When I arrived at the school, I remembered that it was Sunday.

Activity – 6

Work in pairs A and B. Without showing your sentences to your partner, you write five sentences using the past perfect tense of verbs. You must put before the sentences an expression like as soon as/when/by the time/after. In the meantime, your partner writes five sentences using the past simple tense of verbs. After writing the sentences, show each other the sentences and try to combine them. When the teacher asks you, go and write the combined sentences on the blackboard. (All the sentences may not combine.)
(ତୁମେ as soon as/when/by the time/after ଆଦିରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରି Past simple ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗ Past perfect tense କୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବାକୁ କହି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ୫ଟି ଲେଖାଏଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଲେଖ ।)

Example:
As soon as he had watered the plants
It started to rain. / The teacher asked me a question (can’t combine)

Example :
As soon as he had watered the plants, it started to rain. (ଗଛରେ ଜଳ ଦେବା ମାତ୍ରେ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।)

The individual sentences are :
The bell rang. Then the pupils stood for the prayer.
Answer:
When the bell had rung, the pupils stood for the prayer.

Father had a cup of tea. He set to work then.
Answer:
After father had had a cup of tea, he set to work.

The patient died. The doctors had come by then.
Answer:
The patient had died by the time the doctors came.

The rabbit woke up. Before that the tortoise had touched the finishing point.
Answer:
When the rabbit woke up, the tortoise had touched the finishing point.

The meeting ended. Only then did the people return home.
Answer:
After the meeting had ended, the people returned home.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks using the past simple or the past progressive forms of the verbs given in brackets.
Once when I ________ (read) in my room, I ________ (hear) a lot of noise outside. I ________ (come) out and ________ (see) that many people ________ (run) in a particular direction. They ________ (shout) at the top of their voice. They all ________ (have) buckets and water pots in their hands. I ________ (ask) them what the matter was. Somebody ________ (point) at a house at the end of our village. I ________ (see) that the house ________ (burn). People ________ (throw) water at the house in order to put out the fire. Very soon the fire ________ (come) under control.
Answers:
Once when I was reading (ପଢୁଥୁଲି) in my room, I heard (ଶୁଣିଲି) a lot of noise outside. I came out (ବାହାରି ଆସିଲି) and saw (ଦେଖୁଲି) that many people were running (ଦୌଡ଼ୁଥିଲେ) in a particular direction. They were shouting (ଚିତ୍କାର କରୁଥିଲେ) at the top of their voice. They all had (ହାତରେଥିଲା) buckets and water pots in their hands. I asked (ପଚାରିଲି) them what the matter was. Somebody pointed (ଅଙ୍ଗୁଳି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କଲା) at a house at the end of our village. I saw (ଦେଖଲି) that the house was burning (ଜଳି ଯାଉଥିଲା). People were throwing (ଫିଙ୍ଗୁଥିଲେ) water at the house in order to put out the fire. Very soon the fire came (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣକୁ ଆସିଲା) under control.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Activity – 8

Use the past progressive or the past simple forms of the given verbs and rewrite the paragraph.
(Past progressive ବା past simple ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
I (walk) along the street one day when I (see) something strange. I (notice) a person of the same height as me and (have) the same hairstyle. He (wear) clothes of the same colour and (carry) a school bag just as mine. He (just/cross) the road ahead of me but he (not / avoid) me at all. I (be) sure of that. As he (go across) the road, I (follow) him.
Answers:
I was walking (ଚାଲିକରି ଯାଉଥୁଲି) along the street one day when I saw (ଦେଖୁଲି) something strange. I noticed (ଦେଖୁଲି) a person of the same height as me and had (ଥିଲା) the same hairstyle. He wore clothes of the same colour and was carrying a school bag just as mine. He was just crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ଯାଉଥୁଲା) the road ahead of me but he didn’t avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିଲା ନାହିଁ) me at all. I was (ଥୁଲି) sure of that. As he went across (ଗଲା) the road, I followed (ଅନୁସରଣ କଲି) him.

Activity – 9

Complete the following dialogue using the ‘past perfect’ or the ‘past perfect progressive’
forms of the verbs given in brackets. (ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ସମାପ୍ତ କର ।)
Federer : My best moment in the match was when I realized that the game (finish) and I (become) the champion. I (win) at last. At that moment I (become) the best Tennis player of the world.
Reporter : And when you won, how long (you / play) Tennis?
Federer : I started just before I finished school. That means, I (play) for about six years when I won the Wimbledon.
Reporter : You (beat) some good players before you won that tournament.
Federer : Yes. Ever since I started as a Tennis professional, I (win) games regularly, until my injury.
Answers:
Federer : My best moment in the match was when I realized that the game had finished and I had become the champion. I won at last. At that moment I had become the best Tennis player of the world.
Reporter : And when you won, how long had you been playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ) Tennis?
Federer : I started just before I finished school. That means, I had been playing (ଖେଳୁଥୁଲି) for about she years when I won the Wimbledon.
Reporter : You had beaten (ପରାସ୍ତ କରିଥିଲ) some good players before you won that tournament.
Federer : Yes. Ever since I started as a Tennis professional, I had been winning (ଜିତୁଥୁଲି) games regularly, until my injury.

Ways of expressing the Future Time
Anita : Say, Bini, what are you doing (କରିବୁ) this afternoon?
Would you like (ଚାହୁଁଛୁ) to go shopping with me?
Binita : Oh, sorry, I can’t. I’m going to finish (ଶେଷ କରିବି) my homework before the evening.
My uncle and aunt are coming (ଆସିବେ) to our house.
Anita : You will help your mother, (ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବୁ) won’t you?
Binita : Of course. Moreover, my uncle’s little son loves me so much. We are going to play (ଖେଳିବୁ) together.
Anita : That will be great (ଚମତ୍କାର କଥା ହେବା). Bye (ବିଦାୟ). Have a nice time.

The verbs underlined are in Present tense form but they expresses future time.

The ‘Future’ means future-time-related actions.
(The ‘Future’ ର ଅର୍ଥ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ସମୟ ସଂପର୍କୀୟ ଆଧାରିତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ।)

We mainly use the following verb forms to indicate the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ।)
(i) Be going to + Main verb in the base form.
We are going to meet the President tomorrow.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତିଙ୍କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରିବୁ।)

(ii) Present Continuous/ Progressive ( Be verb isl ami are + Main Verb in the “mg” form)
I am building a house very soon. (ଶୀଘ୍ର ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଘର ତୋଳିବି।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

(iii) Present Simple
Our examination starts tomorrow. (ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲିଠାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ।)

(iv) Will/shall + Main Verb in the base form.
I shall/will go home next week. ( ମୁଁ ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ଘରକୁ ଯିବି।)
ଏହି ଚାରୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆଧାରିତ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ଚାରୋଟି forms; ଯଥା – are going to (ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରିବି), am building (ତୋଳିବି), starts (ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) ଏବଂ shall/will go (ଯିବି) ଦିଆଯାଇଛି।

Let’s see how these four forms of verbs are used to denote different future actions.
(ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ୪ ଟି verb forms କିଭଳି ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ future action ବା ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର।)

1. Be (is/am/are) going to + Main Verb in the base form.
Use (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(a) To talk about the future fulfillment of a present plan or intention.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଯୋଜନା ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ପୂରଣ ହେବା ବିଷୟରେ କହିଲେ)
Examples :
(i) am going to visit my parents tomorrow. ( ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ମୁଁ ମୋ ବାପା ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକରିବି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘ଦେଖାକରିବା’ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଏକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ଏହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଇଚ୍ଛା ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ।)

(ii) What are you going to do in the afternoon ? (ତୁମେ ଆଜି ଅପରାହ୍ନରେ କ’ଣ କରିବ ?)
(ଏଠାରେ ଅପରାହ୍ନର କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଯୋଜନା ସଂପର୍କରେ ପଚରା ଯାଇଛି ।)

(b) To talk about a future fulfilment of a present cause or indication
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର କୌଣସି ବାହ୍ୟ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି (external condition) ବା କାରଣକୁ ଆଧାର କରି ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ସୂଚିତ କରାଗଲେ)
Examples :
(i) The sky is cloudy. It is going to rain soon.
(ଆକାଶଟି ମେଘୁଆ ଅଟେ । ଶୀଘ୍ର ବର୍ଷା ହେବ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ର ମେଘୁଆ ପାଗରୁ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା କରାଯାଉଛି ।)

(ii) You are late. You are going to miss the train.
(ତୁମର ଡେରି ହୋଇଗଲାଣି । ତୁମେ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ହରାଇବ ।)
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ହରାଇବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଡେରି ହେବାରୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ।)

(iii) Look, the man is going to fall. (He has lost his balance on the rope.)
(ଚାହଁ, ଲୋକଟି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ପଡ଼ିଯିବ । )
(ଏଠାରେ ଲୋକଟିର ପଡ଼ିଯିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା, ତା’ର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ।)

(iv) Run! The bull is going to attack you. (ଦୌଡ଼! ଷଣ୍ଢଟି ତୁମକୁ ଆକ୍ରମଣ କରିବ ।)

2. Present Progressive (Is/ am / are + Main Verb in the ‘ing’ form)
Use :
(a) To talk about plans or arrangement made for a particular time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପାଇଁ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ଯୋଜନା ବା ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସଂପର୍କରେ କୁହାଗଲେ ) Examples :
(i) We are having a picnic tomorrow. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଏକ ବଣଭୋଜି କରିବୁ ।)
(We have already arranged for it)

(ii) Tomorrow is Sunday. I am taking the children to the Zoo.
(ଆସନ୍ତା କାଲି ରବିବାର । ମୁଁ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଶୁଉଦ୍ୟାନ ବୁଲାଇ ନେବି ।)
(ଯୋଜନା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ)

(iii) Smita is returning by train next week. (ସ୍ମିତା ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ରେ ଫେରିବ ।)

3. Present Simple (Is/am/are/take/takes)
Use :
(a) To talk about future events which are on a timetable or are part of a fixed plan or arrangement.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଯଦି ସମୟ ନିର୍ଘଣ୍ଟ ଆଧାରିତ ବା ଧାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟସୂଚୀର ଅଂଶ ବିଶେଷ ହୋଇଥଲେ, ସେହିଭଳି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ verb ର Present Simple tense form ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Tomorrow is a holiday. (ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଏକ ଛୁଟିଦିନ ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) The Shatabdi Express leaves Kolkata at 8 p.m. today.
(ଆଜି ଶତାବ୍ଦୀ ଏକ୍‌ସପ୍ରେସ୍ ରାତି ୮ ଟାରେ କଲିକତା ଛାଡ଼ିବ । (ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ସୂଚୀ))
(iii) What time does the game begin?
(ଖେଳ କେତେବେଳେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ?)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

4. Shall/Will+ base form of the Main Verb
Use :
(A) For a statement of future facts.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଘଟୁଥିବା (ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ) କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ shall / will + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) This work will take me two weeks to finish. (take = Main Verb/ base form)
(ଏହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟିକୁ ଶେଷ କରିବାକୁ ମୋତେ ୨ ସପ୍ତାହ ସମୟ ଲାଗିବ ।)

(ii) shall be sixteen next week. (be = Main Verb/ base form)
(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୋତେ ୧୬ ବର୍ଷ ହେବ ।)

(iii) The train will be late by half an hour. (be Main Verb / base form)
(ଟ୍ରେନ ଅଧଘଣ୍ଟା ପାଇଁ ଡେରି ହେବ ।)

(B) Shall / Will + Main Verb is used with the expressions ‘I hope/We expect/I feel/Probably/Perhaps etc. to denote one’s hope/thought etc. for future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ପାଇଁ ଆଶା, ଭାବନା, ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ; ଯଥା, I hope/We except/I feel/will + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) I think you will feel better after a rest.
( ମୁଁ ଭାବୁଛି ତୁମେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ପରେ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ ।)
(ii) Probably they will leave this place soon.
(ସମ୍ଭବତଃ ସେମାନେ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଛାଡ଼ିବେ ।)
(iii) I’m afraid she won’t agree to your proposal.
(ମୋର ଆଶଙ୍କା ସେ ତୁମର ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବରେ ରାଜି ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(C) For expressing a sudden decision taken at the moment of speaking.
(କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନରେ ତତ୍‌କ୍ଷଣାତ୍‌ ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ )
Examples :
(i) The phone is ringing . I’ll answer it. (ଫୋନ୍ ବାଜୁଛି । ମୁଁ ଧରୁଛି ।)
(ii) Wait a minute. I’ll will come you. (ଏକ ମିନିଟ୍ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର । ମୁଁ ତୁମ ସହିତ ଯାଉଛି ।)
(ii) Kamala: Please don’t tell this to others.
(କମଳା : ଦୟାକରି ଏହା କାହାକୁ କହିବନି ।)
Sushree: Ok, I won’t tell anybody about i
(ସୁଶ୍ରୀ : ଠିକ୍ ଅଛି, ମୁଁ ଏହା ବିଷୟରେ କାହାକୁ କିଛି କହିବିନି ।)

Remember the differences (ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ମନେରଖ )
1. (a) ’m sure it will rain today. (ମୁଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଆଜି ବର୍ଷା ହେବ ।)
(a prediciton based on personal assessment)
(ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଆକଳନ ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନ)
(b) The sky is cloudy. It is going to rain today.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ବା ସୂଚନା ଆଧାରିତ ଭବିଷ୍ୟବାଣୀ)
(a prediction based on present indication)

2. (a) ’m going to learn English soon.
(ମୁଁ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁ ।)
(It is my plan or intention = ଏହା ମୋର ଯୋଜନା ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ଅଟେ ।)
(b) am learning English soon. (ମୁଁ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁ ।)
(I have arranged for it = ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁବାର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛି ।)

5. The Future Progressive
Shall/will be + the Main Verb in the ‘ing’ form
Use :
We use the ‘Future Progressive’ to say about an action that will be going on at a particular time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପରିଧ୍ଵ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Future Progressive ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
Sushree : Can I see you at 1.45 sir ?
(ସୁଶ୍ରୀ : ସାର୍‌, ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟାଏ ପଇଁଚାଳିଶ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଦେଖା କରିପାରିବି ?)
Mr Pradhan : No, don’t come then. I will be having my lunch at that time.
(ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ପ୍ରଧାନ : ନା, ସେତେବେଳେ ଆସନା । ମୁଁ ସେତେବେଳେ ମୋର ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଥିବି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

The film begins at six and ends at nine.
(ଫିଲ୍ମଟି ଛ’ଟାରେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ନ’ଟାରେ ଶେଷ ହୁଏ ।)
We will be watching the film tomorrow at seven.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ସାତଟାରେ ଫିଲ୍ମଟିକୁ ଦେଖୁଥିବୁ ।)

6. Future Perfect
Will/shall have + Main Verb in the past participle
Use :
We use the ‘Future Perfect’ to talk about something that will be finished before a time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଶେଷ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Future Perfect ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(Here ‘by + time expression’ is used. = (ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ by + time expression ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
I am saving money for a scooter.
(ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍କୁଟର ପାଇଁ ଟଙ୍କା ସଂଚୟ କରୁଛି । )
I will have saved enough for it by the end of this year.
(ଏଇ ବର୍ଷ ଶେଷ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ମୁଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ସଂଚୟ କରି ଦେଇଥିବି ।)
I will have finished reading the book by then.
(ମୁଁ ସେତେବେଳେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ବହିଟି ପଢ଼ି ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇ ଥୁବି ।)

Activity – 1

Use shall/will in the blank spaces :
(i) A friend is trying to move a heavy table. You say, “ ________ I give you a hand ?”
Answer:
A friend is trying to move a heavy table. You say, “Shall I give you a hand ?”

(ii) “There is a lot of cleaning to do. You do the cleaning and I ________ do the drying. ”
Answer:
“There is a lot of cleaning to do. You do the cleaning and I will do the drying.”

(iii) A friend is carrying a lot of books to the library. You are going there anyway. You say, “I ________ take them there if you like. ”
Answer:
A friend is carrying a lot of books to the library. You are going there anyway. You say, “I shall take them there if you like. ”

(iv) I ________ go and ask the clerk if he has a spare key.
Answer:
I shall go and ask the clerk if he has a spare key.

Activity – 2

Work in small groups and write a four-line poem. Your first line should be one of the following expressions. The other three lines must be your creation and must start with I’ll. The lines need not rhyme.
# When I’m old and gray,
# When I go to college,
# When I wake up tomorrow,
# When I become famous,
# When I win a prize next,
# When father pats me on the back (tomorrow),
Answer:
When I wake up tomorrow,
I’ll rush to my little garden;
I’ll play with the little butterfly;
I’ll hope with weaver-bird.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Activity – 3

In each of thefollowing pairs ofsentences, one is more natural and common. Cross out the more unusual ones (ଭୁଲ୍ ବା ଅସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାଟିପକାଅ)
(i) Leave that. (I’ll carry it./I’m going to carry it) for you.
Answer:
I am going to carry it (✗)

(ii) Bye. (I’ll see you/I’m going to see you) tomorrow.
Answer:
I’m going to see you (✗)

(iii) (I’ll post/I’m going to post) these letters for you if you like.
Answer:
I’m going to post (✗)

(iv) I’m so tired. (I’ll go/I’m going to go) to bed.
Answer:
I’m going to go (✗)

(v) I’m so far behind with my studies that (I’ll work/I’m going to work) next Sunday.
Answer:
I’ll work (✗)

Activity – 4

Two friends Nilu and Chinu are leaving school together. Their parents have gone to their village. Some of the lines of their conversation are correct and some have mistakes. If a line is correct, put a tick mark. If a line has a mistake in it, underline the mistake and write the correct expression against the brackets. (ଠିକ୍ ଧାଡ଼ି ପାଇଁ (✓) ଚିହ୍ନ ଓ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧାଡ଼ି ପାଇଁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ଏହାର ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ବନ୍ଧନୀ ଭିତରେ ଲେଖ)
Where will you eat tonight ? (1)
Answer:
Where will you eat tonight ? (1) (✓)

At home, I’ve got a cookery book, so I’ll make a curry. (2)
Answer:
At home, I’ve got a cookery book, so I’ll make a curry. (2)
Correct : I’m going to make a curry.

Why not come to my place? I’m going to cook us both something. (3)
Answer:
Why not come to my place? I’m going to cook us both something. (3)
Correct : I will cook something for both of us.

Won’t you go to meet your Grandpa? (4)
Answer:
Won’t you go to meet your Grandpa? (4)
Correct : Aren’t you going to meet your Grandpa?

No, he’s left for the village. I’m not going to meet him for a month or so. (5)
Answer:
No, he’s left for the village, I’m not going to meet him for a month or so. (5) (✓)

O.K.I’m going to come round at 8 and I’ll bring some ice-cream. (6)
Answer:
O.K. I’m going to come round at 8 and I’ll bring some ice-cream. (6)
Correct : I’ll come round at 8 and I’ll bring ice cream.

Fine. I’ll see you then. (7)
Answer:
Fine. I’ll see you then. (7) (✓)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Activity – 5

Use in the blank spaces will/shall, be going to, or present progressive forms of he verbs given in brackets, (will/shall, be going to ବା present progressive form ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

Mina : Would you like to come to watch a movie this weekend?
Nina : I’d like to, but I’m afraid ________ (I/not/have) time.
Mina : Why? ________ (what / do)
Nina : Well, (my father/arrive) back from Delhi. He’s been there for six months and ________ (we/have) a big party to celebrate.
Mina : ________ (he/not/be) too tired for a party after his long train journey?
Nina : Yes and no doubt ________ (he/have) no proper food during the journey. So, on Saturday he can take it easy. But on Sunday, ________ (all the family/come) on a picnic. ________ (I/prepare) things all day on Saturday.
Mina : What a lot of work for you.
Nina : I don’t mind. Other members of my family are helpful and we are well organized. In fact, ________ (I/see) someone about hiring a cook this afternoon. So, I must go now or ________ (I/not/get) to their shop before ________ (they/close).
Mina : I hope ________ (everything/go) well for you.
Nina : I’m sure ________ (it/be) a great day. Provided ________ (the weather/remain) fine.
Answers:
Mina : Would you like to come to watch a movie this weekend?
Nina : I’d like to. but I’m afraid I won’t have time.
Mina : Why ? What are you going to do? (କ’ଣ କରିବୁ).
Nina : Well, my father is arriving (ପହଞ୍ଚେବେ) back from Delhi. He’s been there for six months and we’re having (ଭୋଜିଦେବୁ) a big party to celebrate.
Mina : Won’t he be tired too for a party after his long train journey?
Nina : Yes and no doubt he will have no proper food during the journey. So. on Saturday he can take it easy. But on Sunday, all the family are coming on a picnic. I am preparing/am going to prepare (ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିବି) things all day on Saturday.
Mina : What a lot of work for you.
Nina : I don’t mind. Other members of my family are helpful and we are well organized. In fact, I will see someone about hiring a cook this afternoon. So, I must go now or I won’t get to their shop before they are closed.
Mina : I hope everything will go well for you.
Nina : I’m sure it will be a great day. Provided the weather remains fine.

Activity – 6

Copy your time-table for next Thursday. On the basis of that write five sentences to mention what you are going to do that day. Compare your sentences with those of your friend’s. (ଆସନ୍ତା ଗୁରୁବାର ପାଇଁ ତୁମର ସମୟ ନିର୍ଘଣ୍ଟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।) (ସେ ଦିନ କ’ଣ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଉଛ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କର ।)
I’m participating (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବି) in a drawing competition in my school.
I’m monitoring the class after the class.
I’m collecting (ଆଦାୟ କରିବି) money for giving farewell to our headmaster.
I’m going (ଯିବି) to the market with my friends to buy a few things.
I’m joining (ଯୋଗଦେବି) the birthday party of my friend Jatin in the evening.

Activity – 7

Use either will be v-ing or will have v-en in the blank spaces in the following lines. The verbs have been given in brackets.
(i) Our school closes at 4.30. I ________ (take) some snacks at home at five o’clock.
Answer:
Our school closes at 4.30. I will be taking (ଖାଉଥିବି) some snacks at home at five o’clock.

(ii) Our school closes at 4.30. I ________ (reach) home by five o’clock.
Answer:
Our school closes at 4.30. I will have reached (ପହଞ୍ଚିଯାଇଥିବି) home by five o’clock.

(iii) They ________ (not/finish) painting the school building until next week.
Answer:
They won’t have finished (ଶେଷ କରିନଥିବେ) painting the school building until next week.

(iv) You ________ (take) a test on English Grammar this day next week.
Answer:
You will be taking (ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଦେଉଥିବ) a test on English Grammar this day next week.

(v) Our teacher ________ (work) here for next five years.
Answer:
Our teacher will be working (ଶିକ୍ଷାଦାନ କରୁଥିବେ) here for next five years.

(vi) By the time you read this, I ________ (finish) answering all the questions.
Answer:
By the time you read this, I will have finished (ଶେଷ କରି ନେଇ ଥୁବି) answering all the questions.

Tense Revisited Additional Exercises With Answers

Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verbs given in the brackets.
1. Cow ________ on grass. (live)
Answer:
lives

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

2. The Mahanadi ________ into the Bay of Bengal. (flow)
Answer:
flows

3. Ashish ________ in ghosts. (believe)
Answer:
believes

4. Oxygen ________ bumping. (help)
Answer:
helps

5. The notice ________ “No Smoking”. (say)
Answer:
says

6. You can stay as long I ________ here. (be)
Answer:
am

7. School ________ at 10. (sit)
Answer:
sits

8. Here ________ Kohli to bat. (come)
Answer:
comes

9. I ________ he is right, (think)
Answer:
think

10. I shall help if he ________. (come)
Answer:
comes

11. He always gets up early, but today he ________ late. (get up)
Answer:
is getting up

12. The girl ________ constantly mistakes. (make)
Answer:
is making

13. My father ________ from the USA tonight. (return)
Answer:
returning

14. I TV when some one rang. (watch)
Answer:
was watching

15. He explained what ________. (happen)
Answer:
had happened

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

16. I wish I ________ her telephone number. (know)
Answer:
knew

17. We ________ Puri last week, (visit)
Answer:
visited

18. He used to ________ a bag. (carry)
Answer:
carry

19. The patient ________ before the doctor arrived. (die)
Answer:
had died

20. I found a note when I ________ my father’s shirt. (wash)
Answer:
was washing

21. When Munu was playing, Sonu ________. (read)
Answer:
was reading

22. I ________ to the song four times since this afternoon, (listen)
Answer:
have listened

23. The boy admitted that he ________ the window. (break)
Answer:
had broken

24. When I reached the station, the train ________ the station. (leave)
Answer:
had left

25. Our school ________ yesterday. (open)
Answer:
opened

26. The police ________ the thief for the last six months. (chase)
Answer:
has been chasing

27. I ________ the book for the last two months. (write)
Answer:
have been writing

28. They ________ for two hours, when their car broke down. (drive)
Answer:
had been driving

29. India ________ free in 1947. (become)
Answer:
became

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

30. The girl is out of breath because she ________ round the playground, (run)
Answer:
has been running

31. She ________ with her aunt at the moment. (stay)
Answer:
is staying

32. This is the first time Sneha ________ meat. (cook)
Answer:
has cooked

33. My father waters the plants, but today I ________ them. (water)
Answer:
am watering

34. The tin ________ some sugar, (contain)
Answer:
contains

35. By the time I reached at school, the teaching ________ for an hour. (continue)
Answer:

36. Dr PrativaRoy ________ many novels. (write)
Answer:
has written

37. Shakespear ________ many plays. (write)
Answer:
wrote

38. The postman ________ come yet. (not come)
Answer:
has not come

39. If he ________ to cheat, I would inform his father. (try)
Answer:
tried

40. I ________ Puri three times last year, (visit)
Answer:
visited

41. Quinine ________ bitter. (taste)
Answer:
tastes

42. I ________ he is right. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. He ________ a house in the city. (own)
Answer:
owns

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

44. The chief guest ________ the function open. (declare)
Answer:
declares

45. When I was in Hyderabad, I ________ a student. (be)
Answer:
was

46. Once upon a time there ________ a king. (live)
Answer:
lived

47. We ________ to the new house next week. (move)
Answer:
are moving

48. Education ________ a nation great. (make)
Answer:
makes

49. The Prime Minister ________ America next month. (visit)
Answer:
visits

50. Tomorrow ________ Sunday.(be)
Answer:
is

51. I wish I ________ wings. (have)
Answer:
had

52. As soon as I ________ the letter, I will inform you. (receive)
Answer:
received

53. When the teacher entered the class, the students ________. (stand up)
Answer:
stood up

54. The bridge collapsed when the train ________ on it. (run)
Answer:
was running

55. He ________ at this school this year, (read)
Answer:
is reading

56. The climate ________ day by day. (change)
Answer:
is changing

57. Babul ________ in class IX last year. (read)
Answer:
was reading

58. Madhusmita is not at home. She ________ to Mumbai. (go)
Answer:
has gone

59. Rojalin ________ this place a few minutes ago. (leave)
Answer:
left

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

60. As soon as the ship ________ the harbour, it started raining. (leave)
Answer:
left

61. ________ you meet him yesterday? (do)
Answer:
Did

62. My father ________ coffee to tea. (prefer)
Answer:
prefers

63. What ________ you tomorrow? (do)
Answer:
are doing

64. She ________ always ________ her keys. (lose)
Answer:
is, losing

65. Elephants ________ in forest. (live)
Answer:
live

66. Water ________ our life. (sustain)
Answer:
sustains

67. Nothing ________ since you came here. (change)
Answer:
has changed

68. The villagers ________ the road for two weeks. (repair)
Answer:
have been repairing

69. He looked as if he ________ for days together. (not eat)
Answer:
had not eaten

70. Marconi ________ radio. (invent)
Answer:
invented

71. I ________ my face about when she looked at me. (turn)
Answer:
turned

72. Recently the price of petroleum ________. (go up)
Answer:
has gone up

73. Cricket ________ in America. (not play)
Answer:
is not played

74. Help me if you ________. (like)
Answer:
like

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

75. Don’t read the questions until I ________ you to do so. (ask)
Answer:
ask

[Future Time]

76. Man ________ one day. (die)
Answer:
will die

77. We ________ a play next week. (have)
Answer:
are having

78. I hope she ________. (come)
Answer:
will come

79. I think it ________ today. (rain)
Answer:
will rain

80. Don’t call me at 11 pm. I ________ then. (sleep)
Answer:
shall be sleeping

81. Call me after 9.30 pm. I ________ dinner then.(finish)
Answer:
shall have finished

82. Leave those questions, I ________ you the answer. (tell)
Answer:
will tell

83. Our teacher ________ here for next four years. (work)
Answer:
will be working

84. I don’t think, he ________ the scholarship. (get)
Answer:
will get

85. Look! The child ________. (fall)
Answer:
is going to fall

86. I ________ fifteen next week. (be)
Answer:
shall be

87. The phone is ringing. I ________ it. (answer)
Answer:
will answer

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

88. We ________ a picnic tomorrow. (have)
Answer:
are having

89. Our examination ________ on Monday next. (start)
Answer:
starts

90. The train ________ at 5 am. (leave)
Answer:
leaves

91. The sky is clear. It ________ a sunny day. (be)
Answer:
is going to be

92. I ________ a house very soon. (build)
Answer:
am building

93. You are late. You ________ the train. (miss)
Answer:
are going to miss

94. I ________ HSC examination by may next. (pass)
Answer:
shall have passed

95. I afraid she ________. (not agree)
Answer:
won’t agree

96. Wait a minute. I ________ with you. (come)
Answer:
will come

97. The hunter is pointing his gun at the bird. He ________ it. (shoot)
Answer:
is going to shoot

98. I ________ English soon. (learn)
Answer:
am learning

99. I ________ school by 10.30. (reach)
Answer:
shall have reached

100. She ________ chess at this time tomorrow. (play)
Answer:
will be playing

What do the tense forms used in the following sentence express?
1. Spring comes after winter.
Answer:
law of nature

2. Light travels faster than sound.
Answer:
scientific truth

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

3. The collector declares the flower show open.
Answer:
formal declaration

4. I am hungry.
Answer:
present state

5. Jammu and Kashmir is in the north part of India.
Answer:
permanent fact

6. The AHSC Exam 2019 begins next week.
Answer:
planned future action

7. The sun rises in the east.
Answer:
general truth

8. Lifestyle of people is changing very fast.
Answer:
changing situation

9. Puja is always biting her nails.
Answer:
unpleasant action

10. He is getting up at 6 every morning for his examination.
Answer:
temporary action

Single words answer.

1. The past form of ‘learn’ is ________.
Answer:
learnt/learned

2. The present form of ‘put’ is ________.
Answer:
put

3. The past participle form of ‘bite’ is ________.
Answer:
bitten

4. The -ing form of ‘die’ is ________.
Answer:
dying

5. The -ing form of ‘forget’ is ________.
Answer:
forgetting,

6. The past form of ‘buy’ is ________.
Answer:
bought

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

7. The past form of ‘cling’ is ________.
Answer:
clang

8. The present form of ‘fled’ is ________.
Answer:
flee

9. The past participle form of ‘meet’ is ________.
Answer:
met

10. The past participle form of ‘awake’ is ________.
Answer:
awoken

11. The present form of ‘froze’ is ________.
Answer:
freeze

12. The past form of ‘dream’ is ________.
Answer:
dreamt

13. The past form of ‘breed’ is ________.
Answer:
bred

14. The past form of ‘dwell’ is ________.
Answer:
dwelt

15. The -ing form of ‘stop’ is ________.
Answer:
stopping

16. The-ing form of ‘continue’ is ________.
Answer:
continuing

17. The -ing form of ‘begin’ is ________.
Answer:
beginning

18. The past form of ‘choose’ is ________.
Answer:
chose

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

19. The past participle form of ‘lie’ is ________.
Answer:
lain

20. The past form of ‘shine’ is ________.
Answer:
shone

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Study the following sentences:
(i) The book is on the table. (ବହିଟି ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) The book on the table is mine. (ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଥିବା ବହି ମୋର ।)
(iii) I put the book on the table. (ମୁଁ ବହିଟିକୁ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ରଖୁଲି ।)
(iv) The table is full of books. (ଟେବୁଲ ବହିରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ।)

1. In these sentences the preposition on and of tell us the position of the book in relation to the table.
(ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ସହିତ ବହିର ସ୍ଥିତି ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ preposition on ଓ of ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି ।)
2. Preposition is a word used before a noun or a pronoun to show its relation with the other word(s) in a sentence.
[Preposition ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହାକି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ସଂପର୍କ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Here the other word is the noun or pronoun used as the Subject.
ଏଠାରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ କହିଲେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ noun ବା pronoun.

Difference between Adverb and Preposition :

Adverb Particle Preposition
It modifies the verb or verb phrase.
(ଏହା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାକ୍ୟାଶକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ ।)
(i) The sun sank down.
(ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ତଗାମୀ ହେଲା ।)
(sank = verb)
(ii) The birds are flying above.
(ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(are flying = verb phrase)
It goes / is used before the noun phrase
(ଏହା noun phrase ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(i) The sun sank down the hill.
(ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳକୁ ଢଳିଗଲା ।)
(the hill = noun phrase)
(ii) The birds are flying above the tree.
(ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଗଛ ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(the tree = noun phrase)

Remember
‘down the hill’ and ‘above the tree’ are Prepositional phrases since they begin with Prepositions respectively ‘down’ and ‘above’.
[‘down the hill’ ଏବଂ ‘above the tree’ ହେଭଛକ୍ତି prepositions କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼କ Prepositional ‘down’ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ ‘down’ ଓ ‘above’ ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।]

Differences Between Preposition and Conjunction

Preposition (ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ) Conjunction (ସଂଯୋଗ ଅବ୍ୟୟ)
Used before noun or noun phrase.
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୁର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
We must be ready before their arrival.
(ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(their arrival = noun phrase)
Connects or joins two clauses.
(ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ Conjunction ଯୋଗକରେ ।)
Examples:
We must be ready before they arrive.
(ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(before they arrive = clause)

Types of Prepositions :

There are SIX different kinds of prepositions.

1. Simple Preposition (Single-word prepositions)
at, in, on, through, over, under, off, up, with, down, of, by, from, etc.
Examples:
He is at home.
The tree was cut down by me.
This man has passed through many troubles.
The road is under repair. (ରାସ୍ତା ନିର୍ମାଣାଧୀନ)
The sun shines over the earth. (ଉପରେ)
I am weak in mathematics.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

2. Double Prepositions :
out of, from within, from among, from under, etc.
Examples:
A terrible voice came from within my heart. (ମୋ ହୃଦୟ ଭିତରୁ)
Deepak was selected from among two hundred candidates. (ମଧ୍ୟରୁ)
A huge (ବିଶାଳ) snake emerged (ବାହାରି ଆସିଲା) from under the water. (ଭିତରୁ)
Father drove the servant out of the house. (ଘରୁ)

3. Compound prepositions :
(Prepositions formed by prefixing a preposition, usually ‘be’ (-by), or a (-on) to a Noun, Adjective or Adverb)
about (on + by + out), across (on + cross), above, across, along, amidst, around, before (by + fore), behind, between, within, inside, outside, along with, alongside, throughout.
Examples:
Tell me about your family. (ବିଷୟରେ)
He ran the wire across the ground. (ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ)
Visit me around 5 p.m today. (ପାଖାପାଖ୍)
We have a garage behind the building. (ପଛପଟେ)
It has been raining throughout the day. (ଦିନସାରା)
He gets happiness among friends. (ମଧ୍ୟରେ, ଗ୍ରହଣରେ)

4. Phrase Prepositions (Prepositional phrases):
(two or more words ending in a preposition, but used together with the force a single preposition) according to (ଅନୁସାରେ), by dint of (ବଳରେ, ପରିଶ୍ରମ, ପୁଣ୍ୟ, ସଚୋଟତା ଆଦି), because of (କାରଣରୁ । ଯୋଗୁଁ) , with regard to (ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ । ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ), by means of (ଯୋଗୁଁ), an account of (ହେତୁ / କାରଣରୁ), in respect of (ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ), on the brink of, on the point of (ହେବା । ଘଟିବା ଉପରେ) etc.
Examples:
Have you anything to say with reference to this question?
(ଏହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ବିଷୟରେ ତୁମର କିଛି କହିବାର ଅଛି ?)
The patient is on the verge / point of death. (ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ମୃତ୍ୟୁର ଦ୍ଵାରଦେଶରେ ।)
He disclosed the matter in the course of the conversation.
(କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଘଟଣାଟିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲା ।)
Mahesh secured the first class by dint of labour.
(ପରିଶ୍ରମ ବଳରେ । ସହାୟତାରେ) ମହେଶ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲାଭ କଲା ।
Father couldn’t go (ଯାଇପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ) to his office on account of (ଯୋଗୁଁ) illness ( ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା).

5. Participial Prepositions :
(Present and past Participles are used as prepositions)
concerning, considering, regarding, during, pending, etc.
Examples:
I shall talk to him concerning the matter. (ଘଟଣା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମ ସହିତ କଥାହେବି)
I will go home during (ସମୟରେ) the next Puja.
Considering his age (ତାହାର ବୟସକୁ ବିଚାରକରି ।) he was let off ( ଛାଡ଼ିଦିଆଗଲା).

6. Disguised Prepositions :
It is seven o'() clock. (o= disguised preposition)

Forms of Objects Governed by Prepositions:
⇒ Prepositions can have the following forms of objects:
(i) Noun (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ): The book is on the table.
Malati cut her finger with a knife.

(ii) Pronoun (ସର୍ବନାମ): Father was speaking to him.
The school boy will play with us.

(iii) Adjective (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ) : Always be kind to the poor (ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଦୟାଶୀଳ ହୁଅ ।)
He is good at mathematics.

(iv) Infinitive (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) :
Sheela does nothing but play.
The old man is about to die.

(v) Gerund (a verb with ‘ing’ functioning like a noun is a gerund.) :
He is fond of reading novels. (reading – gerund)
You will gain nothing by asking him for help. (asking – gerund)

(vi) Adverb (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ) :
Some adverbs of time or place are used as objects of prepositions :
We shall begin the work from now. (now – adverb of time) (ଏବେଠାରୁ)
I began from where I ended. (where – adverb of place) (ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ)
Nothing lasts for ever. (ever – adverb of time)

(vii) Phrase ( ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
The laboures worked for over eight hours. (for over eight hours – phrase) The stranger came from across the river. (from across the river – phrase) This thing happened within a few hours of his arrival.
(within a few hours of his arrival – phrase)

(viii) Noun clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
I told you of what I had heard. (of preposition) (ମୁଁ ଯାହା ଶୁଣିଥୁଲି ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହିଲି ।)
Your success depends on how you perform in the examination. (on – preposition)
(ତୁମେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ କିପରି କରୁଛ ତାହା ଉପରେ ତୁମର ସଫଳତା ନିର୍ଭର କରୁଛି ।)

Preposition of Manner and Method :
They faced the situation with courage (ସାହସର ସହିତ)
We won the game with ease (ସହଜରେ).
The old furniture was sold at auction ( ନିଲାମରେ ବିକ୍ରିହେଲା).
I filled the basket with sand (ବାଲିରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କଲି).
The house was destroyed by fire (ନିଆଁଦ୍ଵାରା).
He purchased the land through a broker (ଏକ ଦଲାଲ ଦ୍ଵାରା).

Preposition of Cause, Reason and Purpose :
The man died of cholera.
The poor laborer ମୂଲିଆ died from overwork.
He is suffering from fever.
Gandhiji worked for the good of his countrymen (ଦେଶବାସୀ).
The man fled away (ପଳାୟନକଲା) for the fear of being arrested (ଗିରଫ ହେବା ଭୟରେ).
The guilty boy (ଦୋଷୀ ବାଳକ) was trembling (ଥରୁଥୁଲା) with fear (ଭୟରେ).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Possession (ଅଧ୍କାର)
He is a man of means. (ଧନଶାଳୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
A man of truth is respected by all.
I know the lady with golden hair.

Contrast Concession (ବିରୋଧୀଭାବ)
For all his wealth (ସମସ୍ତ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି ଥାଇ ସୁଦ୍ଧା) he isn’t happy.
After (in spite of) (ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) such hard labour, he couldn’t pass.
With (in spite of) all his faults (ତାହାର ସମସ୍ତ ତ୍ରୁଟି ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) I like him.

Direction and Motion (ଦିଗ ଓ ଗତି)
The earth moves round (ଚାରିପଟେ) the sun.
The boat was sailing down (ତଳ ଆଡ଼କୁ) the river.
The boy returned home from (ରୁ) school.
My friend is coming towards (ଆଡ଼କୁ) me.
The thief rushed into (ଝାଡ଼ ବେଗରେ ପଶିଗଲା) the room.

Source of origin, motive, inference (ଉତ୍ସ, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଅନୁମାନ)
Rain comes from the clouds.
Light comes from the sun.
He did it from malice. (ଈଷା)
This famous line is from Shakespeare’s famous tragedy.

Measure, rate, value (ମାପ, ମୂଲ୍ୟ, ହାର)
Cloth is sold by the meter.
I am older than Rama by two years.
This room is fifteen feet (length) by eleven feet. (width ପ୍ରଶସୁ)

Mark the end-position of the prepositions in the following examples :
(ତଳଲିଖୁତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ଶେଷରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ prepositions କୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର)
(i) She needs a pen to write with.
[to write with = non-finitive phrase.]
(ସେ ଲେଖୁବା ପାଇଁ ଏକ କଲମ ଦରକାର କରୁଛି ।)

(ii) Who were you talking to? [Who = Wh-question.]
(ତୁମେ କାହା ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲ ?)

(iii) What I am sure of is that Gopal will succeed. [What I am sure of is Wh-clause] (ମୁଁ ଯେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଅଟେ ତାହା ହେଉଛି ଗୋପାଳ ସଫଳ ହେବ ।)

(iv) That is the article (which) I told you about.
[I told you about = Relative Clause.]
(ଇଏ ସେହି ଜିନିଷ ଯାହା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହୁଥୁଲି ।)

(v) What a difficult situation I was put into !
[Exclamation = ବିସ୍ମୟ]
(ମୁଁ କି ଅସୁବିଧାଜନକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପଡ଼ିଯାଇଥିଲି !)

(vi) War reporters sometimes get shot at.
[get + Past Participle = Passive construction.]
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତକାରୀ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଗୁଳିମାଡ଼ର ଶିକାର ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

Preposition Of Place

1. At
1. at the door (ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ)
at the gate (ଫାଟକ ନିକଟରେ)
at school
at college
at sea (ଜଳଯାତ୍ରା ସମୟରେ)
at the Samrat / Ritz Cinema (ସମ୍ରାଟରିଜ୍ ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାଳୟରେ)
at airport (ବିମାନଘାଟୀରେ)
at the station
at the funeral ceremony (ଶବ ସଂସ୍କାର ସମୟରେ)
at the window (ଝରକା ପାଖରେ)
at her desk
at the bus-stop (ବସ ରହଣୀ ସ୍ଥଳରେ)
at University (ବିଶ୍ବବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ)
at work (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ)
at the party (ଭୋଜିରେ )
at the meeting (ସଭାରେ)
at a football / cricket match
at the concert (ସଂଗୀତ ସଭାରେ)

2. ‘At’ if it means somebody’s house [‘At’ ଯଦି ଜଣଙ୍କର ଘରକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ] Examples :
(i) He is at his uncle’s (house). ( ମାମୁଘରେ)
(ii) The patient is at the doctor’s (clinic). (ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କର କ୍ଲିନିକ୍‌ରେ)
(iii) Satish was at the hairdresser’s. (ସେଲୁନରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

3. A point of place during a journey (ଯାତ୍ରାବେଳେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ) Examples:
(i) Do you know if the train stops at Bhubaneswar?
(ii) They stopped at a small town on the way to New Delhi.

2. In
1. in the garden (ବଗିଚାଭିତରେ )
in the river (ନଦୀ ଭିତରେ)
in the bottle (ବୋତଲରେ )
in the sky
in the sea
in a queue (ଏକ ଲମ୍ବାଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a/ the mirror
in a/ the magazine (ଏକ ପତ୍ରିକାରେ )
in his hand (ତା’ ହାତ ଭିତରେ)
in the Andamans (ଆଣ୍ଡାମାନ ଦ୍ଵୀପପୁଞ୍ଜରେ)
in the park
in the field
in a line (ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a photograph (ଏକ ଫଟୋରେ)
in a/the book

2. ‘In’ with cities, towns, villages [ନଗର, ସହର, ଗ୍ରାମ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ In]
Examples:
(i) Samir lives in London. (ନଗର)
(ii) They live in Rourkela. (ସହର)
(iii) I work in Jairampur. (ଗ୍ରାମ)

IN(Building) AT(point of place)
(i) There are many customers in the shop (i) Go along the road and turn left at the shop
(ii) It was cold in the library (ii) We are at the library choosing books

3. On
1. on the notice board
on your shirt
on the ground
on the floor (କଟାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the door (କବାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the wall
on the grass
on the desk (ଡେସ୍କ ଉପରେ)
on the island (ଦ୍ବୀପରେ, ଯଦି ଦ୍ୱୀପ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହୋଇଥାଏ)
on the first/ second floor

2. open place (ଖୋଲାସ୍ଥାନ)
on the railway (ରେଳବାଇରେ )
on the /a farm
on the/ a rubber/tea/ teak plantation (ରବର, ଚାହା ଓ ସାଗୁଆନ ବଗିଚାରେ)
on the campus.

4. By
1. ‘By’ means next to/beside (ପାଖରେ)
Come and sit by me [ଆସ ଓ ମୋ ପାଖରେ ବସ ।]
2. Measurement
(i) Abinash won the car race by ten meters.
(ii) My father’s salary has increased by 20 percent.
3. Above / Over
(i) The plane is flying above / over the town. [ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ସହର ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛି ।]
(ii) Flags waved above/over our heads. [ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ପତାକାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭଡ଼ିଲା । ]
Remember
‘above lover’ describe a vertical relationship.
[above/ over vertical ବା ଲମ୍ବଜ ସଂପର୍କକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]

5. Over
1. Across/ from one side to the other [ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ]
(i) There is a bridge over the river. [ନଦୀର ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୋଲ ଅଛି ।]
2. (i) The sun is over our heads. [ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The girl is leaning over the wall. [ଝିଅଟି କାନ୍ଥ ଉପରେ ଆଉଜେଇ ହୋଇଛି ।]
(iii) The building cost over Rs. 1 lakh. [କୋଠାଘରଟି ଲକ୍ଷରୁ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଟଙ୍କା ପଡ଼ିଲା ।]

6. Above / Below
(i) There is a temple above the house.
(ii) The house is below the temple.

7. Under
(i) There is a cat under the table. [ଟେବୁଲ ତଳେ ବିଲେଇଟିଏ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The patient is under treatment. [ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।]
(i) Gases become liquid under pressure. [ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଚାପ ଦ୍ବାରା ତରଳରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।] (iv) Your application is under consideration. [ତୁମ ଦରଖାସ୍ତ ବିଚାରାଧୀନ ଅଛି ।]

8. Along (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ)
(i) The boy is walking along the road. [ବାଳକଟି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାଉଛି । ] (‘on’ ନୁହେଁ )
(i) The bus was running along the street. [ବସ୍‌ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ତୀବ୍ର ଗତିରେ ଚାଲୁଥିଲା । ]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

9. Across [from one side to the other (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)]
The man is going / walking across the road.[ଲୋକଟି ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟକୁ ଯାଉଛି ।]

10. Through
(i) The road goes through the tunnel. [ରାସ୍ତାଟି ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇ ଯାଇଛି । ]

11. To / Towards [To : for destination (ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସ୍ଥଳ) ଏବଂ Towards : for ‘direction’ (ଦିଗ)]
(i) They are going to Konark. [ସେମାନେ କୋଣାର୍କକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।]
(ii) saw them running towards the field. [ମୁଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କ୍ଷେତଆଡ଼କୁ ଦୌଡ଼ିଯାଉଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି । ]

12. In front of (ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ। ଆଗରେ)
There is a garden in front of the school. [ସ୍କୁଲ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବଗିଚା ଅଛି ।]

13. Behind [ପଛରେ (at the back of)]
The motorcycle is behind the motorcar. [ମୋଟର ସାଇକେଲ କାର୍ ପଛରେ ଅଛି । ]

14. Opposite (ଆଗରେ | ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ| ମୁହଁ କରି | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ)
Mita is sitting opposite Gita. [ମିତା, ଗୀତାର ଠିକ୍ ଆଗରେ | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ ହୋଇ ବସିଛି । ]

15. Between (ମଧ୍ୟରେ | ମଝିରେ)
(i) The ball went between the player’s legs.
[ଖେଳାଳିଙ୍କ ଗୋଡ଼ ମଝିରେ ବଲ୍‌ ଗଡ଼ିଗଲା । ]
(ii) Luxumburg lies between Belgium, Germany and France.
[ବେଲଜିୟମ୍, ଜର୍ମାନୀ ଓ ଫ୍ରାନ୍ସ ଦେଇ ଲକ୍‌ ମୂବର୍ଗ ଯାଇଛି । ]
(iii) Sita is standing between Rama and Laxman.
[ରାମ ଓ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣ ମଝିରେ ସୀତା ଠିଆ ହୋଇଛି । ]

16. Among [a large number (ବହୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ|ଭିତରେ)]
Distribute the sweets among the children.
[ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମିଠାଇସବୁ ବାଣ୍ଟି ଦିଅ । ]
(ii) I tried to identify Seema among the guests.
[ଅତିଥୁମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ମୁଁ ସୀମାକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲି । ]

Mark the use of the following prepositions

AT:
I’ll see you at the station at 4 o’clock. He lives at Salipur.
‘At’ is used mainly to indicate a place or point of time.
Other uses:
at for small towns, in for large cities. at five rupees a kilo.
He is good at football/English/his work. His father died at fifty-two.

BY:
Nearness (ନିକଟତା): Come and sit by me.
Direction on movement (ଦିଗ ବା ଗତି): We come to Paradeep by way of Jagatsinghpur.
Agency (କାରକ) : The book was written (ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା) by Fakir Mohan.
Time: We traveled by day/night.
Measurement: (i) Banaras are sold by dozens.
(ii) He is older than me by two years.
By means of: Radios work by electricity.

FOR:
Space of time or distance:
(i) I am staying here for a week. (ii) The forest goes on for five kms.
Purpose, aim, intention ଭଡେଣ୍ୟ
(i) We go there for English lessons. (ii) He uses a razor () for shaving.
Direction:
Which is the bus for Kendrapara?

Point of time:
The meeting is arranged for seven a.m.
Cause (କାରଣ) :
I couldn’t see anything for thick smoke (ଘନ କୁହୁଡ଼ି ହେତୁ).
He gained (ଜିତିଲା) a medal (ପଦକ) for bravery (ସାହସିକତା).
We dance for joy.

Exchange :
He paid Rs.50/- for that picture.

FROM:
A motion away, departure (ପ୍ରଷ୍ଥ।ନ), removal :
He rose (ଉଠି ଠିଆ ହେଲା) from the chair. They came from Puri last week.
A starting point, place of origin (ଭସ୍ଥ):
He read from page 16 to 21. The wool has come from Australia.
Cause: She is suffering from fever / a cold / a headache.
Separation: He is far away from home.

IN:
Circumstances or condition (ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
In prison, in the dark, in good/bad health, in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ), in a bad temper (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
Dress, covering: Sheela was dressed in silk. The book was bound in leather.
Time: In the morning/afternoon/evening / January/2019
At the end of: In an hour, in two weeks, in three years, in 20 minutes

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

OF:
Genitive (ଉପସର୍ଗ) :
the tail (ଲାଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼) of the dog,
the love of God, the capital of India
Origin or authorship:
Child of poor parents,
Poems of Wordsworth
Measure, quantity:
a meter of cloth, a kilo of sugar, a box of matches.

ON:
Position :(i) The book is on the table.
(ii) London is on the Thames.
(iii) Cuttack is on the Mahanadi.
Time: On May 31st, On Thursday, On reaching home, On the morning of 10th June.
To mean “about” :
He gave a lecture on America.
A book on Indian history

ΤΟ:
Direction of Movement: They are going to Puri. Come to me.
A limit: From 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. From beginning to end
Comparison (ତୁଳନା): This car is superior/inferior/equal to that one (car).

WITH:
Accompaniment (ସହିତ) :
He came here with all his family.
Agreement (Disagreement) (ସମ୍ମତି / ଅସମ୍ମତି)
(i) I agree/disagree with him on this matter.
(ii) Don’t quarrel with me.
An instrument (ଉପକରଣ): Cut the bread with this knife.
Cause (କାରଣ): The old man was bent with age and dying with hunger.
Manner (ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା): They fought with bravery.
He stood with his hands in his pockets.
Possession (ଧାରଶ): A girl with golden hair, A house with a large garden.

ABOVE:
Directly higher than the point/ on a higher level
We flew above the clouds.
(ii) The sun rose above the clouds.
(iii) The water came above our knees.
(iv) A Headmaster ranks above an assistant teacher.
Greater in number, price, weight etc.
It weighs (ଓଜନ) above / over ten kilos.
Applicants (ଆବେଦନକାରୀ) I must be above/over the age of 21.

More than A soldier should value honor above (ଠାରୁ । ଅପେକ୍ଷା) life.
Too difficult for The book is above me.

OVER:
Covering partly (ଆଂଶିକ ଭାବରେ) or completely
Spread a cloth over the table / the floor / the bed.
At or to a level higher than, but not touching
(i) The sky is over/above our heads.
(ii) The electric wires over the street are ugly.
(iii) There was a lamp over the table.
Superiority in rank (ପଦବୀରେ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟତା)
(i) These people need a firm (ଦୃଢ଼) ruler over them.
(ii) He has no command (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ) over himself.
In every part: He is famous all over the world.
At the other side: Look over the edge.
More than The family stayed here for over a year.

ACROSS:
From one side to the other :
(i) The child ran across the road.
(ii) Draw a line across a sheet of paper.
On the other side of :
My house is just across the street.

AMONG:
Position in the middle :
You may see my house among the trees.
Included (ଅକ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ): Kalidas is among (one of) the world’s greatest poets. Sharing: The sweets are to be distributed (ବଣ୍ଟାଯିବାର ଅଛି) among the students.

UNDER:
Lower than and covered by
He put the letter under a book that was lying on the desk.
Covered by/Protected by (ଶାସିତ / ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପ୍ରଦାନ) :
In 1940 India was under British rule and its soldiers served under the British flag.
A certain state of being :
He is under treatment (ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ) for filaria.

THROUGH:
Position on movement usually from one side to the other:
(i) The train rushed (ran speedily) through the tunnel (ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ).
(ii) Look through the window.
(iii) He has come through a lot of problems.
Agency (କାରକ) :
(i) He got the job through his uncle. (by the influence of, Gala am)
(ii) He bought the property through a house agent.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Activity – 1

Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with appropriate prepositions :
(i) The young men are swimming ___________ the sea.
Answer:
In

(ii) There is a label ____________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
On

(iii) There is a TV set ____________ the corner of the room.
Answer:
In

(iv) London is ____________ the Thames.
Answer:
On (କୂଳରେ)

(v) John was brought up __________ a farm, but at the age of sixty he was sent to work ___________ a shop.
Answer:
On, at

(vi) When we visited Hyderabad, we stayed at _________ the Justa Hotel.
Answer:
In

(vii) I would prefer to work ____________ a factory.
Answer:
In

(viii) He told me that he lived ___________ 25 Ashok Nagar, Bhubaneswar.
Answer:
At

(ix) My father is employed as a cashier ____________ the local branch of the Allahabad Bank.
Answer:
In

(x) He was ___________ me at school. (Suggesting ‘lower than’)
Answer:
Under

(xi) My hat fell ___________ a chair as I was leaving the room.
Answer:
Off

(xii) He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
Under

(xiii) They were standing ___________ the hillside.
Answer:
At

(xiv) They were walking together ____________ the beach.
Answer:
on/at

(xv) He waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
At

(xvi) She divided the cake _____________ her five children.
Answer:
Between

(xvii) I can’t see any difference ___________ these two books.
Answer:
Between

(xviii) She met him _________ the front door.
Answer:
At

(xix) I was getting late, so we set off (ଯାତ୍ର।କଲୁ) __________ home.
Answer:
For

(xx) He couldn’t keep himself from falling __________ the wall.
Answer:
Off

2. Preposition Of Time

1. At
(i) ‘At’ is used to exact time [ସଠିକ୍ ସମୟ]
at 10.30 a.m
at one o’clock
at that time (ସେହି ସମୟରେ)
at the moment (ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ)
at 7 p.m
at half past five (୫ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ )
at breakfast (ପ୍ରାତଃଭୋଜନ କାଳରେ)

(ii) Before periods of time covering day and night. [ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at mid-day
at sunset
at noon (ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନରେ )
at dusk (ଗୋଧୂଳି/ପ୍ରଦୋଷରେ)
at sunrise
at night
at dawn (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁଷରେ)

(iii) Holiday periods of one or two days [ଦୁଇ ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଦିନରେ ଛୁଟି ବା ପର୍ବ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at Ester
at weekend
at New Year
at Dussehra
(iv) at 20 (୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ)
at 65 (୬୫ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ )

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

2. In
(i) English years [ଇଂରାଜୀ ବର୍ଷ]
in 1947
in 2008
in 1956 etc.
(ii) Seasons [ଋତୁ]
in Winter (ଶୀତ ଋତୁ)
in Spring (ବସନ୍ତ ଋତୁ)
in Summer
in Autumn (ଶରତଋତୁ), etc.
(iii) English and Odia months [ଇଂରାଜୀ ଓ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ମାସ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
in January
in February
in December
in Asadha (ଆଷାଢ଼ ମାସରେ)
in Kartik (କାର୍ତ୍ତିକ ମାସରେ) etc.
(iv) Parts of day and night
[ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ] in the night
in the midnight ( ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ )
in the morning
in the evening
in the afternoon
(v) Others [ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ]
in five days (ପାଞ୍ଚ ଦିନପରେ)
in twenty minutes(କୋଡ଼ିଏ ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ )
in an hour (ଗୋଟାଏ ଘଣ୍ଟାପରେ)

3. On
(i) Before days [ଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
on Sunday
on Monday
on Thursday, etc.
(ii) With a Single day
on 18th September
on 15th August
on Easter Sunday
on the New Year’s Day
(iii) Specific part of a day/night [ଦିନ ରାତିର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅବଧୂ]
on Tuesday afternoon (ମଙ୍ଗଳବାର ଅପରାହ୍ନରେ )
on the evening of Kumar Purnima (କୁମାରପୂର୍ଣିମା ସଂଧ୍ୟାରେ)
on a moonlit night (ଏକ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣମୀ ରାତିରେ )

4. For / Since
For” – Period of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
‘Since’ – Point of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
(i) They stayed at Gopalpur for a week. (ଏକ ସପ୍ତାହ ଧରି)
(ii) We have been waiting for twenty minutes. (୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)
(iii) We haven’t seen him since October, 2006. (ଅକ୍ଟୋବର ୨୦୧୨ ମସିହାରୁ)

5. Till / Until [ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ | ଯେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନୁହେଁ]
(i) He will be in Kolkata till/until next November.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ନଭେମ୍ବରମାସ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେ କୋଲକତାରେ ଥ‌ିବ ।)

6. By [ସୁଦ୍ଧା]
(i) I am always up by 6 o’clock in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୬ଟା ସୁଦ୍ଧା ସବୁବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିପଡ଼େ ।)
(ii) Can you clear up your dues by Saturday ?
(ଶନିବାର ସୁଦ୍ଧା ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଦରମାସବୁ ଦେଇଦେବ କି ?)

7. From / Between
‘From’ – The time when something starts.
(i) Tickets will be sold from next Wednesday.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ସୋମବାରରୁ ଟିକେଟ ବିକ୍ରି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ।)
(ii) It started raining from seven in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୭ଟାରୁ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।)
‘Between’ – a period after one time and before another.
(i) I work between the third and fourth week of every month.
(ମୁଁ ପ୍ରତିମାସରେ ୩ୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ସପ୍ତାହ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କାମ କରେ ।)

8. Before / After
‘Before’ – earlier in time (ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
‘After’ – later in time (ପରେ)
(i) Arati came before Ava. (ଆଭା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆରତୀ ଆସିଲା ।)
(ii) Ava came after Arati. (ଆରତୀ ପରେ ଆଭା ଆସିଲା ।)

9. During (Period of time) [କାଳରେ / ସମୟରେ ]
(i) People make merry during festivals.
(ପର୍ବପର୍ବାଣି ସମୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ମନୋରଂଜନ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Many people died during the War.
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସମୟରେ ବହୁତ ଲୋକ ମରିଗଲେ ।)

10. At the End / At the Beginning [ଶେଷରେ/ ଆରମ୍ଭରେ]
(i) Meet me at the end of the month. (ମାସ ଶେଷରେ ମୋତେ ଦେଖାକର ।)
(ii) Candidates sit for the exam at the end of the course.
(ପରୀକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀମାନେ ପାଠ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଶେଷରେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ବସନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) At the beginning of the concert, there were a few people.
(ସଙ୍ଗୀତସଭା ଆରମ୍ଭରେ କମ୍ ଶ୍ରୋତା ଥିଲେ ।)
The opposite of ‘at the end’ is ‘at the beginning’

11. In the End (Finally (ଶେଷରେ) ]
(i) I had a lot of problems with my bicycle; in the end I sold it for a few rupees. (ପ୍ରଥମେ ମୋ ସାଇକେଲରେ ଅନେକ ତ୍ରୁଟି ଥିଲା; ଶେଷରେ କିଛି ଟଙ୍କାରେ ମୁଁ ଏହାକୁ ବିକି ଦେଲି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

3. Words Followed By Preposition

1. Of
accuse of (ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
proud of (ଗର୍ବ।)
remind of (ମନେ ପକାଇଦେବା )
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା )
avail of (ସୁବିଧା ସୁଯୋଗର ସଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା)
beware of (ସାବଧାନ ହେବା)
boast of (ଗର୍ବ କରିବା )
consist of (ଗଠିତ)
inform of (ଜଣାଇବା)
rob of (ଲୁଟିନେବା)
fond of (ପ୍ରିୟ| ଆଗ୍ରହୀ )
full of (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
complain of (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା/ରୋଗ ବିଷୟରେ କହିବା)
die of (ରୋଗରୁ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିବା)
made of (ତିଆରି କରିବା) (ମୂଳ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ସତ୍ତା ଥିବା)
warn of ( ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
afraid of (ଭୟଭୀତ)
ashamed of (ଲଜିତ)
innocent of (ନିରାହ)
sure of (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ)
tired of (8)
jealous of (ଈର୍ଷାପରାୟଣ )
careful of (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
capable of (ସମର୍ଥ)
cause of (କାରଣ)

2. To / Into
add to (ବଢ଼ାଇବା| ବୃଦ୍ଧିକରିବା)
appeal to (ନିବେଦନ କରିବା)
behave to/ towards
(ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା )
compare to ( ଅସାମଞ୍ଜସ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି| ବସ୍ତୁ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରିବା)
turn into (ପରିଣତ ହେବା)
explain to (ବୁଝାଇବା)
solution to (ସମାଧାନ)
friendly to (ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
object to (ବିରୋଧ କରିବା)
talk to ( କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)
split into ( ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେବା । ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିବା)
familiar to (ପରିଚିତ)
useful to (ଦରକାରୀ)
impolite /rude to (ନିଷ୍ଠୁର )
judicious to (ବିଞ)
reaction to (ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା )
nice to ( ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର )
aware of (ସଚେତନ)
It…foolish/kind of (ନିର୍ବୋଧତା/ଦୟା)
envious of (ଈର୍ଷା ପରାୟଣ)
worthy of (ଯୋଗ୍ୟ)
knowledge of ( ସଚେତନ )
proof of (ପ୍ରମାଣ)
agree to (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବରେ ରାଜିହେବା)
apologize to (କାହା ନିକଟରେ କ୍ଷମାପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା କରିବା)
belong to (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାରରେ ରଖୁ ଥିବା)
crash into (ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଯିବା)
happen to (ଘଟିବା )
listen to (ମନଦେଇ ଶୁଣିବା)
point to ( ଦିଗ ସୂଚିତ କରିବା)
shout to (ଚିତ୍କାର କରିବା) (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
throw to (ଧରିବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା)
divide into (ଭାଗ ଭାଗ କରିବା)
grateful to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
polite to (ନମ୍ର)
kind to (ଦୟାଳୁ)
alternative to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
solution to ( ସମାଧାନ)
attitude to (ସ୍ଵଭାବକୁ)

3. For
admire for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
apologize for ( କୌଣସି ଭୁଲ ପାଇଁ କ୍ଷମା ମାଗିବା )
ask for (ମାଗିବା )
invite to (ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା)
prefer to (ଗୋଟିଏ ଜିନିଷ। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅନ୍ୟଟିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟକ ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
blame/ criticize for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ନିନ୍ଦା| ସମାଲୋଚନା କରିବା)
care for (ଚାହିଁବା)
look for (ଖୋଜିବା)
search for (ଖୋଜିବା)
concern for (ଚିନ୍ତା | ବ୍ୟାକୁଳତା)
famous for ( ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ)
hope for (ଆଶା କରିବା)
leave for (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା )
need for ( ଦରକାର )
thank for ( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବା)
provide for ( ଯୋଗାଇଦେବା )
responsible for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ରହିବା)
admiration for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)
appetite for (ବିରାଟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ)
love for (ଆସକ୍ତି/ଆଦର)
reason for (କାରଣ)
demand for ( ଚାହିଦା )
pity for (ଦୟା)
remedy for (ପ୍ରତିକାର)
sympathy for ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି)

4. With
agree with (ରାଜିହେବା/ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହ)
collide with (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
deal with (ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା)
interfere with (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
charge with ( ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
full with (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହେବା। କରିବା)
differ with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ମତପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଘଟିବା )
present with (ଉପହାର ଦେବା)
share with (ସୁଖ| ଦୁଃଖ| ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ନିଜ ନିଜଭିତରେ ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
sympathise with ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି ଜଣାଇବା)
angry with (ରାଗିଯିବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷ)
pleased with/ satisfied with (ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ)
mix with (ମିଶାଇବା)
familiar with (ପରିଚିତ) (ସ୍ଥାନ)
difficulty with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିସହ ଅସୁବିଧା)

5. On
bored/ fed up with (ବିରକ୍ତି)
impressed with (GU)
agree on (ରାଜିହେବା)( ଯୋଜନା| ତାରିଖ| କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
insist on (ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ କହିବା)
concentrate on (ମନୋଯୋଗ ଦେବା)
influence on ( ପ୍ରଭାବ)
ill with (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
depend on/ rely on/ bank on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
live on (ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରି ବଞ୍ଚିବା)
effect on (ପ୍ରଭାବ)
knock on (କବାଟ ବାଡ଼େଇବା )

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

6. In In
believe in (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିବା)
deal in (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କରିବା)
interfere in (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
interested in (ଆଗ୍ରହୀ)
invest in (ଟଙ୍କା ଖଟେଇବା)
write in (ଲେଖୁବା) (କାଳି, କଲମ, ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ)
blind in (ଅନ୍ଧ)
difficulty in (ଅସୁବିଧା ) ( ରହିବାରେ, ପାଠ ବୁଝିବାରେ)
rise in/ fall in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି।ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା)
belief in (ବିଶ୍ବାସ)
increase in/decrease in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି। ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
success in (ସଫଳତା)
end in (ଶେଷ ହେବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
result in (ଫଳାଫଳରେ ଶେଷ ହେବା)
strong in/ weak in (ଦକ୍ଷ| ଦୁର୍ବଳ) (ପାଠ, ଖେଳ, ସଂଗୀତ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)

7. At
aim at/ point at (ଗୁଳି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରିବା)
arrive at (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
laugh at ( ପରିହାସ କରିବା)
shout at (ବଡ଼ ପାଟି କରି ଗାଳିଦେବା)
angry at (ରାଗିଯିବା) (କଥାରେ | ଘଟଣାରେ)
preside at ( ସଭାପତିତ୍ବ କରିବା )
throw at (ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା/ ଆଘାତ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
delighted at (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣାରେ ଖୁସି ହେବା )
good at/ bad at (ଦକ୍ଷ/ ଦୁର୍ବଳ)( ପାଠପଢ଼ା, ଖେଳ, କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ )
shocked at (ଦୁଃଖରେ ମ୍ରିୟମାଣ ହେବା)
surprised/astonished at ( ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟାନ୍ବିତ)
look at (ଚାହିଁବା)
clever at (ଚତୁର)
stare at (ଖରାପ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା)
gaze at ( ଏକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା )
triumphant at (ବିଜୟୀ)

8. From
borrow from (ଧାର କରିବା)
free from (ମୁକ୍ତ)
differ from (ଭିନ୍ନ ମତ ଦେବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)
discourage from (କୌଣସି କାମରେ ହତୋତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା)
die from (ରୋଗ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଅନ୍ୟ କାରଣରୁ ମରିବା)
escape from (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
exempt from (ଜୋରିମାନା, ଦଣ୍ଡ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରୁ ଛାଡ଼ କରିବା)
made from (ଶେଷ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ମୂଳ ଉତ୍ସ ନ ଥିଲେ)

Example :
Butter is made from milk.
save from (ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
retire from (ଅବସର ନେବା)
recover from (ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିବା)
different from (ଭିନ୍ନ)
protect from (ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଦେବା)

9. Against
protest against (ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
collide against (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
warn against (ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
revolt against (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ କରିବା)
vote against (ବିରୋଧରେ ଭୋଟ ଦେବା)
knock against (ଧକ୍‌କା ମାରିବା)
run against (ପିଟି ହୋଇଯିବା)

10. About
anxious about ( ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ/ ଚିନ୍ତାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ)
sorry about (କୌଣସି କଥାପାଇଁ ଦୁଃଖ)
worried about (ବିବ୍ରତ)
talk about (କୌଣସି ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗରେ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)

4. Prepositions Used Before Certain Words

1. At
at case (ଆରାମ)
at length (ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି )
at rest (ବିଶ୍ରାମ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at first/last (ପ୍ରଥମରେ|ଶେଷରେ)
at sea (ଦୁର୍ବଳ)
at present (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ)
at play (ଖେଳୁଥିବାବେଳେ )
at work(କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at home(ଦକ୍ଷ| କୁଶଳୀ)
at heart (ଆଘାତ)
at peace (ଶାନ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at war (ଯୁଦ୍ଧବେଳେ)
at least (ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ) at once (ଏକଦା )
at short notice ( ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ ଜରିଆରେ)
at sight ( ଦେଖିବାମାତ୍ରେ)
at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ)
at the end (ଶେଷରେ)

Examples :
(i) Our Exams are at hand.
(ii) I am at home in English. ( ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ ଦକ୍ଷ )
(iii) Are you at ease in your uncle’s house ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମ ମାମୁଘରେ ଆରାମରେ ଅଛ ?)
(iv) The two little boys are at play. (ଦୁଇଟି ଛୋଟ ପିଲା ଏବେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(v) Tell me the story at length. (ମୋତେ ଗପଟିକୁ ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି କୁହ ।)

2. By
by accident (ହଠାତ୍|ସୁଯୋଗବଶତଃ)
by heart ( ଆନ୍ତରିକତାର ସହିତ )
by surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇ)
by degrees (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ )
by day (ଦିନବେଳା)
by good fortune (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟକ୍ରମେ )
by name (ନାମରେ)
by design (ନକ୍‌ସା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by himself (ନିଜେ )
by chance (ହଠାତ୍ )
by mistake (ଭୁଲ୍‌କ୍ରମେ )
by night (ରାତ୍ରିବେଳା)
by sight (ଦେଖୁବାମାତ୍ରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Examples :
(i) Pick up the speed by degrees. (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ବେଗ ବଢ଼ାଅ ।)
(ii) I took him my uncle by mistake. (ମୁଁ ଭୁଲରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ମୋର ମାମୁ ଧରିନେଲି ।)
(iii) Some birds come out by night. (କେତେକ ପକ୍ଷୀ ରାତିରେ ପଦାକୁ ବାହାରନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The accident took me by surprise. (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରେ ମୁଁ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତ ହୋଇଗଲି ।)
(v) Do the work by yourself. (ନିଜେ କାମଟି କର ।)

3. In
in brief ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in due course (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in need ( ଅଭାବବେଳେ)
in reply (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇ)
in tears (କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇ)
in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇ)
in love (ପ୍ରେମରେ ପଡ଼ିବା)
in sight (ଦୃଶ୍ୟରେ)
in common (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in half (ଅଧାରେ)
in particular (ବିଶେଷକରି | ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ)
in secret (ଗୁପ୍ତରେ)
in turn (ବଦଳରେ)
in danger (ବିପଦରେ )
in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in pieces (ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ ହୋଇ)
in short ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in case (କାଳେ)
in fact (ପ୍ରକୃତରେ)
in order (ସଜାଇ)
in time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in difficulties (ଅସୁବିଧାରେ )
in name (ନାମକୁ)
in public (ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ)
in stock (ଜମାହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples :
(i) The girl was in tears. (ଝିଅଟି କ୍ରନ୍ଦନରତ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) like Sehwag’s batting in particular. (ମୁଁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ସେହୱାଗଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂକୁ ପସନ୍ଦ କରେ ।)
(iii) The Persian prince was in love with the shepherd’s daughter.
(ପାରସ୍ୟ ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପୁତ୍ର ମେଷପାଳକ କନ୍ୟାକୁ ଭଲ ପାଉଥିଲେ ।)
(iv) I wrote his phone number in case I should forget.
(କାଳେ ଭୁଲିଯିବି, ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କର ଫୋନ ନମ୍ବରଟି ଟିପି ନେଲି ।)
(v) Father is in debt. (ବାପା ଋଣ ଭାରରେ ପଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି ।)

4. On
on business (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
on time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
on fire ( ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on holiday (ଛୁଟିରେ )
on horseback ( ଘୋଡ଼ା ପିଠିରେ)
on duty (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on purpose (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି )
on sale (ବିକ୍ରି ହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples:
(i) The policeman is on duty. (ପୋଲିସ ଏବେ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) Father was on holidays. (ବାପା ଛୁଟିରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(iii) The Nokia mobiles are on sale. (ନୋକିଆ ମୋବାଇଲ ଫୋନ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଛି । )
(iv) They finished the meeting on time. (ସେମାନେ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ସଭାଟି ଶେଷ କଲେ ।)
(v) Don’t harm anyone on purpose. (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି କାହାର କ୍ଷତି କରନାହିଁ ।)

5. Out of
Out of control (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ବାହାରେ)
out of place (ଅର୍ଥହୀନ)
out of reach (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ବାହାରେ)
Out of order (ଖରାପ ହୋଇଯିବା)
out of work (ବେକାରୀ)
Out of danger. (ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ)
out of stock (ଆଉ ନଥିବା/ ସରି ଯାଇଥବା)
out of date (ତାରିଖ ଅତିକ୍ରାନ୍ତ )
out of sight (ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ)

Examples :
(i) The patient is out of danger. (ରୋଗୀଟି ଏବେ ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ ।)
(i) Your arguments are out of place. (ତୁମର ଯୁକ୍ତି ଅର୍ଥହୀନ ଅଟେ ।)
(iii) My watch has been out of order. (ମୋ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଖରାପ| ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)
(iv) The plane is out of sight. (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ଦୃଶ୍ୟହୀନ ।)

5. Miscellaneous (ବିବିଧ)

1. On
(i) We are going to Kolkata on business. (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଆମେ କଲିକତା ଯିବୁ ।)
(ii) He is on tour. (ସେ ଗସ୍ତରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) watch the news on TV. ( ମୁଁ ଟିଭିରେ ସମାଚାର ଦେଖେ ।)
(iv) The house is on fire. (ଘରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)
(v) He goes to school on foot. (ଚାଲି ଚାଲି ସେ ସ୍କୁଲ ଯାଏ ।)
(vi) haven’t done it on purpose. (ମୁଁ ଜାଣିଶୁଣି ଏହା କରି ନାହିଁ ।)
(vii) He is on my left / on my right. (ସେ ମୋ ବାମ| ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ।)
(viii) There is a butterfly on the screen. (ପରଦା ଉପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ବସିଛି ।)
(ix) Children are playing on the beach/ on the coast. (ପିଲାମାନେ ବେଳାଭୂମିରେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(x) The Bus Association is on strike. (ବସ୍ ସଂଘ ଧର୍ମଘଟରେ ବସିଛନ୍ତି ।)

2. In
in the cool shade (ଶୀତଳ ଛାୟାରେ)
in the rain (ବର୍ଷାରେ)
in the dark ( ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ)
in bad weather (ଖରାପ ପାଗରେ) in ink (କାଳିରେ)
in block letters (ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in pen/ pencil (କଲମ | ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ୍‌ରେ)
in words (ଶବ୍ଦରେ | ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in cash (ନଗଦ ଟଙ୍କା ଆକାରରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

3. At
at 60 kms an hour (ଘଣ୍ଟାପ୍ରତି ୬୦ କି.ମି. ବେଗରେ )
at 100°C. (ଶହେ ଡିଗ୍ରୀ ସେଲ୍‌ସିୟସରେ)

⇒ By With vehicles [ଯାନ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ]
(i) by taxi (ଟ୍ୟାକ୍‌ସିରେ)
by plane (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜରେ)
by road ( ରାସ୍ତାରେ)
by car (କାରରେ)
by ship (ଜାହାଜରେ )
by boat (ଡଙ୍ଗାରେ )
by bicycle ( ସାଇକେଲ୍‌ରେ )

⇒ But:
On a bicycle
on a motorcycle
on a horse
on the morning/evening bus
on a train
on a bus
on a ship
on a plane
on the school/college bus.
But in a car (ଏକ କାରରେ)
in his father’s car (ତା’ ବାପାଙ୍କ କାରରେ)

(ii) By+Means of Communication [ଯୋଗାଯୋଗର ମାଧ୍ୟମ]
by post (ଡାକରେ)
by letter (ଚିଠିରେ)
by TV (ଟିଭି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by e-mail (ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋନିକ୍‌ସ ମେଲ୍ ଦ୍ବାରା)
by hand (ହାତରେ)
by radio (ରେଡ଼ିଓ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by telephone (ଫୋନ୍‌ଦ୍ୱାରା )

Know the differences [ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର] :
In
in Link Road
At
at 12 Grand Road
On
on 42 Street, New Delhi.

Activity – 2

Fill in the following blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) The meeting started _________ ten o’clock.
Answer:
At

(ii) The house should be finished. __________ next month.
Answer:
By (ସୁଦ୍ଧା)

(iii) He has been sick __________ the day he arrived.
Answer:
Since(ଠାରୁ)

(iv) He came here _____________ a winter evening.
Answer:
On

(v) He has been ill _____________ the last month.
Answer:
Since

(vi) He has been ill _________ last month.
Answer:
Since

(vii) The train never arrives _________ time.
Answer:
On

(viii) The Second World War ended __________ 1945.
Answer:
In

(ix) We leave for France ___________ Friday.
Answer:
On

(x) We are having a party __________ New Year.
Answer:
At

(xi) The work must be finished ___________ December.
Answer:
in/by

(xii) He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
At

Remarks at times – (ବେଳେବେଳେ), in time – (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ), on time – (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ),, in the nick of (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ), in the time – (ସେହି ସମୟରେ), behind the time ବିଳମୃରେ

Activity – 3

(i) He went to America __________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
On

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

(ii) He went to Howrah __________ the Coromandel Express.
Answer:
On

(iii) He sent the books __________ registered parcel.
Answer:
By

(iv) He dug the pit ___________ a shovel.
Answer:
With

(v) He talked to his friend ______________telephone.
Answer:
By

(vi) He paid his dues __________ cash.
Answer:
In

(vii) If you haven’t got any cash on you, you can pay ________ cheque.
Answer:
By

(viii) The answer was written ________ a pencil.
Answer:
In

(ix) The answer was written ________ pencil.
Answer:
By

See the differences :
He wrote the letter with a pen.
The letter was written in ink/pen. (Passive voice)

Activity – 4

Supply appropriate prepositions in the following blanks.

(i) His decision took me __________ surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଦେଲା).
Answer:
By

(ii) He is very kind ___________ heart.
Answer:
At

(iii) Rabi has been ___________ holiday for the last two weeks.
Answer:
On

(iv) The house is _________ sale.
Answer:
For

(v) There were one hundred people there ________________ all.
Answer:
In

(vi) I was able to know ____________ sight.
Answer:
At

(vii) He acted ___________ once to save the boy’s life.
Answer:
At

(viii) When I arrived in his house, he was ___________ lunch.
Answer:
At

(ix) He is ___________ a visit to Delhi.
Answer:
On

Activity – 5

Insert appropriate prepositions in the following blank spaces:

(i) Let us invite them all. ______________ dinner.
Answer:
To

(ii) I hastened to assure him _________ my support.
Answer:
Of

(iii) He borrowed a pen _________ me.
Answer:
From

(iv) His failure has completely discouraged him. _________ trying again.
Answer:
From

(v) I like to indulge. __________ a hot bath.
Answer:
In

(vi) We congratulate you. _____________ becoming a father.
Answer:
On

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

(vii) Students should concentrate ___________ studies.
Answer:
On

(viii) Everybody has been warned ___________ the danger.
Answer:
Against

(ix) They reminded me __________ the meeting.
Answer:
Of

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :

(i) Don’t be impolite __________ your elders.
Answer:
To

(ii) You shouldn’t be rude. _________ them.
Answer:
To

(iii) Some people are cruel _________ animals.
Answer:
To

(iv) Are you angry _____________ what happened?
Answer:
At

(v) The old man is very furious __________ me.
Answer:
With

(vi) I am contented __________ what I have.
Answer:
With

(vii) I am tired ___________ arguing with you.
Answer:
Of
(viii) The diet here is deficient ________ vitamins.
Answer:
In

(ix) I am very glad __________seeing you.
Answer:
Of

(x) You must be conscious _____________ your speech and action.
Answer:
Of

(xi) I am now short _________ funds.
Answer:
Of

(xii) His income is sufficient. ____________ his needs.
Answer:
For

Activity – 7

Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) I have a good relationship. ______________ my neighbors.
Answer:
With

(ii) There is a sharp fall. ____________ demand for gold.
Answer:
In

(iii) There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an oil engine.
Answer:
Between

(iv) What is your reaction __________ the news?
Answer:
To

(v) His progress ____________ studies is very satisfactory.
Answer:
In

(vi) They had a discussion. ___________ the topic.
Answer:
On

(vii) His familiarity ____________ the place saved him from a lot of troubles.
Answer:
with

(viii) He has a great admiration ____________ my talent.
Answer:
For

(ix) He is in agreement. ___________ my views on this subject.
Answer:
With

(x) His performance made an impression. ___________ me.
Answer:
On

Remember:
No preposition is used before the expression of time beginning with next, last, this, that, every, each, oll, today, before, tomorrow, yesterday, etc.

Examples:
I met him last Sunday.
I will call on (visit) you tomorrow.
They stayed here all week.
He has promised to come today.
He comes home every Saturday.
Come any day you like.
Birat returned home this morning.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Prepositions Additional Questions With Answers

Prepositions – I

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Dr. Mishra lives ___________ 115, Saheed Nagar.
Answer:
at

2. Deba works ___________ a factory.
Answer:
in

3. My uncle is working ___________ a rubber plantation.
Answer:
on

4. My friend is sitting ___________ the grass.
Answer:
on

5. He is sitting. __________ my left.
Answer:
on

6. The boy is sitting. ___________ my side.
Answer:
by

7. He hung a calendar. _________ the fireplace.
Answer:
over

8. There is a bridge ___________ the river.
Answer:
over/across

9. She is carrying a bag. ____________ her arm.
Answer:
under

10. When the sun sets, it goes ___________ the horizon.
Answer:
below

11. The dolphins disappeared. ____________ the waves.
Answer:
beneath

12. The Mahanadi flows ___________ Odisha.
Answer:
through

13. Draw a line _________ the page.
Answer:
across

14. There are lot of shops ___________ this street.
Answer:
along

15. The boy was hiding ____________ a tree.
Answer:
behind

16. The priest stood _________ the altar.
Answer:
before

17. Luxembourg lies __________ Belgium, Germany and France.
Answer:
between

18. There was a ladder. _________ the wall.
Answer:
against

19. There is a temple just. _________ my house.
Answer:
opposite

20. The rider fell ____________ the horse.
Answer:
off

21. Ashok babu set off ____________ America.
Answer:
for

22. He arrived here ___________ Christmas.
Answer:
at

23. I meet my daughter ___________ the weekend.
Answer:
at

24. The guests will arrive __________ ten minutes.
Answer:
in

25. I saw her __________ the evening of 15th August.
Answer:
on

26. Applications must reach the office ___________ 20th June.
Answer:
by

27. He has lived here ____________ the last three years.
Answer:
for

28. It has been raining __________ 6 o’clock this
Answer:
since

29. The fair continued ____________ Sunday.
Answer:
till

30. You can see the doctor. ____________ 8 am and 12 noon.
Answer:
between

31. The plane arrived at the airport.____________ time.
Answer:
on

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

32. My friend goes to Kolkata _____________ train.
Answer:
by

33. He went to Bhubaneswar ___________ a car.
Answer:
in

34. We send message ___________ e-mail.
Answer:
by

35. He heard an interesting program. ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

36. I pay the bill __________ cash.
Answer:
in

37. He saw the accident __________ his own eyes.
Answer:
with

38. He makes a living. ___________ teaching.
Answer:
by

39. The situation is ___________ control.
Answer:
under

40. Now I am ________ debt.
Answer:
in

41. He told the story __________ briefly.
Answer:
in

42. Our headmaster is ___________ leave.
Answer:
on

43. He is very kind ____________ heart.
Answer:
at

44. The house is ____________ fire.
Answer:
on

45. The letter was written __________ ink.
Answer:
in

46. I left the book in the class ___________ mistake.
Answer:
by

47. He went to America ___________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
on

48. The man dug the pit. ____________ a shovel.
Answer:
with

49. He paid the bill ________ cheque.
Answer:
by

50. He sent the message. __________ post.
Answer:
by

51. I go to school________ foot.
Answer:
on

52. He has been ill ___________ last month.
Answer:
since

53. He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
at

54. The children arrived ________ time to attend the meeting.
Answer:
in

55. The fire broke out _________ the night.
Answer:
during

56. I have lived here _________ 15 Jan 2015.
Answer:
since

57. I met one of my old friends __________ a winter evening.
Answer:
on

58. This work was done ____________ a day.
Answer:
in

59. I go to Puri ____________ summer.
Answer:
in

60. He arrived here ___________ Holi.
Answer:
at

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

61. We waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
at

62. He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
under

63. The road goes ____________ the forest.
Answer:
through

64. There is a label __________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
on

65. He ran ___________ a safe place.
Answer:
towards

66. They ran ____________ the place of murder.
Answer:
from

67. The boy is standing ___________ the class.
Answer:
in front of

68. Puja is sitting ___________ Roja.
Answer:
opposite

69. The sweets were distributed ____________ the children.
Answer:
among

70. He walked ___________ the road.
Answer:
along

71. He has come ________ many hardships.
Answer:
through

72. She has married _________ her.
Answer:
beneath

73. Your work is ___________ the average.
Answer:
below

74. The traveler is sitting. __________ the tree.
Answer:
under

75. The aeroplane is flying. __________ our head.
Answer:
over

76. He lives ____________ an island.
Answer:
on

77. There is a house ___________ the main road.
Answer:
on

78. The picture is ____________ the clock.
Answer:
below

79. His house is ____________ the river.
Answer:
by

80. There is a post office __________ our house.
Answer:
near

81. The boy is standing. __________ the two girls.
Answer:
between

82. The cat is ___________ the table.
Answer:
under

83. The girl was absent ____________ Tuesday to Friday.
Answer:
from

84. Somebody broke the window ___________ my absence.
Answer:
in

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

85. He came ___________ me.
Answer:
after/before

86. The patient had died ____________ the doctor arrived.
Answer:
before

87. My birthday is ___________ August 12.
Answer:
on

88. The swimmer jumped. __________ the swimming pool.
Answer:
into

89. The rider jumped ___________ the back of the horse.
Answer:
onto

90. A bird flew __________ the window.
Answer:
through

91. The children walked __________ the hill.
Answer:
up

92. He is walking __________ the road.
Answer:
along

93. Somebody knocked __________ the door.
Answer:
at

94. The earth goes __________ the sun.
Answer:
round

95. I am driving. ____________ Cuttack.
Answer:
to

96. The Indian soldiers proceeded ____________ the border.
Answer:
towards

97. The children are standing ___________ a queue.
Answer:
in

98. The boy is standing _____________ the balcony.
Answer:
on

99. My brother lives _____________ London.
Answer:
in

100. He works _____________ public library.
Answer:
at

101. Who are you talking _____________?
Answer:
to

Prepositions – II

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. If we add two _____________ two, we get four.
Answer:
to

2. Rohit was accused ____________ being self.
Answer:
of

3. Fill the pot ____________ water.
Answer:
with

4. We should invest money ____________ business.
Answer:
in

5. Don’t laugh ______________ others.
Answer:
at

6. Butter is made _____________ milk.
Answer:
from

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

7. The table is made ________________ wood.
Answer:
of

8. He is looking ______________ a new job.
Answer:
for

9. My father provides me ______________ all facilities for my studies.
Answer:
with

10. I thanked him ________________ his help.
Answer:
for

11. Don’t throw stones _____________________ the dog.
Answer:
at

12. The answer was written ____________ pencil.
Answer:
in

13. We should sympathize ____________ the suffering people.
Answer:
with

14. She died ____________ overeating.
Answer:
from

15. He died ______________ hunger.
Answer:
of

16. The shop deals _____________ garments.
Answer:
in

17. I congratulated him ______________ his success.
Answer:
on

18. A face is compared _____________ the moon.
Answer:
to

19. Do you believe _____________ God?
Answer:
in

20. I bumped ____________ a pole in the dark.
Answer:
into

21. We all agreed _____________ the plan.
Answer:
on

22. Everybody criticised him ____________ his delay.
Answer:
for

23. The thieves broke ___________ the house.
Answer:
into

24. I have a complaint ______________ stomachache.
Answer:
of

25. I agreed _____________ his proposal.
Answer:
to

26. The book belongs ____________ me.
Answer:
to

27. The hunter is aiming ______________ the bird.
Answer:
at

28. My old bicycle reminded me ______________ my childhood days.
Answer:
of

29. The old man has recovered ___________ his illness.
Answer:
from

30. We should learn to share things ____________ others.
Answer:
with

31. Gowlives ___________ grass.
Answer:
on

32. I always prefer tea ______________ coffee.
Answer:
to

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

33. Father often shouts _____________ me.
Answer:
at

34. The Prime Minister presides ______________ the meeting ofthe cabinet.
Answer:
at

35. Beware ______________ pick pockets in the market.
Answer:
of

36. Everybody agreed ___________ me.
Answer:
with

37. Our new teacher deals ______________ us in a friendly way.
Answer:
with

38. He compared Shakespear _____________ Kalidas.
Answer:
with

39. He was exempted _______________ paying the fine.
Answer:
from

40. He warned me _____________ the danger.
Answer:
of

41. Don’t be impolite ______________ your elders.
Answer:
to

42. I was angry _____________ what he said.
Answer:
at

43. I was ashamed ___________ my bad conducts.
Answer:
of

44. We are blind ___________ our own faults.
Answer:
to

45. He is capable ____________ doing it.
Answer:
of

46. We should be careful ___________ our health.
Answer:
about

47. I am delighted ____________ your success.
Answer:
at

48. She is not eligible _____________ the post.
Answer:
for

49. The place is familiar ______________ me.
Answer:
to

50. Jyoti is good _________ mathematics.
Answer:
at

51. I am proud __________ my country.
Answer:
of

52. They are tired ____________ walking.
Answer:
of

53. Ashish is sure ____________ his success.
Answer:
of

54. You are responsible _____________ the loss.
Answer:
for

55. The Indians are keen _______________ fast food.
Answer:
on

56. The girl is ill ___________ fever.
Answer:
with

57. She is jealous ____________ her sister.
Answer:
of

58. I am interested _____________ music.
Answer:
in

59. I am familiar ___________ this place.
Answer:
with

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

60. The girl is conscious ______________ her manners.
Answer:
of

61. Babul is confident ______________ his success.
Answer:
of

62. Are you aware _____________ the new time-table?
Answer:
of

63. This test paper is useful _________________ me.
Answer:
to

64. I was surprised _______________ his behavior.
Answer:
at/by

65. It is good _______________ you to help me.
Answer:
of

66. Children are fond ____________ sweets.
Answer:
of

67. Are you angry _________ me?
Answer:
with

68. The old man is blind _________ one eye.
Answer:
in

69. My parents were disappointed _________ my performance.
Answer:
with

70. I was absent______________ class last week.
Answer:
from

71. Smoking is harmful _____________ health.
Answer:
to

72. My father was pleased _____________ me.
Answer:
with

73. It is foolish _____________ you to leave the door unlocked.
Answer:
of

74. I am worried _____________ my health.
Answer:
about

75. I was satisfied _______________ his progress.
Answer:
with

76. I have appetite ______________ books.
Answer:
for

77. I have lot of love ______________ my parents.
Answer:
for

78. This is the solution ______________ that problem.
Answer:
to

79. There is a rise ___________ the price of food grains.
Answer:
in

80. Can you give any proof _________ your innocence?
Answer:
of

81. We should have sympathy ______________ the poor.
Answer:
for

82. The demand _________ Chinese products has gone up.
Answer:
for

83. The mobile phone has a lot of influence __________ young children.
Answer:
on

84. What is your reaction ___________ the new policy?
Answer:
to

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

85. I have an agreement ____________ my friend.
Answer:
with

86. Suresh Babu has a good knowledge _____________ English grammar.
Answer:
of

87. I feel pity ______________ the poor victims.
Answer:
for

88. Tell me the reason _____________ your absence.
Answer:
for

89. There is a room ____________ a lot of luggage.
Answer:
for

90. She has difficulty __________ her new neighbor.
Answer:
with

91. There are marked differences ____________ the two children.
Answer:
between

92. Can you tell me the answer _____________ this question?
Answer:
to

93. I don’t think there is any need ___________ the luxury goods here.
Answer:
for

94. Can you take a photograph _____________ mine?
Answer:
of

95. He hasa great admiration _________ my talent.
Answer:
for

96. There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an air engine.
Answer:
between

97. His attitude _________ others is not good.
Answer:
towards

98. What is your opinion __________ the new law ?
Answer:
about

99. There is a heavy demand ______________ Tata products.
Answer:
for

100. What is your belief __________ this matter?
Answer:
in

101. He faces a lot of difficulties ___________ living in this city.
Answer:
in

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Let’s look at the following sentence :
Mohan stayed at home when everybody else in the family went to the cinema.
(ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରିବାରର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଦସ୍ୟ ସିନେମାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ, ମୋହନ ଘରେ ରହିଥିଲା ।)

⇒ In this sentence we have two clauses.
(ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ରହିଛି । ଅର୍ଥାତ ୨ଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଛି ।)
“Mohan stayed at home first” – Clause (Main clause or independent clause)
“when everybody else in the family went to the cinema ” – 2nd clause (subordinate clause or dependent clause)

⇒ What is a clause?
A clause is a sentence or the part of a sentence that has a subject and a predicate.
(ଏକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ଥାଏ ।)

⇒ What is a Main clause or Independent clause?
The clause that has its indepdent meaning or can stand on its own, is the Main Clause or Independent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟର ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ରହିଛି ବା ନିଜ ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରେ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ What is a Subordinate or Dependent clause?
A clause which can’t stand independently as a sentence, is called a Subordinate or Dependent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଭାବରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ Let’s try to remember the three important SENTENCES through clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 1

⇒ Phrase (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
A phrase is a group of words, that makes sense, but not complete sense. (କେତୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗଠିତ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅର୍ଥ ନୁହେଁ)
For example: Mark the underlined phrases.

⇒ Noun Phrase:
(i) To rise early in the morning is a ‘good habit’ (subject to the verb ‘is’)
(ii) He is fond of playing tennis. (Object to the preposition ‘of’)
(iii) He likes to play football. (Object to the verb ‘likes’)

⇒ A sentence or a clause must have a subject and a predicate.
But a phrase has no predicate.

Activity – 1

Mention whether the following expressions are phrases(P), clauses(C) or sentences(S).
1. Where have you been?
Answer:
Where have you been? (sentence)

2. Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall.
Answer:
Humpty Dumpty (ବାମନ) sat on a wall. (sentence)

3. Like a diamond in the sky.
Answer:
Like a diamond in the sky (phrase)

4. Who pulled her out?
Answer:
Who pulled her out? (sentence)

5. And Jill came tumbling after.
Answer:
And Jill came tumbling after (clause)

6. Under the queen’s chair
Answer:
Under the queen’s chair (phrase)

7. All the king’s horses
Answer:
All the king’s horses (phrase)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. up the hill
Answer:
up the hill (phrase)

9. a nice fairy story
Answer:
a nice fairy story (phrase)

10. Jack fell down
Answer:
Jack fell down (sentence)

11. A stitch in time
Answer:
A stitch in time (phrase)

12. The clock struck one
Answer:
The clock struck one (sentence)

13. Pussy in the well
Answer:
Pussy in the well (phrase)

14. After sealing the letter
Answer:
After sealing the letter (phrase)

15. To fetch a pail of water
Answer:
to fetch a pail of water (phrase)

Activity – 2

Draw double lines under the main clauses and single lines under subordinate clauses in the following sentences. Ignore coordinate clauses.
(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ୨ଟି ଗାର ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାର ଦିଅ ।)

1. I can not express how sorry I am.
Answer:
I can’t express how sorry I am.

2. Jack fell down and he broke his crown.
Answer:
Jack fell down and he broke his crown.

3. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
All depends on how the work is done.

4. It is feared that he will not help us.
Answer:
It is feared that he will not help us.

5. It is clear that he is honest.
Answer:
It is clear that he is honest.

6. I asked the boy how old he was.
Answer:
I asked the boy how old he was.

7. The point is that he was absolutely honest.
Answer:
The point is that he was absolutely honest.

8. When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
When his father will return is uncertain.

9. His great fear is that he may not succeed.
Answer:
His great fear is that he may not succeed.

10. Humpty dumpty sat on a wall and he had a great fall.
Answer:
Humpty dumpty sat on a wall.

11. A proverb is one man’s wit but it is all men’s wisdom.
Answer:
A proverb (ପ୍ରବଚନ) is one man’s wit.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

12. There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.
Answer:
There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.

13. Do you know when the next rain arrives?
Answer:
Do you know when the next train arrives?

14. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

15. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
He says that his mother is ill.

16. He told me that he was ready.
Answer:
He told me that he was ready.

17. What he says may be true.
Answer:
What he says may be true.

18. He waved his hand and boarded the bus.
Answer:
He waved his hand.

Noun Clause
⇒ Let’s look at this sentence.
He said that oil floats on water. (Complex Sentence)
He said (Independent or Main clause)
that oil floats on water. (Dependent clause or Subordinate clause)
⇒ “that oil floats on water” (ଯେ ଜଳ ଉପରେ ତେଲ ଭାସେ) is a Dependent Clause or Subordinate Clause since (ଯେହେତୁ) it can’t stand as an independent (clause).
⇒ So “that oil floats on water ” is said to be a Noun Clause as it functions as an object to the verb “said” (what did he say ?) as a noun functions as an object.
⇒ Dependent Clause ବା Subordinate Clause “that oil floats on water ” – ଏଠାରେ ଏକ Noun Clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ଏହା verb ‘said’ ର Object (କର୍ମ) ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି, ଯେପରି What did he say ?
Answer:
“That oil floats on water” (noun clause = object to the verb “said”)

Remember :
A noun clause is so called because it functions as a noun.

In Indirect Speech the reported statements and questions are noun clauses.
(i) Reported Statements are introduced by “that” or without “that” – Zero-introducer.
(ii) “Yes – No” questions are introduced by “if” or “whether” (ହଁ କି ନାହିଁ)
(iii) Wh-questions by the same wh-words like what, when, where, how, whom, why etc.

Examples :
(a) Statement (ଭକ୍ତି) : Mark the underlined Noun clauses :

Direct Indirect
He said, “I live in a town.” He said (that) he lived in a town.
We said to him, “We are ready to help your brother.” We told him (that) we were ready to help his brother.

(b) Yes – No questions (Questions beginning with verbs) :

Direct Indirect
“Do you smoke ?” he inquired He inquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା) if/whether I smoked.
“Have you ever been to Darjeeling ?” he asked me. He asked me if/whether I had ever been to Darjeeling.
He said, “Is your dog an Alsatian ?” He asked if/whether my dog was an Alsation.

(c) Wh-questions: (Questions beginning with wh-words)

Direct Indirect
My friend said, “How do you like the picture ?” My friend asked me how I liked the picture.
The stranger said, “Where is the ATM?” The stranger asked where the ATM was.
“Who can climb that wall ?” I asked the children. I asked the children who could climb that wall.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ Functions of Noun Clause:
(1) Noun Clause as the Subject of a sentence (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପରେ)
Examples :
(i) What he says is helpful to us.(Complex Sentence)
(ସେ ଯାହା କହୁଛି, ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଦରକାରୀ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What he says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘is helpful to us’ = Main Clause,
‘what’ = Subordinator]

(ii) That the earth moves round the Sun is truth.(Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାରିପଟେ ଘୂରେ, ଏହା ସତ୍ୟ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ That the earth moves round the Sun ‘ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘ is truth ‘ = Main Clause,
‘that’ = Subordinator]

(2) Noun Clause as the Object to the verb (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples :
(i) Gopal said (that) he was happy. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା (ଯେ) ସେ ଖୁସି ଥିଲା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that he way happy’ = Subordinating Noun Clause
‘that’ = Subordinator,
Gopal said = Main Clause]

(ii) I asked the boy how old he was. (Complex Sentence)
(ତା’ର ବୟସ କେତେ ବୋଲି ମୁଁ ବାଳକକୁ ପଚାରିଲି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘how old he was ’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘I asked the boy’ = Main Clause)

(iii) The police officer asked the driver why he was driving so speedily.(Complex Sentence)
(ଡ୍ରାଇଭର କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଉଥିଲା ବୋଲି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଅଫିସର ଡ୍ରାଇଭରକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘Why he was driving speedily’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘why’= Subondinator,
“The police officer asked the driver’ = Main Clause]

(3) Noun Clause as object to the Preposition
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ Preposition ବା ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା at / on / in / for with from ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) Pay careful attention to what I am going to say. (Complex Sentence)
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ କରିବି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What I am going to say’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘to’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘to’ = Preposition,
‘Pay careful attention to’ = Main Clause]

(ii) There is no meaning in what Gopal says. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କ’ଣ କହୁଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି|ଅର୍ଥ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘what Gopal says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘in’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘in’ = Preposition,
There is no meaning in = Main Clause]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iii) Mother is anxious about when her son will return from school.(Complex Sentence)
(ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ କେତେବେଳେ ସ୍କୁଲରୁ ଫେରିବେ, ସେ ନେଇ ମା’ ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘when her son will return from school’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘about’,
‘when’ = Subordinator,
‘from ’ = Preposition,
‘Mother is anxious’ = Main Clause]

(4) Noun Clause as ‘Complement to the ‘Verb’
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The difficulty was how we would arrange the fund.(Complex Sentence) (gl§9dl $[QI 21169016® 9191 §09 601919 9Q§ l)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘how we would arrange the fund’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘was’,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘was’ = ‘be’ verb,
‘The difficulty was’ = Main Clause]

(ii) It appears (that) price won’t come down in the near future. (Complex Sentence)
(ଜଣାପଡୁଛି ମୂଲ୍ଯବୃଦ୍ଧି ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ କମିବ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ (that) price won’t come down in the near future = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘appears’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
‘appears’ = Verb,
‘It appears’ = Main Clause]

(5) Noun Clause as Apposition to the Nouns or Pronouns
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବା ସର୍ବନାମର apposition ବା ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The news that his father has come, is true. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ତା’ ବାପା ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ସତ କଥା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that his father has come’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘news’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
“The news is true” = Main Clause]

(ii) The statement that she found the money in the street, is not believable. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ସେ ରାସ୍ତାରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଇଲା, ବିଶ୍ବାସ ହେଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that she found the money in the street’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘statement’,
‘that’ = subordinator,
The statement is not believable = Main Clause]

⇒ Joining Two Sentences Making One into a Noun Clause :
(ଦୁଇଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏକୁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ଯୋଗ କରିବା ପଦ୍ଧତି) :
(1) Using Subordinator ‘That’ (Omitting so, it, this) if both the sentences are in declarative pattern.
[ଯଦି ଉଭୟ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବ। Declarative Sentence Pattern ରେ ଥାଏ ତା’ହେଲେ so, it, this କୁ ଉଠାଇ ସେଠାରେ ‘That’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ]
Examples:
(i) Her mother is ill. Nirmal says so.
Answer:
Nirmal says that her mother is ill. (Omitting ‘so’)

(ii) The man was absolutely (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ) dishonest. (ଅସାଧୁ)
This is the point.
Answer:
The point is that the man was absolutely dishonest.

(2) Retaining What / How, etc. [What / How ଇତ୍ୟାଦିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ]
(Who words + Subject + Verb)
Examples:
(i) Who wrote the Ramayan? Can you tell me?
Answer:
Can you tell me who wrote the Ramayan?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(ii) When did the last train arrive?
A stranger asked the man at the counter.
Answer:
A stranger asked the man at the counter when the last train arrived.

(iii) What is your name?
The gentleman asked the girl.
Answer:
The gentleman asked the girl what her name was.

(3) Using If/ Whether (ହଁ କି ନୁହେଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି)
If one sentence in the question begins with helping verb
(ଯଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ କୌଣସି ବାକ୍ୟ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଥାଏ )
Examples:
(i) Will you do this work for me ? (will=helping verb)
Tell me.
Answer:
Tell me if/whether you will do this work for me.

(ii) Are you living here?
I can’t say.
Answer:
I can’t say if you are living here.

Activity – 1

Underline the noun clause in the following sentences. Mention whether they work as subject, object, complement, object of preposition or in apposition to another noun or pronoun.
(i) It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it. (Complement to the adjective ‘ clear ’)

(ii) You know how hard she works.
Answer:
You know how hard she works. (Object to the verb ‘know’)

(iii) That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
That he is honest is known to all. (Subject to the verb ‘is’)

(iv) The film depends on how it ends.
Answer:
The film depends on how it ends. [Object to the preposition ‘on’)

(v) “I’m glad to hear it”, Mrs Bethy said.
Answer:
“I’m glad to hear it”. Mrs Bethy said. (Subject to the verb ‘said’)

(vi) My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
My decision is that he must help you. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(vii) What is in our fate can’t be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate can’t be avoided. (Subject to the verbs ‘ can’t be avoided’)

(viii) The matter is that they have cheated us.
Answer:
The matter is that they have cheated us. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(ix) Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come.
Answer:
Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come. (Object to the verbs ‘didn’t know’)

(x) Can you tell me who wrote ‘the Ramayan’?
Answer:
Can you tell me “who wrote the Ramavan”? (Object to the verbs ‘can tell”)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(xi) No one can say how the war will come to an end.
Answer:
No one can say how the war will come to an end. (Object to the verbs ‘can say’)

(xii) Mr. Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave.
Answer:
Mr Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave. (Object to the verb ‘promised’)

Activity – 2

Complete the following sentences using noun clauses.
Can you tell me ________?
Answer:
Can you tell me who will take our science class?

His looks prove ________.
Answer:
His looks (ଚାହାଁଣୀ) prove that he is disappointed.

We all thought that ________.
Answer:
We all thought that we would win the match.

His plan is that ________.
Answer:
His plan is that he will succeed.

________ is known to all.
Answer:
That the earth moves round the sun is known to all.

He admitted that ________.
Answer:
He admitted that he had stolen my mobile.

He wanted to know ________.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I would come with him.

I have no objection to ________.
Answer:
I have no objection to what you do.

Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
Copernicus proved that the earth moves round the sun.

The rumour ________ is true.
Answer:
The rumour that Rahul Gandhi will get married is true.

Relative Clause

⇒ Study the following sentence :
I have already read the book which you gave me.
The underlined clause “which you gave me”, a dependent clause or (subordinate clause) is a relative clause or adjective clause as it modifies the meaning of the norm “book”.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

A : Which book have I already seen?
B : Which you gave me. (Relative clause or Adjective clause)

Another example:
A : Which boy are you talking about?
B : I’m talking about the boy who came to our house yesterday.

Her the second speaker (B) is identifying ‘the boy’ he (the speaker) is talking about by using the relative clause “who came to our house yesterday”

Note :
The Primary function of a Relative clause is to identify a noun.

⇒ How to form Relative Clause Rules :
(1) First find out the identical norm phrase in the two sentence to be combined or joined.
(2) Replace one of the identical noun phrases with an appropriate relative pronoun.
(3) Then move the relative pronoun to the beginning of the relative clause.
(4) Finally, place the relative clause immediately after its antecedent or noun phrase.

⇒ Let’s understand:
I have read the book ________ Naba sir wrote the book.
I have read the hook ________ Naba sir wrote which.
I have read the book which Naba Sir wrote.
[The hook-identical noun phrase, which-relative pronoun]

⇒ Step-to-step method of making Relative clause :
The girl was very friendly. I talked to the girl.
Step 1/2 : The girl was very friendly. ________. I talked to whom.
Step 3 : The girl was very friendly. who/whom I talked to.
Step 4 : The girl who / whom I talked to was very friendly.

Example 2:
The people were kind. Father stayed with them.
Step 1/2 : The people were kind. ________ father stayed with
Step 3 : The people were kind. Who father stayed with.
Step 4 : The people who father stayed with were kind.
Or,
Step 1/2 : The people were,kind. ________ father stayed With whom
Step 3 : The people were kind. With whom father stayed.
Step 4 : The people with whom father stayed were kind.

Example 3 :
Did you see the letter ? It came this morning.
Step 1/2 : Did you see letter ? That came this morning.
Step 3 : Did you see the letter that came this morning ?
the letter – identical noun phrase
that – relative pronoun

⇒ Defining Relative Clause / Identifying Relative clause :
The teacher who has worked here for thirty years is retiring next week. (Complex sentence)
Here the relative clause “who has worked for thirty years” is a defining relative clause since we speaks of the particular teacher who has worked here for thirty years.

⇒ Non-defining relative clause / Non-identifying Relative Clause :
“Mr. Mohanty, who has worked here for thirty years, is retiring next week. ”
Here “who has worked here for thirty years” gives more information about Mr Mohanty.
So we drop this clause, the sentence will have no harm. So this is the example of a Nondefining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Remember :
A non-defining relative clause must have comma (,), before and after the relative clause.

“That not ‘which’ is used after all, everything, anything, little, much, only, none, no, nothing. same, superlatives (superlative degree of adjectives), first, last, next, and after two antecedents, one personal and the other non-personal.
Examples:
(i) All / Everything / Anything that (not ‘which’) you see here is unclean.
(ii) There is little / nothing that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iii) There is not much that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iv) This is perhaps the last that we can expect. (not ‘which’)
(v) The next car that arrives here will find the gates closed. (not ‘which’)
(vi) Man is the only animal that can talk. (not ‘which’)
(vii) This is the same bicycle that my brother has lost. (not ‘which’)
(viii) The boy (personal) and his dog (non-personal) that had entered the club were turned (not ‘which’)

⇒ Relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.
Mark the underlined relative clauses.
(i) Do you remember the year when (in which) Sarojini Naidu died?
(ii) The day when (on which) the prince (ରାଜପୁତ୍ର) was born was celebrated (ପାଳନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) with rejoicings (ଆନନ୍ଦ ଉଲ୍ଲାସର ସହିତ).
(iii) The reason why he came wasn’t disclosed.
(iv) The house where (in which) we lived had a mud floor and a thatched house.
In these sentences when, where, why are relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.

⇒ Preposition introducing relative clause :
(i) The chair on which I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing.
(The chair when I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing) (Preposition ‘on’) (ଯାହା ଉପରେ)

(ii) Mr Tripathy with whom father works in this office, is a kind person.
(Mr. Tripathy father works with in this office, is a kind person) (Preposition – with) (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ)

⇒ Changing Complex Sentence into Simple Sentences :
(1) Noun Clause
Complex : I do not know where Mr Roy lives.
Simple : I do not know Mr Roy’s address.
Complex : Can you teel me when your father will arrive.
Simple : Can you tell me the time of your father’s arrival?
Complex : I do not believe what he says.
Simple : I do not believe his words.
Complex : The teacher remarked how intelligent the boy was.
Simple : The teacher remarked about the great intelligence of the boy.
Complex : I told the teacher why I was absent.
Simple : I told the teacher the reason of my absence.
Complex : This proves that you are guilty.
Simple : This proves your guilt.
Complex : I know who has done this wrongful act.
Simple : I know the doer (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ) of this wrongful act.
Complex : Nobody knows where Ram is.
Simple : Nobody knows Ram’s whereabouts.

(2) Relative Clause:
Complex : I have no money that I can spare.
Simple : I have no money to spare.
Complex : Students who work hard will succeed.
Simple : Hard-working students will succeed.
Complex : He likes to die in the village where he was born.
Simple : He likes to die in his native village.
Complex : The book which he lost has been found.
Simple : His lost book has been found.
Complex : The exact time when he died was not known.
Simple : The exact time of his death was not known.
Complex : I do not know the place where he will go.
Simple : I don not know his destination.
Complex : The young man who was the glory of the family is dead.
Simple .: The young man, the glory of the family, is dead.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 1

Combine the following pairs of sentences using one of them as a relative clause :

The birds are chirping. + The birds live in the neighbourhood.
I write with the pen. + My father bought the pen for me.
The sick were delighted. + Florence Nightingale nursed the sick.
I like the man. + The man has a smiling face.
The thief escaped in the dark. + The thief had robbed me.
The boy is our monitor. + I have borrowed his book.
The chair has a cracked leg. + He is sitting in the chair.

Answers:
(i) The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.
(ii) I write with the pen which my father bought for me.
(iii) The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.
(iv) I like the man who /that has a smiling face.
(v) The thief who had robbed me escaped in the dark.
(vi) The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.
(vii) The chair whiah/that he is sitting in has a cracked leg.

Activity – 2

In some of the following sentences the relative pronoun can be dropped. Rewrite those sentences without the relative pronouns. [You are not allowed to perform any other change.]
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.
I have read the story book that my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper who I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation that we can give about Socrates.
The only question that drew everybody’s attention is worth discussing.
Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Pramod, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
The travellers who knew about the floods took another road.
The travellers, who knew about the floods, took another road.
The man that Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music which we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song.
I write with the pen which my father bought.
Answers:
l have read the story book my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation we can give about Socrates.
The man Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song (ଭକ୍ତି ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
I write with the pen my father bought.

Remember :
From all relative clause, relative pronouns can’t be dropped. The means all relative clauses can’t be zero – relatives.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 3

Define the terms given in the example.
Example: A greengrocer
Answer:
is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.

A driver is a person who…
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives motors.

An actor is a person who…
Answer:
An actor (କଳାକାର) is a person who acts.

A journalist is a person who…
Answer:
A journalist (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ) is a person who writes for newspaper.

A farmer is a person who…
Answer:
A farmer is a person who works on a farm.

A patient is a person who…
Answer:
A patient is a person who suffers from disease (s).

A newspaper is a document in which …
Answer:
A newspaper is a document in which there are different news.

A conductor is a person who…
Answer:
A conductor is a person who collects fares on buses.

A teacher is a person who…
Answer:
A teacher is a person who teaches.

A plumber is a person who…
Answer:
A plumber (ଜଳ ପାଇପ ମରାମତିକାରୀ) is a person who mends (ମରାମତି କରେ) water-pipes.

A doctor is a person who…
Answer:
A doctor is a person who treats patients.

A hospital is a place where…
Answer:
A hospital is a place where the patients are treated.

A transitive verb is a verb which…
Answer:
A transitive (ସକର୍ମକ) verb is a verb which has object (s).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 4

In the following four columns some proverbs or quotations have been given. Expressions in column A and column D belong to the same proverb. Put a suitable relative pronoun in column B and choose the correct expression from column C. In this way write the proverbs. As soon as you complete, raise your hand and draw the teacher’s attention.

A B C D
All ________ pays the piper is not gold.
People ________ laughs last should not throw stones.
All’s well ________ prays together well.
He ________ glitters calls the tune.
He ________ blows nobody laughs best.
It’s along lane ________ do not want
It’s an ill wind ________ ends any good.
There are no one ________
so deaf as those ________ live in glass houses to hear.
The family ________ has no turning stays together.

Answer:

A B C D
All that glitters is not gold.
People who live in glass houses shouldn’t throw stones.
All’s well that ends well.
He who pays the piper calls the tune.
He who laughs last laughs best.
It’s a long lane that has no turning.
It’s an ill wind that blows nobody
There are no one
so deaf as those that don’t want to hear
The family that prays together stays together

Activity – 5

Underline the relative clauses in the following sentences. Write D for defining and N for non-defining relative clauses.
(i) A greengrocer is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.
Answer:
(D)

(ii) Bhola, who is a greengrocer, goes to the fields every morning.
Answer:
(N)

(iii) What is the name of your friend who often comes to our house?
Answer:
(D)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iv) Where does Amit, who often comes to our house, live?
Answer:
(N)

(v) My uncle who is a judge is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(D)

(vi) My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(N)

(vii) My father, who is a teacher, loves ot take.
Answer:
(N)

(viii) Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
(D)

(ix) We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
(D)

(x) We call uncle Bhola, who thinks of our welfare as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
(N)

Activity – 6

Put commas in the following sentences, if they are necessary.
(i) The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.
(ii) The strike at the factory which lasted ten days is over now.
(iii) My father who is working at Koraput is a doctor.
(iv) I have found the book which I was looking for.
(v) Mira’s grandmother who is sick is in hospital now.
(vi) Eintstein who discovered the theory of relativity once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury who got this bridge built is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa who faithfully served the poor is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee who is impartial solves all the problems cleverly.
Answers:
(iii) My father, who is working at Koraput, is a doctor.
(iv) Mira’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
(v) Eintstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury, who got this bridge built, is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee, who is impartial, solves all the problems cleverly.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with relative pronouns such as who, which, where, whose, that etc.
The house in ________ I lived as a child has been pulled down now.
Answer:
The house in which I lived as a child has been pulled down now.

My grandmother, ________ was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.
Answer:
My grandmother, who was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Stop him ! He’s the man ________ stole my purse.
Answer:
Stop him ! He’s the man who stole my purse.

They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
They have invented a television set that is as small as a watch.

There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
There are many people whose lives have been spoilt by this factory.

Is that the button ________ you pressed?
Answer:
Is that the button that you pressed?

Could everybody ________ answer sheets are with me raise their hands?
Answer:
Could everybody whose answer sheets are with me raise their hands?

That scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
That scientist has invented a kind of ink that is visible in darkness.

Activity – 8

Work in pairs. Think of puzzle whose answer you now. The clue you give must have a relative clause.
For example:
A black and white bird which can swim but can’t fly.
Answer:
Penguin (seven letters)

Now, the other partner (friend) must think of a puzzle whose answer must contain one of the letters of Penguine. For example, A snow house that an Eskimo builds.
Answer:
(Igloo) (Five letters).

In this process make a cross-word puzzle, always an existing letter, e.g.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 2

A wind that is strong and hot – (Loo), The tool that we write with – (Pen), A thing that is hung at the post for game – (Net), A tool that is used for carrying under ground water – Pipe, The tool is fitted in vehicles to make it run – Engine, The place where birds lie – Nest

At A Glance

⇒ The Noun Clause :
A Noun functions as subject, object, complement or apposition to some other noun.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ, ପୂରକ ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର apposition ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
Similarly a Noun clause functions as subject, object, complement etc.
(ସେଇଭଳି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ ବା ପୂରକ ଆଦି ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
A Noun clause being a subordinate clause begins with subordinators like that or whether / if or Wh-words.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା subordinator; ଯଥା – that ବା whether / if ବା Wh – ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

⇒ In Apposition to Nouns :
(a) The fact that he betrayed his friends is well-known. (ଯେ ସେ ତାହାର ବନ୍ଧୁପ୍ରତି ବିଶ୍ୱାସଘାତକତା କଲା ।)
(b) Who gave you the idea that I can sing (ଯେ ମୁଁ ଗାଇପାରେ) ? ( = apposition to the noun ‘idea)
(c) My question, who is responsible for our sad plight, (କିଏ ଆମର ଦୁଃଖଦ ଅବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ), has not yet been answered (= apposition to the noun ‘question’)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Relative Clauses:

⇒ Defining Relative Clause :
I. I met a friend (who was at school with me ten years ago).
[The clause inside the brackets “who was at school with me ten years ago (ଯିଏ ମୋ ସହିତ ଦଶବର୍ଷ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା ।) is a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which friends ?’]

II. The shot (ଗୁଳି) (that hit him on the head) killed him.
Similarly, the clause inside the brackets that hit him on the head (ଯେଉଁଟି ତାହାର ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଆଘାତ ଦେଲା) is also a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which shot ?’

Non-Defining Relative Clause :
III. I met Robin (who was at school with me ten years ago).
The clause inside the brackets who was at school with me ten years ago is a Non-Defining Relative Clause called so because it already answers the question ‘which friend ?’
Answer:
Who was a school with me ten years ago.
In the Main Clause (I met Robin) the use of proper noun ‘Robin’ only makes the friend definite, (ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ Robin କେବଳ Noun phrase ‘a friend’ କୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କରୁଛି ।) (‘Robin’ only gives some information about the Noun phrase)

Defining Relative Clause (without comma) (Noun phrase as antecedent indefinite) Non-Defining Relative clause (with comma) or antecedent.
Noun phrase is made definite with proper noun or determiners this, that, these, those, one two, second, tenth, my, his, her, their, etc.)
(Mark the underlined determiners or proper nouns in Non-Defining Relative Clauses and commas.)
I. Don’t ride in a bus which has poor brakes, (norm phrase – ‘a bus’) Don’t ride in this bus, which has poor brakes. (noun phrase – ‘this bus’)
II. The shot that hit him on the head killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the shot’) The second shot, which hit his on the head, killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the second shot’)
III. The dog which is black wears a collar. (noun phrase – ‘the dog’) My dog, which is black, wears a collar, (noun phrase – ‘my dog’)

Noun Clauses And Relative Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

Noun Clauses

⇒ Identify the subordinate clauses
1. It is clear that he is innocent.
Answer:
that he is honest

2. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that glitters

3 . When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
when his father will return

4. What he says doesn’t affect me.
Answer:
what he says.

5. The house he lives in has been damaged.
Answer:
he lives in

6. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
how the work is done.

7. This is what you say.
Answer:
what you say

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. After sealing the letter, he posted it.
Answer:
After sealing the letter

9. I will help him if he comes.
Answer:
If he comes

10. Since he is liar, nobody likes him.
Answer:
since he is a liar

11. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
that his mother is ill

12. He wanted to know whether I needed any help.
Answer:
whether I needed any help

13. He arrived here after everybody had left.
Answer:
after everybody had left

14. I cannot express how I am sorry.
Answer:
how I am sorry

15. The news that he has come is true.
Answer:
that he has come

⇒ Say the functions of the noun clauses.
1. That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
Subject of a verb,

2. My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

3. You know how hard she works.
Answer:
Object of verb,

4. It is true that his father has come.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

5. You should pay attention to what I say.
Answer:
Object of a preposition,

6. I asked her how she felt.
Answer:
Object of verb,

7. The problem is that we do not have any money.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Can you tell me who wrote Meghadoot?
Answer:
Object of verb,

9. What is in our fate cannot be avoided.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

10. Whether he will stay here depends on him.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

11. I expected that he would pass in the examination.
Answer:
Object of verb,

12. It appears that he won’t help me.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

13. The fact that he is dead is true.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

14. It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
In apposition to pronoun,

15. I don’t believe in what you say.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

16. Life is how we spend it.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

17. Tell me where you are going.
Answer:
Object of verb,

18. He didn’t agree to what I said.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

⇒ Complete the sentences using noun clauses.
1. The teacher told ________.
Answer:
that the earth moves round the sun.

2. His plan is ________.
Answer:
that he will study science.

3. Do you object to ________.
Answer:
what he says?

4. I suggested that ________.
Answer:
we should go home.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

5. I don’t believe in ________.
Answer:
what you say.

6. Give it to ________.
Answer:
whoever comes first.

7. I told you ________.
Answer:
what I thought.

8. ________ is a mystery.
Answer:
where he lives.

9. ________ is true.
Answer:
what he said.

10. No one can say ________.
Answer:
when the earth was created.

11. ________ cannot can be taken hack.
Answer:
what is said.

12. It seems that ________.
Answer:
no one knew it.

13. ________ is doubtful.
Answer:
whether he will come.

14. I knew ________.
Answer:
what his name is.

15. Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of the clauses as Noun Clause.
1. She will be a doctor. This is Shruti’s plan.
Answer:
Shruti’s plan is that she will be a doctor.

2. When will the train come ? The station master cannot say it.
Answer:
The station master cannot say when the train will come.

3. Did I need any help ? He wanted to know it.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I needed any help.

4. Who has done it ? It is not clear.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it.

5. Her uncle has come. Bubli doesn’t know it.
Answer:
Bubli doesn’t know that her uncle has come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

6. Deepak has misbehaved. He admits so.
Answer:
Deepak admits that he has misbehaved.

7. What have I said? I can prove it.
Answer:
I can prove what I have said.

8. The earth is flat. People in the old times believed it.
Answer:
People in the old times believed that the earth is flat.

9. Oil floats on water. Everybody knows this.
Answer:
Everybody knows that oil floats on water.

10. How will the war come to an end? Nobody can say this.
Answer:
Nobody can say how the war will come to an end.

11. What is our fate? It cannot be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate cannot be avoided.

12. We don’t have any money. This is the problem.
Answer:
The problem is that we don’t have any money.

13. Man is mortal. The teacher said it.
Answer:
The teacher said that man is mortal.

14. What does she say? Do you object to it?
Answer:
Do you object to what she says?

15. His father has come. The news is true.
Answer:
The news that his father has come is true.

Relative Clauses

⇒ Fill in the blanks with suitable relative pronouns.
1. Man is the only animal ________ can talk.
Answer:
that

2. All ________ glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that

3. He is the tallest man ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

4. The bus ________ I waited for came late.
Answer:
which

5. The house in ________ he lives is new.
Answer:
which

6. This is the lady ________ age you can never guess.
Answer:
whose

7. God helps those ________ help themselves.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Papu, with ________ I competed yesterday, was a better player.
Answer:
whom

9. The book, ________ I wanted, was published last month.
Answer:
which

10. There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
whose

11. He is the man ________stole my purse.
Answer:
who

12. They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
which

13. The scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
which

14. He ________ God loves, dies young.
Answer:
whom

15. This is the film ________ story is very interesting.
Answer:
whose

16. I have, no one ________ can help me.
Answer:
that

17. She is the best girl ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

18. A conductor is a person ________ collects fares on a bus.
Answer:
who

19. The camel ________ lives in desert, is called the ship of the desert.
Answer:
which

20. All ________ is mine is yours.
Answer:
that

21. This is the age ________ children become naughty.
Answer:
when

22. Tree ________ oxygen, sustains life.
Answer:
which

23. Mr. Panda ________ son is staying in Calcutta, is a close friend of father’s.
Answer:
whose

24. He ________ laughs last laughs best.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

25. I have a plan ________ will succeed.
Answer:
that

26. The girl ________ everyone admires is my daughter.
Answer:
whom

27. There was nothing ________ you could do.
Answer:
that

28. Here is a notice ________ warns us not to go head.
Answer:
which

29. The man ________ was injured was taken to hospital.
Answer:
who

30. She was wearing a dress ________colour is red.
Answer:
whose.

⇒ Identify the relative clause and say whether it is defining or non-defining relative clause.
1. Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
that wears a crown – defining relative clause.

2. A conductor is a person who collects fare in a bus.
Answer:
who collects fare in a bus – defining relative clause.

3. My father, who is working at Puri, is a doctor.
Answer:
who is working at Puri – non-defining relative clause.

4. Dibankar, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
Answer:
who is my classmate – non-delining relative clause.

5. Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Answer:
which works for the young people of our area – non-defining relative clause.

6. Rakesh, who always gives me books, is my friend.
Answer:
who always gives me books – non-defining relative clause.

7. I have read the book that my father bought yesterday.
Answer:
that my father bought yesterday – defining relative clause.

8. We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – defining relative clause

9. Pragyan’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
Answer:
who is sick- non-defining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
Answer:
who faithfully served the poor – non-defining relative clause.

11. This is the cheapest thing that I know.
Answer:
that I know – defining relative clause.

12. My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
who is a judge – non-defining relative clause.

13. We call Bhola uncle, who thinks of our welfare, as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – non-defining relative clause.

14. Einstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
Answer:
who discovered the theory of relativity – non-defining relative clause.

15. Do you remember the year in which he was born?
Answer:
in which he was born – defining relative clause.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of them as relative clause.
1. All is well. It ends well.
Answer:
All is well that ends well.

2. All is not gold. It glitters.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

3. Sumitra is my classmate. She is very sincere.
Answer:
Sumitra, who is very sincere, is my classmate.

4. Krushna is my best friend. Everybody loves him.
Answer:
Krushna, whom everybody loves, is my best friend.

5. The man is his father. Mahesh is talking to him.
Answer:
The man that Mahesh is talking to is his father.

6. Is this the book? You asked me for it.
Answer:
Is this the book which you asked me for.

7. The boy is our monitor. I have borrowed his book.
Answer:
The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.

8. The thief escaped in the dark. He robbed me.
Answer:
The thief who robbed me escaped in the dark.

9. I like the man. He has a bald head.
Answer:
I like the man who has a bald head.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. The chair has a broken leg. He is sitting on the chair.
Answer:
The chair which he is sitting on has a broken leg.

11. The girl is Lata’s sister. She is wearing a red frock.
Answer:
The girl who is wearing a red frock is Lata’s sister.

12. The shopkeeper is a good person. I was working for him.
Answer:
The shopkeeper for whom I was working is a good person.

13. A driver is a person. He drives a motor car.
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives a motor car.

14. She is lady. You can never guess her age.
Answer:
She is a lady whose age you can never guess.

15. Tell me the name of the person. You gave him the money.
Answer:
Tell me the name of the person whom you gave the money.

16. We admire the pictures. You drew them yourself.
Answer:
We admire the pictures which you drew yourself.

17. They are searching for the tiger. It has been wounded in the leg.
Answer:
They are searching for the tiger which has been wounded in the leg.

18. I like the man. The man has a smiling face.
Answer:
I like the man who has a smiling face.

19. The sick were delighted. Florence Nightingale nursed them.
Answer:
The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.

20. The birds are chirping. They live in the neighbourhood.
Answer:
The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.

21. The children live in this locality. They are playing cricket.
Answer:
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.

22. I have read the book. My father bought it yesterday.
Answer:
I have read the book which my father bought yesterday.

23. The man is not known to us. The police arrested him.
Answer:
The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

24. Uneasy lies the head. It wears a crown.
Answer:
Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.

25. The number is busy. You are calling it.
Answer:
The number that you are calling is busy.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

Study the following sentences :
(i) It always rains after I have watered the plants in the garden (When does it always rain?)
(ii) They arrived where nobody had set foot before. (Where did they arrive?)
(iii) Do it as your teacher showed you. (In what manner do you do it?)
(iv) I wrote in the diary so that I wouldn’t forget. (For what purpose did I write in the diary ?)
(v) I couldn’t go to the fair because I was busy. (Why couldn’t I go to the fair?)
The above-underlined clause is the various Adverb Clauses. (ଉପରଲିଖ୍ତ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ।)

⇒ As an Adverb qualifies a verb or an adjective, an Adverb Clause modifies a verb or an adjective used in the main clause or independent clause. (ଯେପରି ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣପଦକୁ ଏକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣପଦ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ, ସେହିପରି ଏକ ସ୍ୱାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣକୁ ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ ତାହାକୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
A: I shall tell you everything.
B: When?
A: I shall tell you everything after this period is over.

Kinds of Adverb Clauses :

Adverb Clause of Answering question Subordinating conjunctions or subordinators
1. Place where where, where
2. time when when, whenever, before, after, since, till until, by the time, as soon as
3. manner how as, as if, as though (ଯେପରି, ସତେ ଯେପରି)
4. comparison to what degree/extent as, than, as / so as (ଯେତେ, ଅପେକ୍ଷାଠାରୁ,ଯେପରି….ସେପରି)
5. reason why because, as, since
6. purpose for what purpose so that, in order that (ଯାହା ଫଳରେ)
7. result to what extent so…..that/such (ଯେତେ, ଯେ) that
8. condition under what condition . (କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ) if, unless (ଯଦି ନୁହେଁ)
9. contrast …………. though, although (ଯଦିଓ)

Adverb Clauses of Time (ସମୟସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) :
(Putting ‘when’ to the verb(s) in the Main Clause)
(Main Clause ରେ ଥିବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦରେ ‘when’ ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
(a) It always rains after I have watered the plant in the garden.
(b) Can I have any rest before you go?
Adverb Clause of time
(Other subordinates are when, while, as, as soon as, no sooner, by the time, since, till, until.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(2) Adverb Clauses of Place (ସ୍ଥାନସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ) :
(Main Clause ରେ ଥିବା verb (s) ରେ ‘where’ (କେଉଁଠାରେ) ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନକଲେ)
(a) They arrived where nobody had set foot before.
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କେଉଁଠାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ?’ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ପୂର୍ବରୁ କେହି ପାଦ ପକାଇ ନଥିଲେ।’)
(b) People followed him wherever he went.
Adverb Clause of place
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ସେ ଯେଉଁଠାକୁ ଗଲେ ।’)
(Other sub-ordinators are everywhere, whenever, anywhere etc.)

(3) Adverb Clauses of Reason (କାରଣସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) As the weather is fine, we should enjoy it.
Adverb Clause of reason
ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘Why should (we) enjoy it.” ର ଉତ୍ତର -‘ As the weather is fine’.
(ii) Father couldn’t go to his office because he was ill.
Adverb Clause of reason
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କାହିଁକି ଯାଇ ପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘କାରଣ ସେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲେ ।’)
(Other sub-ordinators are ‘since’, and ‘because’)

(4) Adverb Clauses of Purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) We keep food in the fridge so that it stays fresh.
Adverb Clause of Purpose
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଆମ୍ଭେ କେଉଁ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଫ୍ରିଜ୍‌ରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରଖୁ ?’
ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଯାହାଫଳରେ ଏହା ତଟକା ରୁହେ ।’)
(ii) I wrote in my diary so that I wouldn’t forget your phone no.
Adverb Clause of Purpose
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ ମୁଁ କେଉଁ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଡାଇରୀରେ ଲେଖୁଲି ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର ତା’ର Phone. No. ଭୁଲିବି ନାହିଁ।’)
(Another sub-ordinator is in order that = ଯାହାଫଳରେ)

(5) Adverb Clauses of Manner (ଅବସ୍ଥାସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) Do it as your teacher showed you.
Adverb Clause of Manner
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କିଭଳି କର ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯେଉଁଭଳି ତୁମ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ତୁମକୁ ଦେଖାଇଥିଲେ ।’)
(ii) The girl behaved as if/as though nothing had happened.
Adverb Clause of Manner
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – (ଝିଅଟି) କିପରି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇଲା ? ’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ସତେ ଯେପରି କିଛି ଘଟିନଥିଲା ।’)

(6) Adverb Clauses of Comparison (ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) The teacher explained better than the pupils hoped.
Adverb Clause of Comparison
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଶିକ୍ଷକ କିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ବୁଝାଇଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର କରିଥିଲେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ଭଲଭାବରେ।’)
(ii) The pupils worked harder than we thought.
Adverb Clause of Comparison
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ପିଲାମାନେ କିଭଳି ଭାବରେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯେତେ ଭାବିଥୁଲୁ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଆହୁରି ଅଧିକ i)

(7) Adverb Clauses of Condition (ସର୍ତ୍ତମୂଳକ|ସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ)
(i) If my friends come, we shall play.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ଖେଳିବୁ ?’ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି ସାଙ୍ଗମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତି ’)
(ii) Unless you work hard, you won’t get good marks.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ଭଲ ମାର୍କ ପାଇବ ନାହିଁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ନ କର ’)
(iii) Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ‘ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ତୁମକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବୁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି ତୁମେ ଅଭାବରେ ପଡ଼ିବ।’)
(iv) We shall be with you as long as you stay here.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ‘ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ତୁମ ସହିତ ଥୁବୁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ଯେପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତୁମେ ଏଠାରେ ଅଛ ।’)

(8) Adverb Clauses of Concession (କୋହଳଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) They studied hard although they were tired. (ଯଦିଓ କ୍ଳାନ୍ତ ଥିଲେ)
Adverb Clause of Concession
(ii) Whether you believe or not, I speak the truth. (ତୁମେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କର ବା ନ କର )
Adv. Clause of Concession
I won’t leave this place no matter what you do. (ତୁମେ ଯାହା କର ପଛକେ)
Adverb Clause of Concession

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

Rules for Making Adverb Clauses :
(i) No sooner (Omit ‘As soon as)
[No sooner + Helping verb + Subject]
Example: As soon as the rain started, I ran into a room.
Answer:
No sooner did the rain start than I ran into the room. (did = helping verb)

(ii) As if (ସତେ ଯେପରି) (Omit “one might think”)
Example: The man walked with irregular steps. One might think he was drunk.
Answer:
The man walked with irregular steps as if he was drunk.

(iii) Though/Although (ଯଦିଓ) (Omit ‘but’ an ‘yet’)
Example: The man was beaten by the police. But he was innocent.
Answer:
Although/though the man was innocent, he was beaten by the police.

(iv) Unless (ଯଦି ନୁହେଁ) (Omit ‘iƒ…..not’)
Example: If you don’t obey me, I won’t talk to you.
Answer:
Unless you obey me, I won’t talk to you.
Example: Gopal can’t get the first prize if he doesn’t speak brilliantly.
Answer:
Gopal can’t get the first prize unless he speaks brilliantly.

Positions of Adverb Clauses:
An adverb clause may come before or after the Main Clause. (ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡପରେ ବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)

Examples :
(i) I played as though I was hurt.
Or, Though I was hurt, I played.
(ii) Father gave me money so that I could buy a few textbooks.
(iii) He was late for school because the bus broke down on the way.
Or, Because the bus broke down on the way, he was late for school.
(iv) Mr. Dash can’t see well although he uses glasses.
Or, Although Mr. Dash uses glasses, he can’t see well.

Activity – 1

Complete the following sentences with adverb clauses starting with the word(s) given in brackets.
(i) We reached home ___________ (when)
Answer:
We reached home when it began to rain.

(ii) Ramesh ran _________ (so fast that)
Answer:
Ramesh ran so fast that nobody could catch up with him.

(iii) You wouldn’t succeed __________ (if)
Answer:
You wouldn’t succeed if you didn’t work hard.

(iv) The sum is not as difficult __________ (as)
Answer:
The sum is not as difficult as I had expected.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(v) The thief behaved ____________ (as if)
Answer:
The thief behaved as if he were innocent.

(vi) You should rest ____________ (because)
Answer:
You should rest because you are tired.

(vii) My friends will come ___________ (even if)
Answer:
My friends will come even if I don’t invite them.

(viii) He speaks better ___________ (than)
Answer:
He speaks better than he writes.

(ix) The thief hid the jewelry ___________ (where)
Answer:
The thief hid the jewelry where there were no people.

(x) The man is absolutely honest _____________ (even though)
Answer:
The man is absolutely honest even though he is poor.

Activity – 2

Identify the adverb clauses and mention what kinds of adverbs they are :
(i) Train up the children in the way they should go.
Answer:
In the way they should go – adverb clause of manner

(ii) As the dog returns to his vomit, so a fool returns to his folly.
Answer:
As the dog returns to his vomit – adverb clause of manner

(iii) Where there is no vision, the people suffer.
Answer:
Where there is no vision – adverb clause of condition not ‘place’

(iv) Do unto others as they would do unto you.
Answer:
as they would do unto you – adverb clause of manner

(v) We went out to play as the weather became better.
Answer:
as the weather became better – adverb clause of reason

(vi) Although he went to the market, he forgot to buy the vegetables.
Answer:
Although he went to the market – adverb clause of contrast or concession

(vii) Whether you join the picnic or not, you will have to pay the money.
Answer:
Whether you join the picnic or not-adverb clause of contrast or concession

(viii) You can’t cheat him even though he is very simple.
Answer:
even though he is very simple – adverb clause of concession

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(ix) Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Answer:
Provided (ଯଦି) you are in need – adverb clause of condition

(x) We keep food in the fridge so that it remains fresh.
Answer:
so that it remains fresh – adverb clause of purpose

Activity – 3

Match the adverb clauses with the corresponding main clauses. Then rewrite the sentences starting with the main clauses.

Adverb clause of conditions Main clause
If you pour oil on water I could have arrived there on time.
If you heat iron you can understand.
If the sun sets you would have got a first class.
If it rains today I would take you to her place.
If you read the lesson it floats.
If we start now I would fly in the sky.
If I had wings it expands.
If I knew her address we can reach there in time.
If you hadn’t reminded me I shall not go out.
If you had studied more sincerely it becomes dark.

Answer:

Adverb clause of conditions Main clause
If you pour oil on the water it floats.
If you heat iron it expands.
If the sun sets it becomes dark.
If it rains today I shall not go out.
If you read the lesson you can understand.
If we start now we can reach there in time.
If I had wings I would fly in the sky.
If I knew her address I would take you to her place.
If you hadn’t reminded me I could have arrived there on time.
If you had studied more sincerely you would have got a first class.

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences using main clauses (Don’t forget the commas.) :
(i) If you meet him, ____________
Answer:
If you meet him, you will know about him.

(ii) Had I the wings of a dove, ____________
Answer:
Had I the wings of a dove, I would fly.

(iii) If India had won this match, ____________
Answer:
If India had won this match, it would have played the semifinal.

(iv) If you are not watching TV, ____________
Answer:
If you are not watching TV, do your homework.

(v) If you had driven more carefully, ____________
Answer:
If you had driven more carefully, you wouldn’t have faced the accident.

(vi) If Mahatma Gandhi were alive today, ____________
Answer:
If Mahatma Gandhi were alive today, he would make India develop.

(vii) If you boil water upto 100°C, ____________
Answer:
If you boil water up to 100°C, steam comes out.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(viii) If my friend comes in time, ____________
Answer:
If my friend comes in time, I shall go with him.

(ix) If I were you, ____________
Answer:
If I were you, I would teach him a lesson.

(x) If Germany had won World War-II, ____________
Answer:
If Germany had won World War-II, it would have become a superpower.

Activity – 5

Study the following sentences and mention whether they are simple (S), complex (X), or compound (D) sentences:
(i) The sun is shining and the day is quite warm.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(ii) The day is quite warm because the sun is shining.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(iii) The sun is bright, warm, and not very unpleasant.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(iv) Make hay while the sun shines.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(v) Please call that girl, who has blue eyes.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(vi) What you told me is entirely false.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(vii) This is not what I asked for.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(viii) I know you were inattentive and didn’t listen to me.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(ix) Don’t be inattentive in the class.
Answer:
Simple (S)

(x) Waste not, want not.
Answer:
Complex (X) [If you don’t waste, you won’t want]

(xi) It isn’t true that he cheated in the examination.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xii) I am sorry that he has been disturbed.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xiii) The man you saw through the window has gone.
Answer:
Complex (X)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(xiv) I met him as I was leaving the house.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xv) They answered better than I had hoped.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xvi) I am taking an umbrella in case it rains.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xvii) The memory of what the teacher had said still burned within him.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xviii) The sun is shining, the day is warm and the birds are singing.
Answer:
Compound (D)

Activity – 6

Find the noun and adverb clauses in the sentences given in the previous question. Mention why they are noun clauses or what type of adverb clauses they are.
Answers
(ii) because the sun is shining. (adverb clause of reason) (because – subordinator)
(iv) while the sun shines. (adverb clause of time) (while-subordinator)
(v) who has blue eyes. (Relative clause)
(vi) What you told me. (Noun clause) (subject to the verb) (what-subordinator)
(vii) What I asked for. (Noun clause Object to the verb) (what-subordinator)
(x) If you don’t waste. (Adverb clause of condition)
(xi) that he cheated in the examination. (Noun clause) (complement to the object ‘true’)
(xii) that he has been disturbed. (Noun clause) (Complement to the adjective ‘sorry’)
(xiv) As I was leaving the house. (adverb clause of time) (as – subordinator) (xv) than I had hoped. (adverb clause of degree or comparison) (than-subordinator)
(xvi) in case it rains. (adverb clause of purpose) (in case – subordinator) (xvii) what the teacher had said. (Noun clause – object to the preposition ‘of”)

Activity – 7

Combine the following pairs of sentences first into Complex Sentences and then into Compound Ones. [You may change the order of sentences in each pair if you like.]

(i) Call on me tomorrow. + I will give you the money then.
Answer:
Complex: If you will call on (see) me tomorrow, I will give you the money then.
Compound: Call on me tomorrow and I will give you the money.

(ii) I can’t go. + I have no ticket.
Answer:
Complex: I can’t go because/as/since I have no ticket.
Compound: I have no ticket, so I can’t go.

(iii) The days are unlucky. + We mustn’t give up hope.
Answer:
Complex: As the days are unlucky, we mustn’t give up hope.
Compound: The days are unlucky yet we mustn’t give up hope.

(iv) The day was very cold. + I had to take a woolen sweater.
Answer:
Complex: Since the day was very cold, I had to take a woolen sweater.
Compound: I had to take a woolen sweater for the day was very cold.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

(v) I broke a tooth. + I had to go to see the dentist.
Answer:
Complex: I had to go to see the dentist/because I broke a tooth.
Compound: I broke a tooth, so, therefore, I had to go to the dentist.
Or, I had to go to the dentist because I broke a tooth.

Activity – 8

Find out the subordinate clauses in the following passage and say what type of clauses they are. Mention why you think so.
Tuni asks Tuna, “Please go to the shop for me and buy a packet of milk and, if they have eggs, get six.” A short time later, Tuna comes back with six packets of milk. Tuni asks him, “Why did you buy so much milk?” He replies, “They have eggs”.
Answer:
If they have eggs. (adverb clause condition) (modifies the verb ‘get’) (Because) they have\eggs) (adverb clause of reason)

Adverb Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

(i) Complete the following sentences with adverbs clauses starting with the word(s) given in the brackets.

1. You won’t succeed __________ (unless)
Answer:
Unless you work hard.

2. Do it _________ (as)
Answer:
As your teacher showed you.

3. I couldn’t attend the meeting ________ (because)
Answer:
Because I was ill.

4. You will be successful __________ (if)
Answer:
If you work hard.

5. They arrived ___________ (where)
Answer:
Where nobody had set foot before.

6. The students worked harder __________ (than)
Answer:
Than we had expected.

7. We reached home __________ (when)
Answer:
When it was raining.

8. The man is honest ____________ (even though)
Answer:
Even though he is very poor.

9. The pickpocket behaved __________ (as if)
Answer:
As if he knew nothing.

10. I wrote in the diary __________ (so that)
Answer:
So that I wouldn’t forget.

11. Ramesh ran __________ (so fast that)
Answer:
So fast that he won the race.

12. The sum is not as difficult. ____________ (as)
Answer:
As you think.

13. My friend will come. _________ (even if)
Answer:
Even if he is not invited.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

14. He speaks better ___________ (than)
Answer:
Than he writes.

15. The thief hid the jewelry ___________ (where)
Answer:
Where nobody had gone before.

16. We can play outside ___________ (since)
Answer:
Since the weather is fine.

17. We reached the station ___________ (after)
Answer:
The train had left.

18. The patient had died ___________ (before)
Answer:
Before the doctor arrived.

19. The never talk to each other ___________ (although)
Answer:
Although they are sisters.

20. My dog goes __________ (wherever)
Answer:
Wherever I go.

(ii) Identify the adverbs clauses and mention what kinds of adverbs they are.

1. Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Answer:
provided you are in need- Adverb clause of condition.

2. Since it rained hard, I stayed in.
Answer:
since it rained hard-Adverb clause of reason.

3. Whatever he does, people treat him like a God.
Answer:
whatever he does-Adverb clause of concession.

4. He spends more than he earns.
Answer:
than he earns-Adverbs clause of comparison.

5. The sooner you start, the sooner you will reach.
Answer:
the sooner you start-Adverb clause of time.

6. He looks as if he is ill.
Answer:
as if he is an ill-Adverb clause of manner.

7. The driver stopped the bus so that the children could cross the road easily.
Answer:
so that the children could cross the road- Adverb clause of purpose.

8. Strike the iron when it is hot.
Answer:
when it is a hot-Adverb clause of time.

9. Although he is poor, he is honest.
Answer:
although he is a poor-Adverb clause of concession.

10. He does not work hard as his brothers do.
Answer:
as hard as his brother does-Adverb clause of manner.

11. Where there is no vision, the people suffer.
Answer:
where there is no vision-Adverb clause of place.

12. Whether you join the picnic or not, you will have to pay the money.
Answer:
whether you join the picnic or not-Adverb clause of concession.

13. We keep food in the fridge so that it remains fresh.
Answer:
so that it remains fresh- Adverb clause of purpose.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

14. Were wished horses, beggars would ride them.
Answer:
were wishes horses- Adverb clause of condition.

15. Do it as your teacher showed you.
Answer:
as your brother showed you-Adverb clause of manner.

16. Since no one asked me, I didn’t tell them.
Answer:
since no one asked me- Adverb clause of reason.

17. My father came when I was reading.
Answer:
when I was reading-Adverb clause of time.

18. He sold more than the company expected.
Answer:
than the company expected-Adverb clause of comparison.

19. Even though he is poor, he is honest.
Answer:
Even though he is poor- Adverb clause of concession.

20. Do as he does.
Answer:
as he does- Adverb clause of manner.

21. Farmers use manure in order that they reap good harvest.
Answer:
in order that they reap good harvest-adverb clause of purpose.

22. If you meet her, tell her to see me.
Answer:
if you meet her – Adverb clause of condition.

23. You can’t cheat him even though he is very simple.
Answer:
even though he is very simple-Adverb clause of concession.

24. You should take rest because you are tired.
Answer:
because you are tired-Adverb clause of reason.

25. I was asleep when he returned.
Answer:
when he returned-Adverb clause of time.

(iii) Complete the sentences using a main clause.

1. If I knew his address,
Answer:
I would tell you.

2. If I were a deaf,
Answer:
I would not hear anything.

3. If you go to the moon,
Answer:
you don’t live long.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

4. If you read sincerely,
Answer:
you will secure good mark.

5. If I were you,
Answer:
I would help others.

6. If your had driven carefully,
Answer:
you could have avoided the accident.

7. If I had four hands,
Answer:
I would work more.

8. If you wake up before me,
Answer:
give me a call.

9. If he won’t do the job,
Answer:
I will have to do it myself.

10. If you are sleepy,
Answer:
you can go to the bed.

11. If you are tired,
Answer:
take a rest

12. If you heat iron,
Answer:
it expands.

13. If I make a promise,
Answer:
I keep it.

14. IfI came into a fortune,
Answer:
I would give up working.

15. If you caught the 9 o’clock train.
Answer:
you could get there in time.

16. If you had taken my advice
Answer:
you wouldn’t have been in trouble.

17. If you had arrived in time,
Answer:
you could have enjoyed the match.

18. If I had wings
Answer:
I would fly.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

19. If I had had enough money,
Answer:
I could have bought a new car.

20. If animals became men.
Answer:
they would live in houses.

21. If India had won this match.
Answer:
they would have got through the final.

(iv) Use the correct form of verbs given in the brackets.

1. If he had taken his medicines regularly, he __________ seriously ill. (not fall)
Answer:
would not have fallen

2. If I made a promise, I __________ it. (keep)
Answer:
would keep

3. If I had enough money, I __________ a new car. (buy)
Answer:
could buy

4. If you took the car, you __________ time. therein (reach)
Answer:
would reach

5. If I. _________ enough money, I could have bought a flat. (have)
Answer:
had had

6. If you had arrived in time, you the __________ match. (Witness)
Answer:
would have witnessed

7. If I ________ the tiger, I would live in the forest. (be)
Answer:
were

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

8. If you work hard, you grade. __________ get ‘A’ grade (get)
Answer:
will get

9. If you don’t hurry, the others __________ without you. (go)
Answer:
will go

10. If the shop is closed, he. _____________ to another shop (go)
Answer:
will go

11. If you go to Puri, you __________ Lord Jagannath. (see)
Answer:
will see

12. If he came, I ___________ with him. (go)
Answer:
would go

13. If you heat ice, it ____________ (melt)
Answer:
melts

14. If I make a promise, I ___________ it. (keep)
Answer:
keep it

15. If the sun sets, dark ___________ (approach)
Answer:
Approaches

16. If you make a mistake, a teacher. ____________ it. (correct)
Answer:
corrects

17. If you hit red-hot iron, it ____________ (expand)
Answer:
Expands

18. If you had something stolen, you ____________ the police. (inform)
Answer:
would inform

19. IfI went to Delhi, I __________ the Red Fort (visit).
Answer:
would visit

20. If I won a lottery, I __________ my job. (give up)
Answer:
would give up

21. If you drop a glass, it. __________ (break)
Answer:
breaks

22. If you want money, __________ me. (ask)
Answer:
ask

23. Were I a fish, I _________ in water. (live)
Answer:
would live

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

24. Had I known his address, I ___________ you. (tell)
Answer:
could have told

25. If you took another attempt, you. ___________ successfully. (come out)
Answer:
would come out

26. Better __________ here if you are not watching TV. (sit)
Answer:
Sit

27. If I knew how it worked, I ____________ you how to do it. (tell)
Answer:
could tell

28. I __________ you if I receive the news. (inform)
Answer:
will inform

29. Return my mobile phone, if you ______________ using it (finish)
Answer:
have finished

30. If he had arrived in time, he _________ the match. (enjoy)
Answer:
would have enjoyed.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Mark these sentences from your textbook for class IX and their changed forms.
1. (a) After five years I came back home and (I) was met (ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହେଲା) by her at the station.
2. (a) The unique attempt was made (by Janaki) on 28 July 1 992.
1. (b) After five years I came back home and she met me at the station.
2. (b) Janaki made this unique attempt on 28 July 1 992.

  •  In the above examples, the first two sentences are in the passive voice since the subjects ‘I’ and ‘the unique attempt’ are said to have been acted upon.
  • But the sentences given in 1(b) and 2(b) are in the active voice as the subjects ‘she’ and ‘Janaki’ are said to be acting.
  • In English, Verb has some forms, like Mood, Tense, Aspect and Voices
    [ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (Verb) ର କେତୋଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି; ଯଥା : Mood (ଭାବ), Tense (କାଳ), Aspect (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସମାପ୍ତି| ଅସମାପ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥା) ଓ Voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ) ।
  • Voice of the verb is of two types, namely Active Voice and Passive Voice.
    (କ୍ରିୟାର ବାଚ୍ୟ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ।)

Active Voice :
Examples:
We do our homework regularly in this school.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ନିୟମିତ ଘରପଢ଼ା କରୁ ।)
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘We’ ହେଉଛି subject ବା ‘doer’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ), ‘do’ ହେଉଛି verb ଏବଂ homework ହେଉଛି object ବା କର୍ମ I
Now question (ଏବେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କର)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Questions:
1. Who does ? (କିଏ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
we (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ)

2. What do ? (କ’ଣ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
nework (ଘର ପଢ଼ା)

When a subject/doer does something in a sentence, the sentence is said to be in the Active Voice. (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରେ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Active Voice ରେ ଥାଏ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘something’ ହେଉଛି ‘object’ କର୍ମ ।)
ତେଣୁ “We do our homework regularly in this school” ହେଉଛି ଏକ Active Voice

N.B. Subject in the Active Voice is always aDoer or an Actor and the received thing or person is always an Object.
Active Voice ବା କର୍ଡ଼ବାଚ୍ୟରେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ହେଉଛି ଏକ ‘କାରକ’ ବା ‘କଲାବାଲା (= we) ଏବଂ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ହେଉଛି ଏକ କର୍ମ (= homework).

Passive Voice :
Examples:
Homework is done regularly in this school. (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଘରପଢ଼ା ନିୟମିତ କରାଯାଏ । )
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘Homework’ (ଘରପଢ଼ା) ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ।

1. What is done ? (କ’ଣ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
homework (ଘରପଢ଼ା)
(ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୂପକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ (action/person/thing) ଉପରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦିଆଯାଏ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Passive Voice ହୁଏ ।)

Know the differences between Active Voice and Passive Voice

Active voice Passive voice
(1) A subject does/acts something (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ କିଛି କରେ ।) (1) A subject is acted upon. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତାକୁ କରାଯାଏ । )
(2) As the subject acts something, it is like an Actor.
(କର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Actor ଭଳି ।)
(2) As the subject doesn’t an act, it is like a Patient.
(କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରୁନଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Patient ଭଳି ।
(3) Verb(s) is Active verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Active verb ଅଟେ ।) (3) Verb(s) is Passive Verb.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Passive verb ଅଟେ ।)

Some More Examples:
(i) (a) I have painted this picture, (ମୁଁ ଏହି ଛବିଟି ଆଙ୍କିଛି ।) (Active Voice)
(T = Subject, have painted = Active verbs, this picture = Object)

1. Who has painted?
(କିଏ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
I (ମୁଁ)

2. What have I painted?
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
= This picture.
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(b) This picture has been painted by me. (Passive Voice)
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି ।)
This picture = subject/patient
has been painted = passive verbs.
(ଏଠାରେ this picture (ଚିତ୍ର)କୁ ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ନିଜେ ଆଙ୍କି ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) (a) You mustn’t take such a risk. (Active Voice)
(ତୁମେ ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
You = subject/doer/actor
must take = verbs/active verbs
such a risk = object.

(b) Such a risk mustn’t be taken by you. (Passive Voice)
(ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ତୁମଦ୍ୱାରା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
Such a risk = subject/patient
must not be taken = verbs/passive verbs.

(iii) (a) Who saved the child? (Active Voice)
(କିଏ ଏହି ପିଲାକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କଲା ?)
‘ Who’ = subject/doer/actor
‘saved’ = verb/active verb
‘the child’ = object.

(b) By whom was the child saved?
Or, Who was the child saved by ? (Passive Voice)
(ପିଲାଟିକୁ କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରାଗଲା/ରକ୍ଷା କରାଗଲା ?)
the child = subject
was saved = verbs/passive verbs.

Remember these Golden rules to convert Active Voice into Passive Voice:
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟକୁ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେରଖ)

(1) Object (©9) in the Active Voice becomes subject in the Passive Voice.
table

(2) Subject in the Active Voice becomes by + Object in Passive Voice.
table

Examples:
(i) They informed us of the accident. (Active Voice)
(they = subject, us = object)
We were informed of the accident by them. (Passive Voice)
(we = subject, them = object)

(ii) I know you. (Active Voice)
You are known to me. (Passive Voice) (not ‘by me’)

(iii) They didn’t beat her. (Active Voice)
She wasn’t beaten by them. (Passive Voice)

→ Subject ଓ Object ବ୍ୟତୀତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକର Tense (କାଳ) ଅନୁସାରେ Active ଓ Passive Voice ବ୍ୟବ୍ହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Consider the following sentences (Step-by-step method of changing active into passive) :
Example – I:
Active Voice: Did the hunter kill the bird yesterday?
(ଶିକାରୀ ଗତକାଲି ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେଲା କି ?)

Let’s change the sentence into declarative (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବଦଳାଇବା) :
(Declarative sentence) The hunter did kill the bird yesterday.
Step – I: The hunter killed (did kill) the bird yesterday.
Step – II: The bird was killed yesterday.
Step – III: (Changing into question or interrogative using the auxiliary verb in the beginning)
Step – IV: Was the bird killed yesterday ? ( ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଗତକାଲି ମାରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା କି ? )

Example – II:
Who wrote this book ? ( ଏହି ବହି କିଏ ଲେଖିଥିଲେ ?)

Step – 1: Somebody wrote this book, (declarative)
(କେହି ଜଣେ ଏହି ବହି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ।)

Step – II : This book …………………………
(‘This book’ is used as the subject)

Step – III: This book was written ……………………
(using ‘was written’ (ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) as the passive verbs)

Step – IV: This book was written by somebody.
(ଏହି ବହିଟି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

Step – V: This book was written by whom / whom.
(Replacing ‘somebody’)(‘somebody’କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ।)

Step -VI: By whom was this book written?
Or, Who was this book written by ? (କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବହିଟି ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )

Rule I

Present simple tense in Active Voice is changed into is/am/are + Past participle’ in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Present Simple tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେ is/am/are + Pastparticiple ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: We eat ripe mangoes in summer.
[eat- Present Simple, ripe mangoes – Object]
Passive Voice ‘.Ripe mangoes are eaten (ଖ୍ରୀଯାଏ) in summer.
[Ripe mangoes- Subject, are eaten- Passive Verbs (by us)]

(ii) Active Voice: He doesn’t respect his parents. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ)
[doesn’t respect- Present Simple, his parents- Object]
Passive Voice: His parents aren’t respected by him. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
[His parents – Subject ]

(iii) Active Voice: Who listens to (ଶୁଣିବା) the radio?
[listens to – Present simple, the radio – Object]
Passive Voice: By whom is the radio listened to (ଶୁଣାଯାଏ)?
[is the radio- Subject]

Rule 2

Present Progressive Tense (is/am/are + ing) is changed into is/am/are being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ Present Progressive Tense କୁ is/am/are + being + Past Participle ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: When is Mr. Mohanty giving a party?
(is…..giving = Present Progressive, a party = Object)
Passive Voice = When is a party being given by Mr. Mohanty?
(a party = Object)

(ii) Active Voice: People are obeying the traffic rides.
(are obeying = Present Progressive, the traffic rules = Object)
Passive Voice: The traffic rules are being obeyed.

(iii) Active Voice: Am I copying down the answers?
(am…..copying = Present Progressive, the answers = Object)
Passive Voice: Are the answers being copied down?
(are……being copied down = Passive verbs, the answers = Object)

Rule 3

Present perfect (has/have + Past Participle) in Active Voice is changed into has/ have/been + Past Participle in Passive Voice
[Active Voice ରେ Present perfect tense କୁ Passive Voice 69 has been / have been + Past Participle Gରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: Who has killed the robber?
(has killed- Present Perfect, the robber = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom has the robber been killed?
(the robber = Subject, has. . . . been killed = Passive Verbs)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(ii) Active Voice: The children have worked out the sum.
(have worked out = Present Perfect, the sum = Object)
Passive Voice: The sum has been worked out by the children.
(the sum = Subject, has been worked out = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Has the girl swept the rooms?
(has…..swept = Present Perfect, the rooms = Object)
Passive Voice: Have the rooms been swept by the girl?
(the rooms = Subject, have……been swept = Passive Verbs)

Rule 4

Past simple (took/didn’t take) in Active Voice is changed into was/were + Past Participle in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past Simple Tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେwas/were +Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The seller sold the vegetables at a cheap rate.
(sold = Past Simple, the vegetables = Object)
Passive Voice: The vegetables were sold at a cheap rate by the seller.
(the vegetables = Subject, were sold= Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Why did die police fire at the students?
(did….fire = Past simple, at the students = Object)
Passive Voice: Why were the students fired at by the police?
(were….fired at = Passive Verbs, the students = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Didn’t the batsman steal a run?
(Didn ’t…..steal = Past Simple, a run = Object)
Passive Voice: Wasn’t a run stolen by the batsman?
(wasn’t….stolen = Passive verbs, a run = Subject)

Rule 5

Past Progressive Tense is changed into was/were being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past progressive tense Passive Voice ରେ was/were being + Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The child was making lots of mischiefs.
(was making = Past Progressive, lots of mischiefs Object)
Passive Voice: Lots of mischiefs were being made by the child.
(Lots of mischiefs = Subject, were being made = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Jason was reading this book.
(was reading = Past Progressive, this book = Object)
Passive Voice: This book was being read by Jason.
(this book = Subject, was being read = Passive Verbs)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(iii) Active Voice: Who was looking at the picture?
(was looking at =Past progressive, the picture = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom was the picture being looked at?
(was being looked at = Passive verbs, the picture = Subject)

Rule 6

Past Perfect Tense (had + Past Participle) in Active Voice is used as ‘had been + Past Participle’ in Passive Voice.

(i) Active Voice: The audience had admired the song.
(had admired =Past Perfect, the song = Object)
Passive Voice: The song had been admired by the audience.
(The song =Subject, had been admired = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Had the people helped the police trace the culprit?
(Had…..helped =Past Perfect, the police = Object)
Passive Voice: Had the police been helped to trace the culprit?
(had. been helped = Passive verbs, the police = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Why had the doctor operated the patient?
(had…..operated =Past Perfect, the patient – Object)
Passive Voice: Why had the patient been operated by the doctor?
(the patient =Subject, had…been operated = Passive Verbs)

Rule 7

On Modals [can/could/shall/should/will/would may/might/must/ought to]
[‘Be +Past Participle’ should be used in Passive Voice]

(i) Active Voice: Can you help me?
Passive Voice: Can I be helped by you?

(ii) Active Voice: Why could they draw the picture?
Passive Voice: Why could the picture be drawn by them?

(iii) Active Voice: I shall show you the stall.
Passive Voice: The stall shall/will be shown to you by me.

(iv) Active Voice: The teacher will conduct the drill class.
Passive Voice: The drill class will be conducted by the teacher.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(v) Active Voice: The servant should/ought to refund the necklace.
Passive Voice: The necklace should/ought to be refunded by the servant.

(vi) Active Voice: How would you do all the sums?
Passive Voice: How would all the sums be done by you?

(vii) Active Voice: May they help this blind man?
Passive Voice: May this blind man be helped by them?

(viii) Active Voice: The ants might eat the cake.
Passive Voice: The cake might be eaten by the ants.

(ix) Active Voice: The police mustn’t accept bribes(ଲାଞ୍ଚ).
Passive Voice: The bribes mustn’t be accepted by the police

Rule 8

On People + Main Verb…..in the Main Clauses
Main Clause (ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ) People + Main Verb + ….. ଥିଲେ Passive+ Voice ରେ it is (present) / was (past) + Past Participle of Main Verb + କୁ ଉଠାଇ) / to be (is/am/are କୁ ଉଠାଇ)

(i) Active Voice: People say that the Sultan was very rich.
Passive Voice: It is said that the Sultan was very rich.
Or, The Sultan is said to be very rich.

(ii) Active Voice: People say the whole episode is boring.
Passive Voice: It is said the whole episode is boring.
Or, The whole episode is said to be boring.

(iii) Active Voice: People consider that the Government will vote against the issue.
Passive Voice: It is considered that the Government will vote against the issue.
Or, The government is considered to vote against the issue.

Rule 9

(On To+Infinitive)
(A) ‘To’ + infinitive in the Active Voice is changed into ‘to be + Past Participle’ in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’g କୁ ଉଠାଇ Passive Voice ରେ to be + Past Participle]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(i) Active Voice: He wanted to sell his old bike. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: He wanted his old house to be sold. (to be + Past Participle)

(ii) Active Voice: The house is to let. (to be + infinitive)
Passive Voice: The house is to be let. (to be + Past Participle)

(iii) Active Voice: Tell him to examine the matter. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: Tell him the matter to be examined. (to be + Past Participle)

(B) Bare Infinitive in Active Voice changed into ‘to + infinitive’’ (except ‘let’) in Passive Voice [Active Voice ର Bare infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: They let the boy go. (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The boy was let go. (ଏଠାରେ ‘let to go’ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Active Voice: I made Amit go to the market, (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: Amit was made to go to the market, (togo- to + infinitive)

(iii) Active Voice: We heard the beggar sing a song. (sing = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The beggar was heard to sing a song, (to sing = to infinitive)

(C) ‘Ing’ infinitive in Active Voice is changed into to be + Past Participle in Passive Voice. [Active Voice ରେ ‘Ing’ infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ’to be + Past Participle’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: My watch needs mending, (mending = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: My match needs to be mended.

(ii) Active Voice: These shoes need polishing, (polishing = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: These shoes need to be polished

Rule 10

On Imperative sentences [Active Voice ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶ/ଅନୁରୋଧ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ Passive Voice ରେ Let + object + be + Past Participle (ଆଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଏବଂ You are requested /warned (ଅନୁରୋଧ/ସତର୍କତା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(i) Active Voice : Keep to the left (ବାମ ପଟେ ମାଡ଼ିଥିବା) (ଆଦେଶ)
Passive Voice: You are ordered/directed to keep to the left.

(ii) Active Voice: Obey your betters. (ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର କଥା ମାନ) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your betters = Object)
Passive Voice: Let your betters be obeyed.
Or, You are advised to obey your betters.

(iii) Active Voice : Do the sums quickly. (ଆଦେଶ) (ଅଙ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର କଷିପକାଅ ।)
(the sums = Object)
Passive Voice: Let the sums be done quickly.
Or, You are ordered to do the sums quickly.

(iv) Active Voice: Don’t run into the middle of the road (ସତର୍କ).
(ରାସ୍ତାର ମଝିରେ ଦୌଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।)
Passive Voice: You are warned not to run into the middle of the road.
Or, You are forbidden (ବାରଣ) to run into the middle of the road.
(‘Forbidden’ ବା ‘ବାରଣ’ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଥିରେ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(v) Active Voice : Please consult the doctor. (ଦୟାକରି ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର ।) (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(the doctor = Object)
Passive Voice: You are requested to consult the doctor.

(vi) Active Voice: Keep your promise. (ନିଜର ଶପଥ|ଜବାବ ରଖ ।) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your promise = Object)
Passive Voice: You are advised to keep your promise.
Or, Let your promise be kept.

(vii) Active Voice : Prepare (yourself) for the worst. (ବିପଦପାଇଁ ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।)
Passive Voice: Be prepared for the worst.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Rule 11

Got + Past Participle is used with several verbs in Passive Voice
[ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କେତେକ verb; ଯଥା – arrested, caught, confused, divorced, drunk, elected, engaged, killed, lost, married, cut. ଆଦି ସହିତ got + verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । )
[Here the actions are caused by somebody else other than the subject(s).] [ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘କର୍ତ୍ତା’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ନହୋଇ ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି କାରକ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋଇଥାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: The barber cut his hair. (ବାରିକ ତା’ର କେଶ କାଟିଲା ।)
Passive Voice: He got/had his hair cut. (ସେ ତା’ର କେଶ କଟାଇଲା ।)
(ii) Active Voice: The members elected him as the chairperson.
Passive Voice: He got elected as the chairperson.

Some More Examples:
(i) We got delayed in the traffic jam. (Passive Voice)
(ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ଭିଡ଼ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମର ବିଳମ୍ବ ହୋଇଗଲା ।)
(ii) Mitali got married last month. (Passive Voice)
(ମିତାଲିର ଗତମାସରେ ବିଭାଘର ହେଲା ।)
(iii) The captives in the dungeon got killed in the encounter. (Passive Voice)

Ruel 12

Being + Past Participle
In Passive being + Past Participle is used with verb ‘like% prepositions without / of. [Passive Voice ରେ verb ‘like’ ‘ଏବଂ preposition ‘without’ ‘ଏବଂ ‘‘of ସହିତ being + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Nobody likes being blamed. (କେହି ନିନ୍ଦିତ ହେବାକୁ/ନିନ୍ଦା ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)
(ii) I don’t like being criticised. (ମୁଁ ସମାଲୋଚିତ ହେବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ନାହିଁ । )
(iii) He attended the party without being invited.
(ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ନହୋଇ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ନପାଇ ସେ ଭୋଜିରେ ଯୋଗଦେଲେ ।)
(iv) She won’t go out at night. She is afraid of being attacked by the thieves.
(ସେ ରାତିରେ ବାହାରକୁ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ । ସେ ଚୋରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରମଣର ଶିକାର ହେବାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।)

Correct Forms of Verbs:
Correct forms of verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ଠିକ୍‌ରୂପ କହିଲେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର Passive form କୁ ବୁଝୁ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Remember the following rules :
(i) General truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ) – is/are + Past Participle ofMain Verb.

  • Cheese is made from milk. (Passive Voice) (make)
    (କ୍ଷୀରରୁ ଛେନା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ | ତିଆରି କରାଯାଏ ।)
  • ONIDA TVs are manufactured in Japan. (manufacture)
    (ଓନିଡ଼ା ଟେଲିଭିଜନ୍‌ ଜାପାନରେ ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।)
  • Vegetables are kept in the fridge to preserve them. (keep)
    (ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ରଖୁବାପାଇଁ ପନିପରିବାକୁ ଫ୍ରିଜରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।)

(ii) Past incidents (ଅତୀତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – was/were + Past Participle of Main Verb (yesterday/ in 2016/ last year/month etc.)

  • The first World War wasfought in 1914. (fight)
    (୧୯୧୪ ରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିଶ୍ଵଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସଂଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
  • I was bought a mobile yesterday, (buy)
    (ଗତକାଲି ମୋ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୋବାଇଲ କିଣା ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
  • Penicilin was discoveredby SirAlexander Fleming, (discover)
    (ଆଲେକ୍‌ଜାଣ୍ଡାର ଫ୍ଲେମିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ପେନ୍‌ସିଲିନ୍‌ ଉଦ୍ଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Future incidents (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – will be + Past Participle ofMain Verb
(tomorrow / the next day/ in 2021/ thefollowing month/year )

  • The next World Cup in cricket will be held in 2019. (hold)
    (ପରବର୍ତୀ କ୍ରିକେଟ ବିଶ୍ୱକପ୍ ୨୦୧୯ରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବ ।)
  • The flood-affected people will be granted BPL cards soon. (grant)
    (ବନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର BPL Cards ଦିଆଯିବ ।)
  • Hritik’s birthday will be observed Sunday next. (observe)
    (ବ୍ରିତିକ୍‌ର ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତା ରବିବାର ଦିନ ପାଳିତ ହେବ ।)

Activity-1

Verbs in some of the following sentences are active, in some passive. Identify them and then write A for active sentences and (P) for the passive ones in the box given against each sentence.
(i) Prakash killed a snake with a stick.
(ii) Mother has made a sweet cake for me.
(iii) Mr. Patnaik has been selected President of the Congress Party.
(iv) R.N. Tagore wrote the Gitanjali.
(v) Why was he beaten?
(vi) He must have finished his work by now.
Answers
(i) A
(ii) A
(iii) P
(iv) A
(v) P
(vi) A

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Activity-2

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form:
(i) A car will (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought (କିଣାହେବ) next year if the savings increase.

(ii) Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake in Japan last year.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) in the earthquake in Japan last year.

(iii) What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured (ଯାହାର ନାହିଁ ଉପଚାର) must be endured ( ସହିବା ଅଟେ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର).

(iv) He should (punish) for telling a lie.
Answer:
He should bepunished (ଦଣ୍ଡିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ) for telling a lie.

(v) English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରାଯାଏ) all over the world.

(vi) The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired ( ମରାମତି ହେଉଥୁଲା) when I saw it last year.

(vii) The accident might (cause) due to the carelessness of the driver.
Answer:
The accident might be caused ( ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ) due to the carelessness of the driver.

(viii) People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are being denied (ମିଳୁନାହିଁ) justice these days.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(ix) His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said (କୁହାଯାଏ) to have been a landlord.

(x) I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like to be left (ସ୍ଥାନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାର) alone.

Activity-3

Hereunder is a letter written by a father to his son. Rewrite it changing the verbs in brackets into their appropriate forms:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to (hold) on your school premises this evening. I (tell) that the Governor of our state has (invite) to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which (held) at your school. You would certainly(be awarded) some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor ifI (invite) to file function and (be) present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Answer:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to be held on your school permises this evening. I was told that the Governor of our state has been invited to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which was held at your school. You would certainly be awarded some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor if I had been invited to the function and had been present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Activity- 4

The following is a part of a newspaper report. Use the verbs supplied in brackets in their appropriate forms:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar (bum) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women (bum) alive. All the belongings of the people (completely destroy) in the fire. About two hundred people (render) homeless and eighty people (hospitalize) for treatment of their injury (cause) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire (still shrouded) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people (badly need) at this hour.

Answer:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar were burnt (ଜଳିପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇଗଲା) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women were burnt alive (ଜୀବନ୍ତ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲେ). All the belongings of the people were completely destroyed (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧ୍ୱଂସ ହୋଇଗଲା) in the fire. About two hundred people were rendered (ଗୃହଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ) homeless and eighty people were hospitalised (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଗଲା । କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) for treatment of their injury caused (ଘଟିଥିବା) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire is still shrouded (ରହସ୍ୟଘେରରେ ରହିଛି) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people is badly needed (ନିହାତି ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି) at this hour.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Activity-5

Write a passive sentence for each of the following situations, using the active verbs supplied in brackets. The first one has been done for you:
Example:
(i) My grandfather did not die. (murder)
Answer:
He was murdered.

(ii) People say he resigned his job, but he didn’t. (sack)
Answer:
He was sacked. (ତାକୁ ଚାକିରିରୁ ବହିଷ୍କାର କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) He did not leave the examination hall. (ask to leave)
Answer:
He was asked to leave. (ତା’କୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଯିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା ।)

(iv) The shop did not open. (close down)
Answer:
It was closed down. (ଏହାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(v) He didn’t do his homework yesterday. (punish)
Answer:
He was punished. (ତାକୁ ଦଣ୍ଡ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)

(vi) He could not come out of water. (drown)
Answer:
He was drowned. (ସେ ବୁଡ଼ିଗଲା ।)

(vii) My request was not entertained. (turn down)
Answer:
It was turned down. (ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରାଗଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(viii) The doctor didn’t come in time. People waited for him. (keep)
Answer:
They were kept waiting. (ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷାରତ ରଖାଗଲା ।)

Activity- 6

Study the following situations and write a passive sentence for each of them. The first one has been down for you.
1. You want to talk about the Odia Bhagabat, You would like to mention its author Jagannath Das.
Answer:
The Odia Bhagabat was written by Jagannath Das.

2. You would like to talk about the prize your friend Mohan won. You would also like to mention your friend’s name.
Answer:
The prize was won by my friend Mohan.

3. You have seen one of your friends breaking a chair. You have to report the matter to your class teacher without disclosing your friend’s name.
Answer:
A chair has been broken.

4. Your teacher asks you to write anessayinaweek’s time. You are not sure of yourself You have to tell your teacher that you will finish it in time. But you don’t want to take a risk.
Answer:
The essay can’t be written in a week’s time.

5. You want to talk about the delicious cakes your villagers make during the Raja festival every year. You are at this moment not interested in the villages.
Answer:
Delicious cakes are made during the Raja festival every year.

6. You don’t know who created the earth long ago. You want to talk about its creation.
Answer:
Our earth was created long ago.

7. You want to tell you best friend that your other friends will celebrate his birthday this year. You don’t want to say who they are.
Answer:
My birthday will be celebrated this year.

Activity-7

Use the verbs given in brackets in the following sentences in the correct form:
(i) Originally, this novel (write) in Hindi, but it (translate) into Odia in 1990.
Answer:
Originally, this novel was written in Hindi, but it was translated into Odia in 1990.

(ii) Cheese (make) from milk.
Answer:
Cheese is made from milk.

(iii) An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody (injure), the ambulance (not require).
Answer:
An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody was injured the ambulance was not required.

(iv) The office is in a mess. The telephone (never answer), no proper records (keep) and no work (do).
Answer:
The office is in a mess. The telephone is never answered, no proper records are kept and no work is done.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(v) A tree is lying across the road. It (blow down) in the storm.
Answer:
A tree is lying across the road. It has been blown down in the storm.

(vi) The letter (post) a week ago and it reached me yesterday.
Answer:
The letter was posted a week ago and it reached me yesterday.

(vii) The child playing on the road (run over) by a truck.
Answer:
The child playing on the road was run over by a truck.

Activity-8

The following are the instructions given for making tea using tea bags. Make them carefully and write the process in the passive form as per the instructions given: The first one has been done for you.
The Instructions are :
1. Use one tea bag to make each cup of tea.
2. Place the required number of tea bags in the kettle.
3. Add boiling water as per the requirement.
4. Stir the water, but make sure that the tea bags do not open.
5. Allow the tea to stand for five minutes.
6. Pour the tea into cups.
7. Add sugar and milk to taste.

How tea is made, using tea bags:
1. One tea-bag is used for making each cup of tea.
2. The required number of tea bags is placed in the kettle.
3. Boiling water is added as per the requirement.
4. The water is stirred, but it should be made sure that the tea bags don’t open.
5. The tea is allowed to stand for five minutes.
6. The tea is poured into cups.
7. Sugar and milk is added to taste.

The Passive Additional Questions With Answers

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form :
1. The temple (build) in the twelfth century.
Answer:
The temple was built in the twelfth century.

2. Wait! Your bicycle (repair) now.
Answer:
Wait! Your bicycle is being repaired now.

3. If you have a wound, you (advise) to wash it clean.
Answer:
If you have a wound, you are advised to wash it clean.

4. Louis Pasteur proved that diseases (cause) by germs.
Answer:
Louis Pasteur proved that diseases are caused by germs.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

5. The house (construct) last year.
Answer:
The house was constructed last year.

6. The sunflower (can grow) in any type of soil.
Answer:
The sunflower can be grown in any type of soil.

7. More buildings (erect) in the future.
Answer:
More buildings will be erected in the future.

8. The plant (should water) regularly.
Answer:
The plant should be watered regularly.

9. The blackboard looks clean. It (clean) by the boy.
Answer:
The blackboard looks clean. It has been cleaned by the boy.

10. I don’t like (ask) stupid questions.
Answer:
I don’t like being asked stupid questions.

11. Did any of these houses (damage) during the cyclone?
Answer:
Did any of these houses get damaged during the cyclone?

12. The Gitanjali (write) by R.N. Tagore.
Answer:
The Gitanjali was written by R.N. Tagore.

13. English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken all over the world.

14. People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are denied justice these days.

15. I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like being left alone.

16. Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake last week.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake last week.

17. She (sting) by a bee yesterday.
Answer:
She got stung by a bee yesterday.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

18. Rahim (like) by everybody.
Answer:
Rahim is liked by everybody.

19. About 50 workers (arrest) during the last strike.
Answer:
About 50 workers were arrested during the last strike.

20. A car (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought next year if the savings increase.

21. What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured, must be endured.

22. The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired when I saw it last year.

23. His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said to have been a landlord.

24. I (invite) to the function but I didn’t go there.
Answer:
I was invited to the function but I didn’t go there.

25. Smoking (prohibit) in public places.
Answer:
Smoking is prohibited in public places.

26. The thief(beat) severely by the police.
Answer:
The thief was beaten severely by the police.

27. My purse (steal) yesterday.
Answer:
My purse was stolen yesterday.

28. Rice (produce) in Odisha.
Answer:
Rice is produced in Odisha.

29. Konark Temple (build) Langula Narasingha Dev.
Answer:
Konark Temple was built by Langula Narasingha Dev.

30. Let him (tell) to go.
Answer:
Let him be told to go.

31. He (say) to be an honest man.
Answer:
He is said to be an honest man.

32. The batsman (declare) out for his misconduct.
Answer:
The batsman was declared out for his misconduct.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

33. Cricket (not play) in the USA.
Answer:
Cricket is not played in the USA.

34. Mangoes (eat) in summer.
Answer:
Mangoes are eaten in summer.

35. The book (publish) yesterday
Answer:
The book was published yesterday.

Change the sentences into passive form.

1. The gardener waters the plants.
Answer:
The plants are watered by the gardener.

2. Janaki made the unique attempt on 28 July 1992.
Answer:
The unique attempt was made by Janaki on 28 July 1992.

3. Someone stole my pen.
Answer:
My pen was stolen.

4. The children are playing football in this playground.
Answer:
Football is being played by the children in this playground.

5. The students have decorated the room beautifully.
Answer:
The room has been decorated beautifully by the students.

6. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The thief was arrested.

7. People say that elephants have good memories.
Answer:
It is said that elephants have good memories.

8. Father gave the son fifty rupees.
Answer:
The son was given fifty rupees.

9. I made him write the essay.
Answer:
He was made to write the essay.

10. I saw him crossing the road.
Answer:
He was seen crossing the road.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

11. These clothes need washing.
Answer:
The clothes need to be washed.

12. She has made a sweet cake for me.
Answer:
A sweet cake has been made for me.

13. Kalidas wrote Meghadoot.
Answer:
Meghdoot was written by Kalidas.

14. Somebody killed the snake with a stick.
Answer:
The snake was killed with a stick.

15. Why did he beat him?
Answer:
Why was he beaten?

16. When did he write the letter?
Answer:
When was the letter written by him?

17. Has anyone received the news?
Answer:
Has the news been received?

18. Can you draw a picture?
Answer:
Can a picture be drawn by you?

19. Do you know him?
Answer:
Is he known by you?

20. Who broke the window?
Answer:
By whom was the window broken?

21. How did you break the slate?
Answer:
How was the slate broken?

22. We grow rice in this part of the country.
Answer:
Rice is grown in this part of the country.

23. The customs officers seized the boat.
Answer:
The boat was seized by the customs officer.

24. The child has fed the cow.
Answer:
The cow has been fed by the child.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

25. You must not take such a big risk.
Answer:
Such a big risk must not be taken by you.

26. Someone saved the bird.
Answer:
The bird was saved.

27. Did he write the poem?
Answer:
Was the poem written by him?

28. We elected him monitor.
Answer:
He was elected monitor.

29. Shut the door.
Answer:
Let the door be shut.

30. Prepare yourself for the worst.
Answer:
Be prepared for the worst.

31. Ants may eat the cakes.
Answer:
The cakes may be eaten by ants.

32. I hate people laughing at me.
Answer:
I hate being laughed at.

33. Nobody can defeat Biswa in chess.
Answer:
Biswa cannot be defeated in chess.

34. His pencil needs mending.
Answer:
His pencil needs to be mended.

35. We heard her laugh.
Answer:
She was to heard to laugh.

36. They will hold a meeting.
Answer:
A meeting will be held by them.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

37. The farmers produce wheat in Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat is produced in Punjab.

38. The farmers were sowing the seeds.
Answer:
The seeds were being sown by the farmers.

39. March on.
Answer:
You are commanded to march on.

40. Keep on your promise
Answer:
Let your promise be kept.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

What is Narration / Speech?
⇒ The art of reporting the words of a speaker (ବକ୍ତା) is called Narration.
There are two ways in which a speaker can express his ideas and thoughts
(i) Direct Speech (Direct Narrations) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି
(ii) Indirect speech (Indirect Narration) (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

The speech in which the actual words of the speaker are reported is known as the Direct Speech / Narrations. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ମତ ବିଶେଷଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

The speech in which the substance of the speaker’s speech is given is known as the Indirect Speech or Narration. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବାକ୍ୟର ସାରକଥାକୁ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

The following sentences will enable (help) you to understand the difference between a Direct speech and an Indirect Speech:
(i) He said to me, “I can’t help you.” (Direct speech)
He told me that he couldn’t help me. (Indirect speech)

(Mark the changed words in the indirect speech)
(ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
Every “Direct speech” has two parts.
(i) The Reporting verb, and
(ii) The Reported speech.

⇒ Please remember the following three things about in a Direct Speech :
(i) The speaker is known as a “Reporter”.
(ii) The verb initiating (ଆରମ୍ଭ କରୁଥିବା) the speech of the speaker is known as the Reporting Verb.
(iii) The words of the speaker which are repeated are known as the Reported Speech.

Now see the following example of Direct Speech carefully.
He             said to me,          “I can’t help you.”
Reporter   Reporting Verb    Reported Speech

Please note that in a Direct Speech :
(a) The Reported Speech and the Reporting verb are separated by a comma.
(ଏକ କମା ଚିହ୍ନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(b) The Reported speech always begins with a capital letter.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସର୍ବଦା ଏକ ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(c) The Reported speech is always enclosed in inverted comma.
(ଉଦ୍ଧୃତି ଚିହ୍ନଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସୀମିତ ରହିଥାଏ।)
Example : “I can’t help you.”

(d) The Reported speech may contain all types of sentences. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ବାକ୍ୟ ଧାରଣ
କରିପାରେ ।)
(i) Assertive or Declarative Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(ii) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iii) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iv) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଆଶିଷ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(v) Optative Sentence (କାମନା ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

⇒ Some Facts About the Indirect Speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ କେତେକ ତଥ୍ୟ):
(a) Inverted commas (“___”) are removed (ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ) in the Indirect Speech.
(b) The comma that separates the Reporting verb from the Reported speech is also removed.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ Reporting verb ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା କରୁଥିବା Comma (,) କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ।)
(c) A conjunction (ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ) is used after the Reporting verb:
For example : that, if / whether, wh-words etc.)
(d) The Interrogative and the Exclamatory moods are changed into the Assertive moods.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ଭାବ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
(e) The words showing nearness are changed into the words showing distance:
(ନିକଟତା ଆଦି ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥୁବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୂରତା ସୂଚିତକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

(A) Change of Tense and Verbs :

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Present Simple – changes into Present Past Simple
Progressive / Continuous Past Progressive / Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Present Perfect Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Simple Past Perfect
Past Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Perfect No change
Past Perfect Continuous No change

(B) Verbs-Change at a glance:

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
is / am was
are were
has / have had
was / were had been
shall should /would
may might
can could

(C) Change of words Denoting “Nearness” (ନିକଟତା (ସମୟ / ସ୍ଥାନ)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Now Then
This That
These Those
Here There
Hither Thither
Hence Thence
Thus So
Ago Before
Today That day
Tonight That night
Tomorrow The next day
Yesterday The previous day / The day after
Tomorrow The next day / The following day
Just Then
Come Go
Next week The following week
Next month/year The following month/year

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

‘Indirect Speech’ in which tensed verbs remain unchanged [ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି ଯେଉଁଥିରେ tensed verb ର ଆଦୌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ]

⇒ Rule 1
If the reporting verb in the Direct Speech is in present simple [say / says] or shall/will + Main Verb [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଭକ୍ତିରେ Reporting verbs present simple ବା shall/will + Main Verb ରେଥିଲେ ]
Examples :
(i) He will say, “I can’t play today’s match.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
He will say (that) he can’t play that day’s match. (Indirect Speech)

(ii) Father says, “I am very sorry for delay. ((ବିଳମ୍ବ)” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Father says (that) he is very sorry for delay. (Indirect Speech)

(iii) Mita says, “Naba sir hasn’t come to our house today.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Mita says (that) Naba sir hasn’t come to their house that day.(Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech expresses a universal truth or a habitual action or a scientific truth.
(ଯଦି Direct Speech ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟତାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ)
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.”(Universal truth)
Indirect Speech: He said (that) Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.

(ii) Direct Speech The history teacher said, “India got freedom in 1947.” (Historical truth)
Indirect Speech: The history teacher said (that) India got freedom in 1947.

(iii) Direct Speech: The science teacher said, “Iron expands as temperature rises.” (Scientific truth)
Indirect Speech: The science teacher said (that) Iron expands as temperature rises.

(iv) Direct Speech : Bikram said, “I always keep my words.” (Habitual action)
Indirect Speech: Bikram said (that) he always keeps his own words. (n’t ‘kept’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech contains ‘If-clause (ଯଦି D.S. ‘IF’ clause ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ]
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said. “If I were Neil Armstrong, I would land on the moon.”
Indirect Speech : He said if he were Neil Armstrong, he would land on the moon.

(ii) Direct Speech : The boy said, “If I were the President of India !”
Indirect Speech : The boy said if he were the President of India.

⇒ Rule 4
For two simultaneous actions in the past. [ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପାଖାପାଖୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The newspaper reported, “The police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.” (Narrative report)
Indirect Speech : The newspaper reported (that) the police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.

(ii) Direct Speech : Reeta told me, “Mita had already gone whenI phoned her this morning.”
Indirect Speech: Reeta told me (that) Mita had already gone when she phoned her that morning.

Indirect Speech in which tensed verb are changed
[ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tensed verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ]
N.B.
If the reporting verb is in the past simple tense like (said/told/enquired/asked/reported etc.) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ର Reporting Verb ‘Past Simple Tense’ ରେ ଥାଏ; ଯଥା – said/told/asked etc.]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒Rule 1
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Declarative Sentence pattern (begins with Subject) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ (Subject ବା କର୍ଲାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭହୋଇଥାଏ) ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : Kasim said, “I am going to America next year.” (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Kasim said (that) he was going to America the following year.

(ii) Direct Speech : Mohit said to father, “I came to you last night but you weren’t at home. (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Mohit told father (that) he had came to him the previous night but he (father) hadn’t been at home.

(iii) Direct Speech : The gentleman said, “The rate of vegetables may go up further.” (Sub = the rate of vegetables)
Indirect Speech : The gentleman said(that) the rate of vegetables might go up still further.

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Exclamatory sentence pattern beginning with ‘How / What’. [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ଏବଂ / How ବା What ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “What a long beard!”
Indirect Speech : He said (that) the beard was very long. (Omit ‘what’)

(ii) Direct Speech : Amit said, “How beautiful his building looks!”
Indirect Speech : Amit said (that) that the building was very beautiful. (Omit ‘how’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech is said to be in ‘Yes-No’ interrogative/question pattern beginning with helping verbs, the Indirect Speech has If + Sub + Verb + ……… [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ‘Yes – No’ question ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥବ, Indirect Speech ରେ asked (object) If+Subject + Verb +…. ରହିବ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The teacher said to Sthitipragyan, “Is this your problem in mathematics?” (Is – helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked Sthitipragyan if this was her problem in mathematics.

(ii) Direct Speech : The dealer said to the gentleman, “Shall I help you, sir?” (Shall = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The dealer asked the gentleman if he should help him.

(iii) Direct Speech : I said to the postman, “Have you brought any letter for mother?” (Have = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : I asked the postman if he had brought any letter for mother.

(iv) Direct Speech : The nurse said to the doctor, “Did you need my services in the Operation Theatre ?” (Did = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The nurse asked/enquired of the doctor if he had needed his services in the Operation Theater.

(v) Direct Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife, “Do you want to have this necklace ?” (Do = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife if she wanted to have that necklace.

⇒ Rule 4
If the Direct Speech is said to be Wh-interrogative / question pattern, the Indirect Speech will have asked + (Object) Wh-question + Subject + Verb …. [ଯଦି Direct Speech ରେ Wh-interrogative question pattern ବା ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ asked + (object) Wh-word + Subject + Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : I asked the stranger, “What is your name ?” (Wh-word=what)
Indirect Speech : I asked the stranger what his name was.

(ii) Direct Speech : The teacher said, “Where was Napoleon born?” (Wh-word = where)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked where Napoleon was born (n’t ‘had born’)

(iii) Direct Speech : Chikul said to his teacher, “How can I work out these tough (difficult) sum?” (Wh-word = how)
Indirect Speech : Chikul asked his teacher how he could work out those tough sums.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒ Rule 5
If the Direct Speech is in the Imperative pattern(expressing order, advice, request, suggestion, warning etc.), the Indirect Speech will have asked/advised/requested/warned/suggested + to + Main Verb etc. [Direct Speech ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟର pattern ଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ Indirect Speech ରେ ordered/asked (ଆଦେଶ) / advised (ଉପଦେଶ)/ requested (ଅନୁରୋଧ) । warned (ସତର୍କ/ସାବଧାନ)/ suggested (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) + to + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : “Open your mouth”, asked the dentist (ଦନ୍ତ ଚିକିତ୍ସକ) to the patient.
Indirect Speech : The dentist asked the patient to open (to + Main Verb) his mouth.

(ii) Direct Speech : “Speak English most of the time,” said the teacher to Rahim.
Indirect Speech : The teacher advised Rahim to speak (to + Main Verb) English most of the time.

(iii) Direct Speech : Rani said to Arun, “Please lend me your dictionary.” (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
Indirect Speech : Rani requested Arun to lend (to + Main Verb) her his (Arun’s) dictionary.

(iv) Direct Speech: “Have your lunch early”, Pratik said to his father. (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା)
Indirect Speech : Pratik reminded (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) his father to have (to + Main Verb) his lunch early.

(v) Direct Speech: “Hurry up or I’ll miss the train,” he asked his servant. (ସତର୍କ)
Indirect Speech : He warned his servant to hurry up (to + Main Verb) or he would miss the train.

(vi) Direct Speech : “March on,” said the captain to the players. (ଆଦେଶ)
Indirect Speech : The captain asked/commanded the players to march on. (to+MainVerb)

(vii) Direct Speech : He said, “Let’s stop here and rest for a while.” (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ)
Indirect Speech : He suggested stopping (n’t ‘to stop’) there and resting for a while.

Optative Sentence (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
1. “Said to” is changed into wished’ (In the case of Good morning, Good noon, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.)
2. “Said to” is changed into ‘bade’. (In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.)
3. No conjunction is used in place of the “inverted commas”.
4. If the sentence has some desire (starts with ‘would that ! “O that!’ ‘If !’ etc), ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
5. If the sentence expresses some ‘wish’ or ‘prayer’ (starts with May …….. !’ or May God….! ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’ or ‘prayed’.

Now Consider the following examples.
1. He said to me, “Good morning”! (Direct)
He wished me good morning. (Indirect)

2. He said, “Goodbye friends !” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

3. The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress”. (Direct)
The young man wished that he could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

4. He said, “O for a drop of water !” (Direct)
He wished for a drop of water. (Indirect)

5. The old woman said to her son, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The old woman wished that her son might live long. (Indirect)

6. She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!”
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

7. I said, “May you succeed in every field” ! (Direct)
I wished that he might succeed in every field. (Indirect)

8. I said, “May your father soon recover!” (Direct)
I wisher (or prayed) that his father might soon recover.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Imperative Sentence with ‘Let’
1. The officer said to the peon, “Let the visitor come in”. (Direct)
The officer ordered the peon to let the visitor come in.
Or, The officer ordered the peon that the visitor should be allowed to come in.

2. Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work. (Direct)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

3. The dying soldier said, “Let me have a look at the battlefield”. (Direct)
The dying soldier wished to have a look at the battlefield. (Indirect).

4. John said to Dipu, “Let us go out for a walk”. (Direct)
John proposed to Dipu that they should go out for a walk. (Indirect)

5. I said, “Let him try ever so hard, he will not succeed”. (Direct)
I said that however he might try he wouldn’t succeed. (Indirect)

6. I said, “Let him have his own way.” (ତାହାର ଯାହାଇଚ୍ଛା, ସେ କରୁ) (Direct)
I suggested that he should be allowed to have his own way. (Indirect)

Important Note :
If ‘this’, ‘these’ and ‘here’ refer to a person or thing present before the speaker, they will not undergo any change in the indirect speech.

* Mark the following examples :
1. Radha said, “This is my pen.” (Direct)
Radha said that this was her pen. (Indirect)

2. I said, “Here is the book I wanted”. (Direct)
I said that here was the book I wanted.

Changing Dialogue into Reporting :
Wolf (ଗଧୂଆ) : Why do you make the water dirty?
Lamb (ମେଣ୍ଢାଛୁଆ) : How can I make the water dirty. Sir, when it is flowing down from you to me?
Wolf : Then you must have spoiled it last year.
Lamb : I’m only three months old, sir.
Wolf : Then your father must have spoiled the water last year, I will, therefore, kill you.
Answer:
The wolf asked the lamb why he made the water dirty. The lamb respectfully (for Sir) replied how could he make the water dirty when it was flowing down from him (wolf) to him (lamb). The wolf told the lamb that then he must have spoiled at the previous year. The lamb replied that he was only three months old. At this the wolf asserted I (told confidently) that his father (lamb’s father) must have spoiled the water the previous year. He (wolf) would therefore kill him (the lamb).

Activity – 1

A nationally famous magician has arrived in your city and has presented his performance. His magic show has proved to be amazingly popular. Different local newspapers have given their comments on his performance as follows:
“The show is brilliant,” the Samaj.
“It made me jump up in delight,” the reporters from the Sambad.
“We can’t have a better show,” the Dharitri.
“You’ll love it,” the Dinalipi.
“You shouldn’t miss it”, the Prajatantra.
“His performance is outstanding,” the Matrubhasa.

Now put their comments in reported speech :
1. The Samaj reported that the show was brilliant.
2. The reporters from the Sambad said that it made him jump up in delight.
3. The Dharitri reported that they couldn’t have a better show.
4. The Dinalipi told the readers they would love it.
5. The Prajatantra urged the readers not to miss it.
6. The Matrubhasa commented that his (magician’s) performance was outstanding.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 2 :

Last Sunday you met your cousin (FFU) Makhan in the morning. Hereunder are some of the things he said to you.
Report the conversation to your mother the next day using indirect speech:

1. “I’d like to go to a good college, but my parents can’t afford to pay the fees”.
Answer:
I told mother that he (Makhan) would like to go to a good college, but his parents couldn’t afford to pay the fees.

2. “I’m living with a friend and working part-time”.
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he was living with a friend and working part time.

3. “I’m enjoying my work.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he (Makhan) was enjoying his work.

4. “My friend has got a scholarship for his higher studies.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan (he) told me that his friend had got a scholarship for his higher studies.

5. “I’ll tell my mother about our meeting”.
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) would tell his mother about their meeting.

6. “I want to have my lunch with you.”
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) offered to have lunch with me.

Activity – 3

Rewrite the following statements in Indirect Speech :
1. Rakhal said, “I shall never forget my childhood days.”
Answer:
Rakhal said that he would never forget his childhood days.

2. The children said, “We play football everyday.”
Answer:
The children said that they play football everyday. (habitual action)

3. The man said, “The house is on fire.”
Answer:
The man said that the house was on fire.

4. She says, “I don’t like sweets.”
Answer:
She says that she doesn’t like sweets. (repoting verb ‘says’ in simple present tense)

5. The guide said, “Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath.”
Answer:
The guide said that Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath. (general truth)

6. The teacher said, “The earth moves round the sun.”
Answer:
The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun. (general truth)

7. Father said, “Spring comes after winter.”
Answer:
Father said that spring comes after winter. (general fact)

8. He has said, “My son is going to hospital for treatment.”
Answer:
He has said that his son is going to hospital for treatment.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 4

Rewrite the following in indirect speech :
(i) Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born.”
Answer:
Rabi told me that he knew where I was born.

(ii) Father said, “Morning is at six today”.
Answer:
Father said that morning is at six today. (no change since father speaks in the morning)

(iii) She said, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need.”
Answer:
She said that she would help me in the hour of my need.
Or, She assured to help me in the hour of my need.

(iv) He said, “I collected these pebbles at the seashore.”
Answer:
He said that he had collected these pebbles (ଗୋଡ଼ି) at the seashore.

(v) I said to him, “You didn’t keep fit last year.
Answer:
I told him that he hadn’t kept fit the previous year.

(vi) The teacher said to me, “You must work hard for your examination.”
Answer:
The teacher advised me to work hard for my examination.

(vii) The doctor said to me, “You mustn’t smoke.”
Answer:
The doctor forbade me to smoke.

(viii) Sushil said, “We celebrate our Republic Day on 26th January every year.
Answer:
Sushil said that they celebrate their Republic Day on 26th January every year.

(ix) He said, “I was playing the violin every morning last year.
Answer:
He said that he was playing the violin every morning the previous year.

(x) He said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
He said these (not ‘those’) are his toys.

Activity – 5

The wedding of your sister has just been over. Your friend Mahesh asks you a lot of questions about the bridegroom. Now report, in indirect speech, the questions Mahesh asked you.
(i) What is the name of your sister’s husband?
(ii) What is he doing?
(iii) Where is he posted at present?
(iv) Has he ever been abroad?
(v) How long did he stay there ?
(vi) Has he ever gone to Australia ?
(vii) What salary does he get?
(viii) Will his salary increase next year?
Answers
Mahesh asked me :
(i) what the name of my sister’s husband was.
(ii) what he was doing.
(iii) where he was posted at present.
(iv) if he had ever been abroad.
(v) how long he had stayed there.
(vi) if he had ever gone to Australia.
(vii) what salary he got.
(viii) if his salary

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 6

Suppose your father is a retired headmaster of a high school. The Director, Doordarshan Centre, Bhubaneswar, invited him on the Teacher’s Day to give a message to the students. The Programme Assistant asked him the following questions. Report them in indirect speech:
(i) Why is this day observed in the whole of India?
Answer:
Why this day is observed in the whole of India.

(ii) What difference do you mark between the education imparted now and that which was imparted at your time?
Answer:
What difference he marked between the education imparted then and the education imparted (given) at his time.

(iii) What is your impression on the teachers working at present and those who were working at your time?
Answer:
What his impression (idea) on the teachers working at present and those working at his time was.

(iv) Do you think that the system of education has improved a lot?
Answer:
If he thought that the system of education had improved a lot.

(v) Haven’t the students become more knowledgeable than before?
Answer:
If the students hadn’t become more knowledgeable than before.

(vi) Has their conduct changed for the better?
Answer:
If their conduct had changed for the better.

(vii) Will they grow into good citizens of our country?
Answer:
If they would grow into good citizens of their country.

(viii) What message do you have for the students of our counry?
Answer:
What message (ବାର୍ତ୍ତା) he did have for the students of the country.

Activity – 7

Turn into indirect speech :
(i) “Consult a doctor immediately,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me to consult (ଦେଖା କରିବାପାଇଁ) a doctor immediately.

(ii) “Hurry up, or you will miss the train,” he said to me.
Answer:
He asked me to hurry up or I would miss the train.

(iii) “Don’t get addicted to tea,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me not to get addicted to tea.

(iv) “Your mouth smells foul. Don’t open it,” he said.
Answer:
He said that my mouth smells foul (ଗନ୍ଧ କରୁଛି). So he asked me not to open it.

(v) The captain said, “Hurrah! We have scored two goals !”
Answer:
The captain applauded saying that they had scored tow goals.

(vi) The General said, “Bravo! You have done wonders !”
Answer:
The General admired me and told that I had done wonders.

(vii) The teacher said to Nirmal, “What a lazy boy you are!”
Answer:
The teacher told Nirmal that he was a very lazy boy.

(viii) My friend said to me, “How nice of you to have come !”
Answer:
My friend exclaimed in joy that it was nice of me to have come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ix) The traveller said, “Farewell, friends.”
Answer:
The travellers bade his friends goodbye.

(x) The beggar, “Oh, for a morsel of food!”
Answer:
The beggar wished for a morsel of food.

(xi) “If only I had the wings of a dove !” he said.
Answer:
He wished that if only he had the wings of a dove.

Activity – 8

“Are you leaving today?” Maggie asked, “Yes”, I replied, “Today is the day of my departure.”
“How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live?” She wanted to know. I replied, “Punjab, in the west.”
“Please, put a flower on my brother’s grave, “She requested me with tears in her eyes.
Answer:
Maggie asked (me) if he was leaving that day. At this I replied that today was the day of my departure. Then she (Maggie) asked me how long it would take me to reach my country and in which part of the country I lived. I replied that I live (d) in the western Punjab. Maggie, with tears in her hands, requested me to put a flower on her brother’s grave.

At A Glance :
The following types of sentences can be changed from the Direct into Indirect form of Naration :
(a) Assertive Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବା ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(b) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(c) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଅନୁରୋଧସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(d) Optative Sentence (ଆଶିଷ ବା କାମନାସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(e) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

(A) Assertive Delcrative Sentence.
⇒ Rule 1:
If the Reporting Verb is in the Present Simple or will / shall + main verb, the tense of the verb in the reported speech will remain unchanged. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Present Simple (say / says) ବା will / shall + main verb (will / shall say) ରୂପରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ tense verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ / ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Mark the following examples with the underlined Reporting Verbs:
I. She says, “My father is a doctor.” (Direct Speech)
She says that (ଯେ) her father is a doctor. (Indirect Speech)
Here the Reporting Verb ‘says’ remains unchanged.
So the tensed verb ‘is’ remains unchanged, ‘my’ is changed into ‘her’, ‘that’ as a conjunction (ଏକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ରୂପେ) is usually used.

II. Meera will say, “My father has gone to Mumbai.” (Direct Speech)
Meera will say that her father has gone to Mumbai. (Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2 :
If the Reporting Verb is in the Past Simple tense (said or told etc.), the tensed verbs in the Reported Speech are changed in the corresponding Past tense.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Past Simple tense ରେ ଥିଲେ, tensed verb ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ Past tense ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ।)

Mark the underlined changed words:
(i) Gopal said, “I am very hungry.” (Direct)
Gopal said that he was very hungry. (Indirect)

(ii) You said, “He was a philosopher.” (ଦାର୍ଶନିକ) (Direct)
You said that he had been a philosopher. (Indirect)

(iii) Rahul said, “I may win a prize in this competition today.” (Direct)
Rahul said that he might win a prize in that competition that day. (Indirect)

(iv) Mr Mishra said, “I was listening to the radio commentary. (Direct Past Progressive)
Mr Mishra said that he had been listening to the radio commentary. (Indirect) (Past Perfect Progressive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

A very important information:
If in a Direct Speech, the Reporting Verb ‘said to’ and it is followed by on object, then ‘said to’ changed into ‘told’ while changing it into an Indirect Speech. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର Reporting Verb ‘said to’ (with object ବା କର୍ମ) ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ told କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ।)

Mark the following examples :
(v) He said to me, “I am not going to Kolkata.” (Direct)
He told me that he was not going to Kolkata. (Indirect)

(vi) Sheela said to her mother, “I have finished my work.” (Direct)
Sheela told her mother that she had finished her work. (Indirect)

Please keep in mind :
This is not necessary that ‘said to’ should be changed into ‘told’ in every sentence. ‘Said to’ can be changed into ‘replied’, stated, informed, remarked, complained, added, asserted, assured, pleaded, reported, reminded, complained, etc. depending on the nature of the sentence.

(Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିର ଅର୍ଥାନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
(Reporting verbs)
said to _______________ replied (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା / ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ)
said to _______________ stated (ଦର୍ଶାଇଲା / ଦର୍ଶାଇଲେ)
said to _______________ informed (ସୂଚନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ remarked (ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ added (ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ asserted (ଦୃଢ଼ତାର ସହିତ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ assured (ଆଶ୍ଵାସନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ pleaded (ଅନୁନୟ କରି କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ reported (ଖବର ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ reminded (ମନେପକାଇ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ complained (ଅଭିଯୋଗ କର କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)

(vii) I said to my neighboiur, “Your children have spoiled my garden.” (Direct)
I complained to my neighbour that his children had spoiled my garden. (Indirect)

(viii) The culprit (ଦୋଷୀ) said, “I am innocent (ନିଦୋଷ). (Direct)
The culprit pleaded that he was innocent. (Indirect)

(ix) Mother said to father, “Remember to bring my umbrella.” (Direct)
Mother reminded father to bring her umbrella. (Indirect)

(x) My friend Suresh said to me, “I will help you.” (Direct)
My friend Suresh assured me of his help. (Indirect)

(xi) I said to my enemy, “I will throw you into the lock-up (jail).” (Direct)
I threatened (ଧମକାଇ କହିଲି) my enemy to throw him into the lock-up. (Indirect)

Exception to the Rule (ନିୟମର ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ) :
If the Reported Speech has some universal truth, scientific fact, proverbial truth, past historical fact or some habitual truth, the tense will not change according to the past tense of the reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିରେ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ, ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟ, ଲୋକବାଣୀ, ଅତୀତର ଐତିହାସିକ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ ସତ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଥଲେ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Study the following examples carefully:
(i) The teacher said, “The earth is round.” (Direct / Universal truth)
The teacher said that the earth is round. (Indirect)

(ii) Newton said, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” (Direct / Scientific fact)
Newton said that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. (Indirect)

(iii) My father said, “Honesty is the best policy.” (Direct / Proverbial truth)
My father said that honesty is the best policy. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(iv) I said, “India became free in 1947.” (Direct/Historical truth)
I said that India became free in 1947. (Indirect)

(v) Father said, “I am an early riser.” (Direct / Habitual truth)
Father said that he is an early riser. (Indirect)

If the Reported Speech has two actions in the Past Continuous or Progressive tense, its tense will not change according to the Past Simple tense of the Reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ Past continuous ବା Progressive tense ରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଏହି tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

He said, “The speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.” (Direct)
He said that the speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.

Change of Tense in Sentences having “Must” and “Needn’t”.
During a conversation (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ) “Must” expresses some “necessity” or “compulsion” (ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିମ୍ବା। ବାଧ୍ୟକତା) in the present tense. In this sense (ଏହି ଅର୍ଥରେ), it is used in place of “have to”. “Needn’t” is also used in the same tense.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must go now”. (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : He said that he had to go then. (Changed into past tense)

(ii) Direct Speech : The girl said, “I needn’t go.” (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : The girl said that she didn’t have to go.

“Must” sometimes expresses (ସୂଚିତ କରେ) “Necessity” or “Compulsion” in the future tense. In this sense it is used in place of “shall have to”.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must leave for Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he would have to leave for Puri the following week.

(ii) Direct Speech : He said, “I needn’t go to Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he wouldn’t have to go to Puri the following week.

“Must” sometimes expresses “permanent prohibition” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିଷେଧ) or “Permanent Ruling” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିୟମ).

Examples
(i) Direct Speech : The policeman said to us, “You mustn’t cross the road against the red-light.”
Indirect Speech : The policeman told us that we mustn’t cross the road against the red light.

(B) Interrogative Sentence:
For change from Direct to Indirect in the case of Interrogative sentence, follow the following procedure.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନଳିଖୁତ ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କର।)

Yes-No question Wh-question
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ asked ବା enquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ / ଚାହିଁଲି ଆଦିରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ said to କୁ asked ବା enquired ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
(i) Auxiliary verbs beginning with is, am, are, was, were, do does, did, have, had, has, may, might, can, could, shall, would, etc (i) Questions words beginning with who, whose, whom, when, where, how etc. are retained with wh-words + subject + verbs(s) (wh-words + + କର୍ତ୍ତା + କ୍ରିୟାପଦରୁ ରହିଥାଏ।)

Study the following examples :
(i) Father said to me, “Have you done your home work ? (Direct Speech / Yes – No) (Have – auxiliary question verb)
Answer:
Father asked me if I had done my homework, (if + subject (I) + had done (verbs) + … )

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ii) Father said to me, “How have you done your homework ?” (Direct Speech / wh-question, How-wh-word)
Answer:
Father asked me how I had done my homework.

Yes-No question Wh-question
(i) The girl said to me, “Does Das Sir teach you English.” (Does – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me if Das Sir taught me English (Indirect)
(i) The girl said to me, “Who teaches you English?” (Who-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me who taught me English (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “Shall I open the window ?” (Shall – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked if he should open the window. (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “When shall I opwn the window ?” (Wh-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked when he should open the window. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “Did you take my class yesterday?” (Did – auxiliary verb)(Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita if she had liked has class the day before. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “How did you like my class yesterday?” (How-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita how she had liked his class the day before. (Indirect)

(C) Imperative Sentence:
In the imperative sentences, as the sense of Order, Command, Advice, Request, Warning, Suggestion etc. are conveyed, said to is changed into different verb forms depending on the nature of the sentences.

Direct Speech for Indirect Speech
‘said to’ order
command (ଆଦେଶ)
ordered / commanded ..
‘said to’ advice (ଉପଦେଶ) advised …
‘said to’ warning (ସତର୍କ) warned …
‘said to’ request (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(please)
reqiested …
‘said to’ (forbid) (ବାରଣ) forbade …
main verb _____________ to + main verb …
Don’t + main verb _____________ not to + main verb …

If the imperative sentence starts with ‘Let’ and expresses some proposal or suggestion, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘proposed to’ or suggested to and ‘that …. should’ be used in place of ‘that’.

But, if the ‘Let’ convey (ସୂଚିତ କରାଏ) the sense (ଅର୍ଥ) or ‘allow’ or ‘persuade’, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘ordered’ or requested.

Now consider the following examples :
(i) The master said to the servant, “Post the letter at once.” (Direct/Order)
The master ordered (ଆଦେଶ ଦେଲେ) the servant to post (to + main verb) the letter at once. (Indirect).

(ii) Father said to me, “Work hard for your examination”. (Direct / Advice)
Father advised me to work hard for my examination. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, :Attack the enemy post at once”. (Direct/Command)
The commander commanded the soldiers to attack the enemy post at once. (Indirect)

(iv) Father said to me, “Beware (ସତର୍କ ରହ) of fairweather (ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥପର) friends”. (Direct/ warning)
Father warned me to beware of fairweather friends. (Indirect)

(v) The girl said to the class teacher, “Please grant me a day’s leave”. (Indirect / Request)
The girl requested the class teacher to grant her a day’s leave. (Indirect)

(vi) I said to my brother, “Let’s open a shop”. (Direct / Suggestion)
I suggested (or proposed) my brother that we should open shop. (Indirect)

But
⇒ The headmaster said to the peon, “Let the boy come in”. (ବାଳକକୁ ଭିତରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (Direct / Order)
The headmaster ordered the peon that the boy might be allowed to come in. (Indirect)

⇒ Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work”. (Direct / Request)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(D) Exclamatory Sentence
When a sentence expresses a sudden feeling of joy, sorrow, surprise or admiration etc., it is said to be exclamatory sentence, (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ହଠାତ୍ ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିର ଆଦେଶ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ‘ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ’ କୁହାଯାଏ।)

1. Now Look at the following chart:

The words of Exclamation Gives the sense of ‘said to’ should be changed into
(ବିସ୍ମୟାଦି ଶବ୍ଦବିଶେଷ)
Alas ! (ଆହାଃ)
(ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ)
sorrow (ଦୁଃଖ)
 

exclaimed (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ଗଲା)
with sorrow

Hurrah ! (ହୁରେ…) joy (ଆନନ୍ଦ) exclaimed with joy
Sorry ! (ଦୁଃଖତ) Regret (ଅନୁତାପଜନିତ ଦୁଃଖ) exclaimed with regret
Bravo ! (ସାବାସ୍) Applaud (ପ୍ରଶଂସା) applauded (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରି କହିଲେ)

2. ‘What’ or ‘How’ changes into ‘Very’ or ‘Great’.
3. The Inverted commas are replaced by ‘that’.

⇒ Study the following examples :
(i) They said, “Hurrah! We have won the match”. (Direct)
They exclaimed with joy that they had won the match. (Indirect)

(ii) The old miser said, “Alas ! I am undone !” (ମୋର ସର୍ବନାଶ ହୋଇଗଲା !)
The old man exclaimed with sorrow that he was undone. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, “Bravo ! You fought bravely. (Direct)
The commander applauded the soldiers saying that they had fought bravely. (Indirect)

(iv) I said to him, “What a fool you are !” (Direct)
I exclaimed that he was a great fool. (Indirect)

(v) She said, “How lovely the child is !” (Direct)
She said that the child was very lovely. (Indirect)

(E) OPERATIVE TYPE Follow the following rules :
1. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
[In the case of Good morning, Good noonm, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.]

2. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘bade’ (ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
[In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.]

3. If the sentence conveys (ଜଣାଏ) some desire (କାମନା) (i.e. ‘would that’ / ‘O that!’, ‘If!’ etc.) ‘said to’ is changed into wished or prayed.

See the following examples :
(i) Rama said to me, “Good morning! (Direct)
Rama wished me good morning. (Indirect)

(ii) He said, “Goodbye, friends!” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

(iii) The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress !” (Direct)
The young man wished that the could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

(iv) The drunkard (ମଦୁଆ) said, “O for a drop of wine !” (Direct)
The drunkard wished for a drop of wine. (Indirect)

(v) The saint (ଋଷି) said to the girl, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The saint wished that she might live long. (Indirect)

(vi) She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!” (Direct)
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Direct and Indirect Speech Additional Questions With Answers

Complete the sentences.

1. The teacher said that _________.
Answer:
the earth goes round the sun.

2. He asked me _________.
Answer:
where I lived.

3. She asked her mother _________.
Answer:
how she felt.

4. Galileo proved that _________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

5. Newton opined that _________.
Answer:
every action has equal and opposite reaction.

6. The commander commanded the soldiers _________.
Answer:
to march ahead.

7. Minu requested her friend _________.
Answer:
to give her a pen.

8. Mother reminded father _________.
Answer:
to take his medicine in time.

9. Mother warned the child _________.
Answer:
not to play with fire.

10. My friend wished me _________.
Answer:
good luck.

Rewrite the sentences in Indirect Speech.

1. My father said “ I go for a morning walk everyday”.
Answer:
My father said that he goes for a morning walk everyday.

2. The teacher said, “Oil floats on water”.
Answer:
The teacher said that oil floats on water.

3. He said, “ Marconi invented radio”.
Answer:
He said that Marconi invented radio.

4. Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born”.
Answer:
Rabi said to me that he knew where I was born.

5. She said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
She said that those were her toys.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

6. He said, “I collected the pebbles at the seashore”.
Answer:
He said that he had collected the pebbles at the seashore.

7. She said to me, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need”.
Answer:
She told me that she would help me in the hour of my need.

8. I thought, “There must be some mistake”.
Answer:
I thought that there must be some mistake.

9. My friend said, “I was playing the piano every morning”.
Answer:
My friend said that he had been playing the piano every morning,

10. She said, “I must go soon”.
Answer:
She said that she would have to go soon.

11. He said, “I bought a pen for my sister”.
Answer:
He said that he had bought a pen for his sister,

12. My friend said to me, “When did you return home ?”
Answer:
My friend asked me when I had returned home.

13. She said, “What happened” ?
Answer:
She asked what had happened.

14. He said, “Who lives next door ?”
Answer:
He asked who lived next door.

15. Rahim said to me, “ Do you know him ?”
Answer:
Rahim asked me if/whether I knew him.

16. Rakesh said, “I must go to the library today”.
Answer:
Rakesh told that he had to go to the library that day.

17. Reshma said, “I shall be sitting here tomorrow.”
Answer:
Reshma said thatshe would be sitting there the next day.

18. He said, “Everybody stood up when the guest arrived”.
Answer:
He said that everybody stood up when the guest arrived.

19. He said, “I bought the house because it was on the main road”.
Answer:
He told that he had bought the house because it was on the main road.

20. She said, “I was reading ten hours a day”.
Answer:
She said that she was/had been reading ten hours a day.

21. He said, “ I had been reading a lot in my teens”.
Answer:
He Said that he had been reading a lot in his teens.

22. “You must eat all the cakes,” mother told us.
Answer:
Mother told us that we had to eat all the cakes.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

23. “He must be ill,” his friend said.
Answer:
His friend said that he must be ill.

24. He said, “Is it raining heavily ?”
Answer:
He asked if it was raining heavily.

25. He said, “Shall I open the window ?”
Answer:
He asked if he would open the window.

26. The teacher said, “Where was Alexander born ?”
Answer:
The teacher asked/wanted to know where Alexander was born.

27. Mother said to father, “Remember to bring your umbrella”.
Answer:
Mother reminded father to bring his umbrella.

28. Mother said to me, “Don’t keep late hours”.
Answer:
Mother advised me not to keep late hours.

29. He said, “Let’s stop here”.
Answer:
He suggested stopping there / He suggested that we should stop there

30. The teacher said, “Don’t move, boys”.
Answer:
The teacher told the boys not to move.

31. Mother said to the child, “ Don’t touch fire”.
Answer:
Mother warned the child not to touch the fire.

32. The commander said to the soldiers, “March on”.
Answer:
The commander commanded/ordered the soldiers to march on.

33. Dhoni said to Kohli, “Congratulations”.
Answer:
Dhoni congratulated Kohli

34. He said, “How foolish you are !”
Answer:
He said that I was very foolish

35. My friend said, “Good morning”.
Answer:
My friend wished me a good moming/my friend greeted me.

36. Babul said to Ashish, “Would you mind helping me ?”
Answer:
Babul requested Ashish to help him.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

37. He said, “Hello! Where do you live?”
Answer:
He greeted me and asked where I lived.

38. The priest said, “May God save the poor”.
Answer:
The priest prayed that God might save the poor

39. He said, “Alas! The poor old man is dead”.
Answer:
He exclaimed in sorrow that the poor old man was dead.

40. He said, “ Good luck”.
Answer:
He wished me good luck.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Look at the following sentences. [ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖ ।]

1. Look at this picture. (ଏହି ଛବିଟିକୁ ଚାହଁ ।)
2. Egg doesn’t agree with me. (ଅଣ୍ଡା ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
3. The birds flew away. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉଡ଼ିଗଲେ ।)
4. I have run out of money. (ମୋ ପାଖରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ଶେଷ ହୋଇ ଆସିଲାଣି ।)

In the above sentences, the underlined words are two-word Verbs or Phrasal Verbs. [ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦସବୁ two-word Verbs ବା Phrasal Verbs ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।]

1. What is a Phrasal Verb?
A Main Verb combined with a preposition or adverb particle is called a Phrasal Verb. [ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ (preposition) ବା adverb particle ର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଗଠିତ two-word verb କୁ Phrasal Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।]

A Phrasal Verb has a new and different meaning from what we mean by a simple main verb. [ଏକ Phrasal Verb ର ଏକ ନୂଆ ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, ଯାହାକି ସେଇ Phrasal Verb ରେ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର ଅର୍ଥଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ।]
Examples :
Using the Simple main verb ‘put’. [ଏକ ସରଳ ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା ‘put? ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦ୍ଵାରା]
(i) He put up in the hostel. (ସେ ହଷ୍ଟେଲରେ ରହିଲା ।)
(ii) The tail-enders put up a brave fight in the match against Australia. (ଅଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଲିଆ ଖେଳରେ ଶେଷଧାଡ଼ିର ବ୍ୟାଟ୍ସମ୍ୟାନ୍‌ମାନେ ଏକ ଲଢ଼ୁଆ ଖେଳ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ ।)
(iii) Mitali has put up a beautiful picture on the wall. (ମିତାଲି କାନ୍ଥରେ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଚିତ୍ର ଟଙ୍ଗାଇଛି ।)
(iv) They put up a play in the village. (ସେମାନେ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ଏକ ନାଟକ ମଞ୍ଚସ୍ଥ କଲେ ।)
(v) The students put up a tough question to the teacher. (ପିଲାମାନେ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ।)

Difference between a Preposition and an Adverb Particle in the Phrasal Verb (Phrasal verb ରେ ଏକ Preposition ଓ ଏକ Adverb particle ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ )
‘Preposition’ is before an object (noun or pronoun) but an adverb particle has no object after the verb. (Noun ବା pronoun ରୂପକ object ପୂର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Adverb particle ର verb ପରେ object ନଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) Look at this picture. [at = preposition, this picture = object (noun phrase)
(ii) Egg doesn’t agree with me. [with = preposition, me = object (pronoun)]
(iii) The birds flew away. [away = adverb particle, (no object)]
(iv) Prices have come down. [down = adverb particle(no object)]

Structures of Phrasal Verbs:
(a) Verb + Adverb + Particles Examples:
(i) The children sat down.
(ii) The thief ran away. (ଦୌଡ଼ି ପଳାଇଲା)
(iii) Please come in (ଭିତରକୁ ଆସ).
(iv) The light went out (was extinguished, ଲିଭିଗଲା).
(v) The plane took off (left the ground, ଉଡ଼ାଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା).
(vi) How are you getting on (making progress, ଉନ୍ନତି କରୁଛେ) now?
(vii) The car has broken down (stopped working, ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଛି).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(b) Verb + Adverb Particle + Object
Examples:
(i) Take off (remove, କାଢ଼ି ଦିଅ) your hat.
(ii) Call in (summon, ଡକାଅ) the doctor.
(iii) He won’t give up (stop, ଛାଡ଼ିବ ନାହିଁ) his bad habits.

(c) Verb + Adverb Particle + Prepositional Particle
Examples:
(i) She puts up with (bears patiently, ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସହିତ ସହି ନେଉଛନ୍ତି) a lot of trouble from her neighbors.
(ii) We want to do away with ଲୋପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ) the dowry system (ଯୌତୁକ ପ୍ରଥା).
(iii) Don’t look down on (have a low opinion of, ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ) the poor.
(iv) Will you stand up for (support, ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବ କି ?) me?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 1

Transitive Phrasal Verbs (with object) :
Examples:
Intransitive Phrasal Verbs
(i) My brother is looking for his book. (his job : Object) (ମୋ ଭାଇ ତା’ ବହି ଖୋଜୁଛି ।)
(ii) Suresh took off (removed, ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଦେଲା) his clothes. (his clothes: Object)

Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (without object):
(i) The machine broke down (ଅଚଳ ହୋଇଗଲା).
(ii) The plane will take off (ଉଡ଼ାଣ କରିବ) now.

Particles with various meanings :
1. Up ( = completely)
Fill up with petrol ( ଭର୍ତ୍ତିକର).
The prices of vegetables are going up (ବଢୁଛି).

2. Down (= completely to the ground)
They knocked down the building (ଧରାଶାୟୀ କଲେ).
Cut down the tree.
(= decreasing) : He turned the TV down. (ଶବ୍ଦ କମାଇ ଦେଲା)
Will the government bring down the prices? ( କମାଇବେ, ହ୍ରାସକରିବେ)

3. Over (= from start to finish)
I thought the problem over. ( ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତା କରି)

4. On (= connect) Switch on the lights. (ଜଳାଅ)
(=continue) Hold on, please. (ଫୋନଟି ଧରିରଖ)
Carry on (ଚାଲୁରଖ) the work.

5. Off(=departing)
The thief ran off. (ପଳାୟନ କଲା)
The pain is wearing off. ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦୂରେଇ ଯାଉଛି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

6. Out (=disappearing)
Mother washed out the dirt. (ଧୋଇ ଛଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)
Cross out the mistakes. (ଛକି ପକାଅ)
(=completely) : Work out the sums. (ପୂରାପୂରି କଷିଦିଅ ।)
(=aloud) The teacher called out the names. (ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ଡ଼ାକିଲେ)
I read out the letter to him. (ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ପଢ଼ି ଶୁଣାଇଲି ।)

Let’s look at the phrasal verbs made with the verb ‘BREAK’ and ‘TAKE’ :

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 2

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 3

Some Common Phrasal Verbs 
I. Transitive Phrasal Verbs [ Verb + Particle + Object]

1. abide by [to act according to law](ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା)
A good citizen must abide by the traffic rules.
(ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

2. account for [to explain the cause of something](କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା)
His illness accounts for his absence. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ସେ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତ ଅଟେ ।)

3. agree with [to suit somebody’s health] (ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟପ୍ରତି ଅନୁକୂଳ ହେବା)
Fish doesn’t agree with me. (ମାଛ ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

4. bank on [to depend on] (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
I bank on my teachers for my study. (ମୋ ପାଠ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଶିକ୍ଷକମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. break into [to enter by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା)
The thieves broke into our house last night.
(ଗତକାଲି ରାତିରେ ଚୋରମାନେ ଆମ ଘରେ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ ।)

6. call on [to visit someone](ଦେଖା କରିବା)
I called on my headmaster to thank him.
( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକଲି ।)

7. go into [to examine /investigate in detail] (ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା/ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
You should go into the problem before coming to any conclusion.
(ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ତୁମେ ସମସ୍ୟା ବିଷୟରେ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ଜାଣିନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)

8.(a) go through [to experience something unpleasant] (କୌଣସି ଅସୁଖୀକର ଅନୁଭୂତିର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବା)
They have gone through a lot of suffering. (ସେମାନେ ଅନେକ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

(b) [to read/ use/ spend/ eat all of something] (ମୂଳରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପଢ଼ିବା। ସବୁକିଛି ଖାଇ ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା/ସବୁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଦେବା)
Have you gone through the Ramayan ? (ତୁମେ ରାମାୟଣକୁ ଆମୂଳଚୂଳ ପଢ଼ିଛ କି ?)

9. keep off [to avoid something/ somebody] (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି/ଜିନିଷଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
You should keep off bad company. (ତୁମେ ଖରାପ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

10. keep on [to continue doing something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା)
We kept on working long after the evening. (ସଂଧ୍ୟାପରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁରଖିଲୁ ।)

11. laugh at [to mock at somebody/something] (ଥଟ୍ଟା କରିବା)
Don’t laugh at the poor. (ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପରିହାସ | ଥଟ୍ଟା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

12. look after [to take care of somebody / something] (ଯତ୍ନନେବା)
Who is looking after the sick man ? (କିଏ ଏହି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଯତ୍ନ ନେଉଛି ? )

13. look upon [to consider somebody] (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା)
I look upon Reeta as my own sister. (ମୁଁ ରୀତାକୁ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚନା କରେ।)
We look upon Madhusudan Utkal Gaurav.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମଧୁସୂଦନଙ୍କୁ ଉତ୍କଳ ଗୌରବ ରୂପେ ବିବେଚନା କରୁ ।)

14. send for [to ask someone to come](ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇବା)
We sent for a doctor when my mother was ill.
(ମା’ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜଣେ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇଲୁ ।)

15. stand by [to help and support some one in difficulties ] (ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଜଣକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
My parents stand by me during my difficulties.
(ମୋର ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୋର ବାପାମା’ ମୋତେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।)

16. look into [to investigate](ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା)
The police are looking into the murder case. (ପୋଲିସ୍‌ମାନେ ହତ୍ୟାକାଣ୍ଡର ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

17. make for [to move towards some place](ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେବା)
The children are making for school. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

18. come across/upon [ to meet someone/ something by chance] (ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଭେଟ ହୋଇଯିବା| ହଠାତ୍ କିଛି ଲାଭ କରିବା)
I came across an old friend in the market.
(ବଜାରରେ ମୋର ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣେ ପୁରୁଣା ବନ୍ଧୁ ସହିତ ଦେଖା ହୋଇଗଲା ।)

19. hit on [ to think of a good idea suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ଚିନ୍ତା ପାଞ୍ଚବା)
At last the rabbit hit on an idea to outwit the lion.
( ସିଂହକୁ ବୋକା ବନେଇବା ପାଇଁ ଠେକୁଆ ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ଉପାୟ ପାଞ୍ଚିଲା ।)

20. come over [strong feelings affecting somebody] (ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିବା/ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିବା)
A great change came over Ashok after the Kalinga war.
(କଳିଙ୍ଗ ଯୁଦ୍ଧପରେ ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖାଗଲା ।)

II. Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (ଅକର୍ମକ) [Verb + Particle]
1. break down [ to lose control of one’s feelings](ନିଜ ଉପରୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା)
The woman broke down on hearing her only son’s death.

2. break out [to begin and spread suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ବ୍ୟାପିଯିବା– ରୋଗ, ନିଆଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
The fire broke out at midnight. (ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ ନିଆଁ ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା ।)

3. come about [ to happen](ଘଟିବା)
How did the accident come about ? (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଟି କିପରି ଘଟିଲା ?)

4. come out [ to be visible / to appear](ଦେଖାଯିବା)
The sun comes out in the morning. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସକାଳେ ବାହାରି ଆସେ ।)

5. fall out [to quarrel](କଳି କରିବା)
The two brothers fell out and came to blows. (ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ କଳି କଲେ ଓ ମୁଥ ମରାମରି କଲେ ।)

6. give in [to surrender] (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା)
The soldiers fought on but finally gave in.
(ସୈନ୍ୟମାନେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରିଥିଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଶେଷରେ ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କଲେ ।)

7. go out [ to stop burning](ଜଳିବା ବନ୍ଦ ହେବା |ଲିଭିଯିବା)
The fire has gone out. (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭି ଯାଇଛି ।)

8. take off [ to leave ground, plane]( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜ ଭୂମି ଛାଡ଼ିବା)
When will the flight take off ? ( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି କେତେବେଳେ ଘାଟି ଛାଡ଼ିବ ?)

9. pass away [dic](ମରିଯିବା)
His father passed away at the age of eighty. (ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଅଶୀ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ ଦେହତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ।)

10. fall through [fail to be implemented] (ଯୋଜନା ଆଦି ଅସଫଳ ହେବା)
All his plans to go abroad fell through due to his father’s sudden demise. ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାହାର ବିଦେଶ ଯିବାର ସମସ୍ତ ଯୋଜନା ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା ।)
(ତାଙ୍କ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଅକାଳ ମୃତ୍ୟୁ

11. hold on [to wait](ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
Please hold on; I’ll call my father. (ଦୟାକରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର; ମୁଁ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଡାକୁଛି ।)

12. set in [season/ weather begin and continue] (ଋତୁ, ପାଗ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଜାରି ରହିବା)
Winter has set in. (ଶୀତଋତୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

13. turn up [come to / arrive at a meeting / assembly](ସଭା/ ସମ୍ମିଳନୀରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
Only a few students turned up for the meeting. (କେବଳ ଅଳ୍ପ କେତେଜଣ ପିଲା ସଭାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ।)

14. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes. ( ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଣ୍ଟିଲେ ।)

15. die away [sound becoming slow and weak](ଶବ୍ଦ| କାକଳୀ ଆଦି କମି ଆସିବା)
The noise the spectators died away. (ଦର୍ଶକମାନଙ୍କର ଧ୍ଵନି କମି ଆସିଲା ।)

16.go up [price becoming more]( ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେବା)
The price of essential commodities has gone up.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଜିନିଷଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଛି ।)

17. go down [price beginning to be less](ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
The price of rice has gone down. (ଚାଉଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କମିଯାଇଛି।)

18. wear out [to become thin / weak through constant use] (ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗୁଁ କ୍ଷୟ ହୋଇଯିବା)
My shoes have worn out. (ମୋ ଜୋତା ଛିଣ୍ଡିଗଲାଣି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

19. get up [to leave bed after sleeping](ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
When will the child get up ? (ପିଲାଟି କେତେବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିବ ?)

20. look out [to be careful] (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
Look out ! There might be a snake.
( ସତର୍କ ରୁହ ! ଏଠାରେ ସାପଟିଏ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)

III (A) Verb + Object + Particle
1. answer back [to reply rudely] (ନିଷ୍ଠୁରଭାବରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବା)
It is not proper to answer your parents back.(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କୁ ନିଷ୍ଠୁର ଭାବରେ ଜବାବ ଦେବା ଭଲ ନୁହେଁ ।)

2. count….in [ to include](ସାମିଲ କରିବା)
If you are going on a picnic, please count me in.
(ଯଦି ତୁମେ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯାଉଛ, ଦୟାକରି ମୋତେ ସାମିଲ କରିବ ।)

3. see….through [ to help somebody during difficult times(ଅସୁବିଧା ସମୟରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
Her courage saw her through during hard times. (her-object)
(ତାହାର ସାହସ ଅସୁବିଧା ବେଳେ ତାକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ।)

4. take….for [to consider somebody wrongly](ଜଣକୁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧରି ନେବା)
My friend took my aunt for my mother. (my aunt = object)
(ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମୋ ମାଇଁଙ୍କୁ ଭୁଲ ଭାବରେ ମୋ ମା’ ରୂପେ ଧରିନେଲେ ।)

5. tear….away [to leave something unwillingly] (ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ସତ୍ତ୍ଵେ କୌଣସି ଜାଣିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
I have to tear myself away from the TV to study.
(ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ ମୋତେ ଟିଭି ଦେଖାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ।)

6. tell …..apart (ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦେଖାଇବା)
You can’t tell the two brothers apart. (the two brothers= object)
(ତୁମେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ବାରି ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. tell….off [to scold/ tell angrily] (ଗାଳିଦେବା/ ଖରାପ ଭାଷାରେ କହିବା)
The teacher told Raju off for not doing his homework.
(ଘରପଢ଼ା କରି ନଥୁବାରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରାଜୁକୁ ଗାଳି ଦେଲେ ।)

III (B) Verb + Particle + Object କିମ୍ବା, Verb + Object + Particle
1. blow up [to destroy something by an explosion] (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣ ଘଟାଇ ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା)
The terrorists blew up the bridge.(ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ ପୋଲଟିକୁ ଉଡ଼ାଇଦେଲେ ।)

2. bring about [cause to happen] (ଘଟାଇବା। ଘଟଣାର କାରଣ ହେବା)
Education has brought about many changes in society.
(ଶିକ୍ଷା ସମାଜରେ ଅନେକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିପାରିଛି ।)

3. bring down [lower prices / aeroplanes] (ଦରଦାମ୍/ ଉଡ଼ାଜାହଜ ଖସାଇବା | ନିମ୍ନମୁଖୀ ହେବା ।)
The pilot brought down the plane. (ଉଡାଜାହାଜଟିକୁ ପାଇଲଟ୍‌ ତଳକୁ ଖସାଇଲେ ।)
Good harvest has brought down the prices of vegetables.

4. bring out [to publish] (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା)
I am going to bring out a new book this week.
(ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୁଁ ଏକ ନୂତନ ପୁସ୍ତକଟିଏ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବି ।)

5. bring up [to educate/ take care of a child] (ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା; ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା )
We should bring up children with care. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯତ୍ନରେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

6. call off [to cancel] (ରଦ୍ଦ କରିବା/ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିନେବା)
The strike was called off. (ଧର୍ମଘଟ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ହେଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

7. carry on [to continue] (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା)
We carried on working till the end. (ଶେଷ ହେବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁରଖୁଲୁ ।)

8. carry out
(a)[to do something that you have been told to do] (ଆଦେଶ/ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କରିବା)
I carried out the instructions of my parents. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କଲି ।).
(b) [to do a particular piece of work] (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବା )
The construction of this building was carried out last year.

9. close down [close permanently] (ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
We closed down the factory after a fire. (ଅଗ୍ନିକାଣ୍ଡ ପରେ ଆମେ କାରଖାନାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ ।)

10. cut down [to reduce an amount of something] (କିଛିର ପରିମାଣ ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା)
We cut down our expenses after our father’s retirement.
(ପିତାଙ୍କ ଅବସର ପରେ ଆମେ ଆମର ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକାଟ କରୁ ।)

11. cut off [to stop the supply of something] (ଯୋଗାଣ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା| ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେବା)
Electricity was cut off after the cyclone. (ବାତ୍ୟାପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେଲା ।)

12. do up [to make something attractive by repair, painting or make-up.]
(ପରିଷ୍କାର କରିବା| ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ କରିବା)
We did up our houses before our sister’s marriage ceremony.
(ଆମେ ଆମର ଘରକୁ ଭଉଣୀର ବିଭାଘର ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସୁସଜ୍ଜିତ କଲୁ ।)

13. find out [to know something by enquiry] (ଖୋଜି ବାହାର କରିବା )
Please find out the date of our annual examination from the notice board.

14. fix up [to arrange something to happen] (କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
We have fixed up the meeting for the next week.(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ସଭା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛୁ ।)

15. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିଦେବା। ଦେଇଦେବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes.(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିତରଣ କଲେ ।)

16. give up [to stop doing something] (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା| କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
I have given up smoking. Don’t give up hopes. (ଆଶା ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କର ନାହିଁ ।)

17. hold up [to obstruct] (ଅଟକାଇବା| ଧରି ରଖୁବା)
A marriage procession held up the traffic for long hours.

18. keep up [to keep something at a high level] (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା )
We must try to keep up the honour of our school.
(ଆମ ସ୍କୁଲର ସମ୍ମାନ ଲାଗି ଆମେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା ଅବ୍ୟାହତ ରଖିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

19. knock down [to hit somebody and make him fall to the ground] (ଧକ୍କା / ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ତଳେ ପକାଇ ଦେବା)
A car knocked my sister down.(ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀକୁ ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେଲା ।)

20. lay down [to state a plan officially] ( ଯୋଜନା ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବା)
We laid down the plan of our journey and went ahead accordingly.
(ଆମେ ଏକ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କଲୁ ଏବଂ ତଦନୁସାରେ ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେଲୁ ।)

21. lay by [to save something for future use] (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା। ସାଇତି ରଖୁବା)
Everyone must lay something by for their old age.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ବାର୍ଦ୍ଧକ୍ୟ ନିମିତ୍ତ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

22. let down [to disappoint somebody by not doing something well]
(ଜଣକ ପାଇଁ କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନକରି ଶେଷରେ ହତାଶ କରିବା)
I let down my parents with my poor results.
( ମୁଁ ମୋର ଖରାପ ଫଳାଫଳରେ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କୁ ନିରାଶ କଲି ।)

23. look up [to search for something in a dictionary or a book of reference]
(ପୁସ୍ତକ ଖୋଲି ସେଥୁରୁ କିଛି ଦେଖିବା| ଜାଣିବା)
Please look up the word in a dictionary.
(ଦୟାକରି ଅଭିଧାନରୁ ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଦେଖ ।)

24. make out [to hear/ understand someone with difficulty]
(କଷ୍ଟରେ କିଛି ଶୁଣିବା | ବୁଝିପାରିବା ବା ଜାଣିବା)
I can hardly make out what you say. (ସେ କ’ଣ କହେ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟ ବୁଝିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

25. make up [to replace some lost thing] (ଭରଣା କରିବା | (କ୍ଷତି) ପୂରଣ କରିବା)
We must work hard to make up the lost hours.
(ବରବାଦ କରିଥିବା ସମୟକୁ ଭରଣା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

26. pack up [to stop working] (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
It’s getting darker. We should pack up and go home.
(ଅନ୍ଧାର ମାଡ଼ିଆସୁଛି । ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରି ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ସଜାଡିବା ଉଚିତ ଓ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

27. pick out [to choose] (ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା | ବାଛିବା)
We picked out the best players for our cricket team.

28. point out [to direct attention to something] (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କରିବା; ଦେଖାଇଦେବା)
The teacher pointed out the errors. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖାଇଦେଲେ ।)

29. pull down [to destroy] (ନଷ୍ଟ | ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେବା)
We pulled down the old building to build a new one.
(ନୂଆ କୋଠାଘର ନିର୍ମାଣପାଇଁ ଆମେ ପୁରାତନ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକାକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରୁ ।)

30. put down
(a) [to write down] (ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା/ ଟିପି ରଖୁବା)
Put down your request on a piece of paper. (ଖଣ୍ଡେ କାଗଜରେ ତୁମର ଦାବି ଲେଖ ।)
(b) [to suppress] (ଦମନ କରିବା)
The riot was put down firmly. (ଦଙ୍ଗାକୁ ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ଦମନ କରାଗଲା ।)

31. put on [to wear something] (ବସ୍ତ୍ର ଆଦି ପରିଧାନ କରିବା)
Put on warm clothes before going out in the cold. (ବାହାରେ ଥଣ୍ଡାରେ ଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଗରମ ପୋଷାକ ପିନ୍ଧ ।)

32. put off [to keep something for a later date] (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମୟକୁ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
Don’t put off today’s work for tomorrow.

33. put out [to stop something burning] (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭାଇ ଦେବା)
The firemen put out the fire with water. (ନିଆଁଲିଭାଳି ପାଣିରେ ନିଆଁକୁ ଲିଭାଇଲେ ।)

34. rule out [to stop/ exclude something as a possibility]
(ବନ୍ଦ ରଖ୍ / ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ କିଛି ବାଦ୍ କରିଦେବା)
It may rain today. The possibility of cricket match cannot be ruled out.

35. run over [to hit somebody and drive over it] (ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ଗାଡ଼ି ମାଡ଼ିଯିବା)
The speeding car ran over a street dog.

36. see off [to go to a railway station, bus-stop or airport to say goodbye to somebody]
I went to the station to see off my friends. ( ମୁଁ ମୋ ବନ୍ଧୁମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

37. set up [to start business or an institution] (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ | ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା )
I plan to set up a business after I pass out matriculation.
(ମାଟ୍ରିକୁଲେସନ୍ ପାସ୍ କରିବା ପରେ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ଯୋଜନା କରୁଛି ।)

38. show off [to show something to others that you are proud of] (ଦେଖେଇ ହେବା)
Children like to show off their toys to others. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଖେଳଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ।)

39. take over [to take charge of another person’s work] (ଅନ୍ୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାତକୁ ନେବା/କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାର ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
The new headmaster took over charge from the old headmaster.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କଠାରୁ ନୂତନ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ।)

40. take off [to remove dress etc.] (ପୋଷାକ ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କାଢ଼ିବା)
We take off shoes before entering temples.
(ମନ୍ଦିର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମେ ଜୋତା କାଢୁ ।)

41. turn down [to reject an offer / request] (ଅନୁରୋଧ | ଦାନ ଆଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିବା)
(a) The government turned down the employee’s request for a pay revision.
(b) Who can turn down such a good job ? (କିଏ ଏଭଳି ଭଲ ଚାକିରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିପାରେ ?)

42. turn on [to switch on a machine or light] (ଆଲୋକ ଜଳାଇବା । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଚଳାଇବା)
Please turn on the generator. (ଦୟାକରି ଜେନେରେଟର୍‌ ଚଳାଅ ।)

43. use up [to use all of something so that nothing is left] (ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶେଷ କରିଦେବା)
I have used up all the petrol in my car. (ମୁଁ ମୋ କାର୍‌ରେ ଥିବା ସବୁ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ସାରି ଦେଇଛି ।)

44. wipe up [to destroy something completely] (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେବା, ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ କରିଦେବା)
Many villages were wiped out in the last super cyclone.
(ଗତ ମହାବାତ୍ୟାରେ ଅନେକ ଗାଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)

45. work out [solve a problem / sum / puzzle] (ସମସ୍ୟା/ ଅଙ୍କ | ଧନ୍ଦା ସମାଧାନ କରିଦେବା/ ବୁଝିପାରିବା/
Only intelligent students can work out this sum. (କେବଳ ବୁଦ୍ଧିମାନ ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ଏ ଅଙ୍କଟିକୁ କଷିପାରିବେ ।)

IV Verb + Adverb particle + Preposition + Object (Phrasal Prepositional Verbs)
1. break out of [ to escape by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
Some prisoners broke out of the jail. (କେତେକ ବନ୍ଦୀ ଜେଲରୁ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇଲେ ।)

2. come out of [to develop from something] (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣା। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବା)
Something good will come out of hard abour. (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବ ।)

3. do away with [ to stop doing/having something] (କୁସଂସ୍କାର ଆଦି ଲୋପ କରିବା )
Lord William Bentinck did away with the Sati system.
(ଲର୍ଡ଼ ଉଇଲିୟମ୍ ବେଣ୍ଟିକ୍ ‘ସତୀ ପ୍ରଥା’ ଉଠାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।)

4. fall back on [to seek support/ help during adversary condition]
( ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ସମର୍ଥନ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
I always fall back on my friends during difficulties.
(ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସର୍ବଦା ବଂଧୁମାନଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. get on with [to make progress with something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଆଗେଇ ଯିବା)
Are you getting on with your new job ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ନୂଆ ଚାକିରିରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଛ ତ ?)

6. go back on [to fail to keep a promise](ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରିଯିବା)
Please don’t go back on your promise.
(ଦୟାକରି ତୁମର ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରି ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

7. live upto [to perform as expected] (ଆଶାନୁରୂପେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା)
I am trying my level best to live upto my parent’s expectation.
(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କର ଆଶା ପୂରଣ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଯତ୍‌ପରୋନାସ୍ତି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛି ।)

8. look down on [ to consider others with contempt] (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
Never look down on/ upon the poor. (କେବେହେଲେ ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

9. put up with [ to tolerate] ( ସହିବା)
Nobody will put up with his misbehaviour.
(କେହି ତାଙ୍କର ଅଭଦ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସହିବେ ନାହିଁ ।)

10. run out of [to use all of something] (ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା)
We have run out of all our food grains.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭର ଖାଦ୍ୟଶସ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛୁ ।)

Use of ‘Pronouns’ :

Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ) Pronouns(Object)(ସର୍ବନାମ)
Single male
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ )
Him
Singular female
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ)
Her
Singular thing/animal
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ବସ୍ତୁ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ)
It
Plural things/animals/persons
(ବହୁ ବଚନରେ ବସ୍ତୁ/ ପ୍ରାଣୀ| ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
Them

1. I saw off my uncle at the station.
Answer:
I saw him of fat the station, (him = pronoun)

2. Please take of your shoes before entering the temple.
Answer:
Please take them off before (them =pronoun)

3. Uncle has brought up my sister.
Answer:
Uncle has brought her up. (her = pronoun)

4. Please give up smoking or you will contract cancer.
Answer:
Please give it up or you will contract cancer, (it= pronoun)

5. The terrorists blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The terrorists blew it up. (it=pronoun)

Activity – 1

In some sentences given below the particles can be separated from the verb and put after the noun phrase (the object). Find out such sentences and rewrite them with the particles after the objects. Write NS (not separable) against the sentences where particles cannot be separated.
Examples:
1. I depend on you. (NS)
2. He turned off the light.
Answer:
He turned the light off.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

1. She is looking for a good dress.
Answer:
She is looking for (ଚାହୁଁଛି ) a good dress. (NS)

2. The enemy blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The enemy blew up the bridge.
Or, The enemy blew the bridge up. (up = particle, the bridge = noun phrase = object.

3. The police are looking into the matter.
Answer:
The police are looking into (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛି) the matter. (NS)

4. Take off your shoes before coming in.
Answer:
Take off your shoes before coming in.
Or, Take your shoes off before coming in. (off = particle, your shoes = noun phrase or object)

5. I called on an old friend yesterday.
Answer:
I called on (6) an old friend yesterday. (NS)

6. You should keep up your honour.
Answer:
You should keep up your honour (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା ଉଚିତ) (NS)

7. Can I count on your help during difficulties?
Answer:
Can I count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିପାରେ) your help during difficulties? (NS)

8. The government put down the revolt firmly.
Answer:
The government put down the revolt (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ ଦମନକଲେ) firmly.(NS)

9. The child hit on a plan to escape punishment.
Answer:
The child hit on (ଉପାୟ ବାହାରକଲା) a plan to escape punishment. (ଦଣ୍ଡରୁ ମୁକୁଳିବା ପାଇଁ) (NS)

10. We called off the strike after an agreement.
Answer:
We called off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ କରିଦେଲୁ) the strike (ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ) after an agreement.
Or, We called the strike off after an agreement. (the strike = noun phrase / object, off = particle)

Activity – 2

Replace the noun phrases in italics by an appropriate pronoun and use it in the right place.
Examples: We saw our friends at the airport.
Answer: We saw them off. ( ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲୁ)

1. Can you pick out the correct answers?
Answer:
Can you pick them out. (ବାଛିପାରିବ)

2. We have pointed out many mistakes.
Answer:
We have pointed them out. (ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

3. It is time to wind up the speech.
Answer:
It is time to wind it out. (ଶେଷକରିବା)

4. The soldiers pulled down the fort.
Answer:
The soldiers pulled it down. (ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେଲେ)

5. Can you carry on this work a little longer?
Answer:
Can you carry it on a little longer? (ଆଗେଇ ଦେଇ ପାରିବ)

6. They threw away all the useless things.
Answer:
They threw them away. (ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେଲେ)

7. We closed down our business as it was not profitable.
Answer:
We closed it down as it wasn’t profitable (ଆରାମଦାୟକ) (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ)

8. You must lay by apart of your income for future use.
Answer:
You must lay it by. (ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ)

9. Please look up the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look it up. (ଅଭିଧାନରେ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର ।)

10. They have ruled out any change in his behaviour.
Answer:
They have ruled it out. (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିଛନ୍ତି)

Activity – 3

Complete the sentences using the phrasal verbs and the objects in the appropriate places.
Put the verbs given in brackets into the correct tenses:
Examples:
(i) I will __________________ after lunch, (call back / you)
Answer:
I will call you back after lunch.

(ii) It’s a trick. Only a fool will ________________. (fall for / it)
Answer:
Only a fool will fall for it.

1. I _____________ on my way to school, (came across / a strange animal)
Answer:
I came across (ହଠାତ୍ ଦେଖୁଦେଲି) a strange animal on my way to school.

2. It is better to _______________. (throw away / broken chairs)
Answer:
It is better to throw away ( ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେବା) broken chairs.

3. It was a mistake. My friend ________________. (point out / it)
Answer:
It was a mistake. My friend pointed it out (ଦେଖାଇଦେଲା).

4. Who is ______________ nowadays? (looking after / this building)
Answer:
Who is looking after ( ଯତ୍ନନେଉଛି । ଦେଖାଶୁଣା କରୁଛି) this building nowadays ?

5. His son died. He has never __________________. (get over / his sorrows)
Answer:
His son died. He has never got over (ଦୁଃଖରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ପାରିନାହିଁ) his sorrows.

6. This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you ______________? (switch off/ it)
Answer:
This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you switch it off? ( ବନ୍ଦ କରିପାରିବ ? )

7. She offered to help me, but I ____________. (turn down / it)
Answer:
She offered to help me, but I turned it down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କଲି).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

8. I met Ramesh today. He _______________. (asking after / you)
Answer:
I met Ramesh today. He was asking you after (ତୁମ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲା).

9. This school is not running well. We will _______________. (close down / it)
Answer:
This school is not running well. We will close it down ( ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେବା).

10. Your brother is in trouble. You must ________________ during his distress. (stand by / him)
Answer:
Your brother is in trouble. You must stand by (ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ) him during his distress.

Activity – 4

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below.
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 4

Combine the verb look with the particles shown as rays and use them in the following sentences.
The verb and the meaning of the two-word verb have been given in each case.
Example:
(a situation getting better) The weather is looking ___________ after the stormy days.
(Answer = up) (ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି)

(i) (to be careful) ‘Look ______________! There might be a snake there !’
Answer:
Look out (ସତର୍କ ରୁହ) ! There might be a snake there!

(ii) (to be care of) Grandma looked ____________ Fakirmohan.
Answer:
Grandma looked after ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନେଉଥିଲେ) Fakirmohan.

(iii) (to investigate) A team of experts is looking _____________ this problem.
Answer:
A team ofexperts is looking jnto (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି) this problem.

(iv) (to consider somebody in a particular way) I look _______________ Reeta as my sister.
Answer:
I look upon (ବିବେଚନା କରେ/ ମାନ୍ୟତା ଦିଏ) Reeta as my sister.

(v) (to search for something in a dictionary) Please look ___________ the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look up (ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର) the word in a dictionary.

(vi) (to consider with contempt) Never look _______________ girls; they can work wonders.
Answer:
Never look down upon (ଘୃଣାକର ନାହିଁ) girls; they can work wonders.

(vii) (to expect something enjoyable) I am looking ______________ my birthday.
Answer:
I am looking forward to ( ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ) my birthday.

(viii) (to think about or study) Look ______________ the following sentences.
Answer:
Look at (ଭଲଭାବରେ ଚିନ୍ତାକର) the following sentences.

(ix) (to watch something happening) Everyone looked _______________ in silence.
Answer:
Everyone looked at (ଚାହିଁଲେ) in silence.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(x) (to consider with respect) After the morning prayers all the children looked ______________ Swami.
Answer:
After the morning prayers all the children looked upon ( ସମ୍ମାନ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ) Swami.

(xi) (to search) Where is my grammar book? I have been looking _______________ it since morning.
Answer:
Where is my grammar book? I have been looking for (ଖୋଜୁଛି) it since morning.

Do similar exercises using break /come /give /go /put
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 5

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 6

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 7

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 8

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 9

Activity – 5

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below:

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 10

Combine the particle up with the verbs shown as rays and use them in the following sentences putting them into the correct tense form. The meaning of the two-word verb has been given in each case.
Example: (To search for something in a dictionary) Please __________________ up in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
Look

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(i) (To replace some lost thing) We must work hard to ________________ up the lost hours.
Answer:
make up (ଭରଣା କରିବାପାଇଁ)

(ii) (to stop working) It’s going to rain, we should _________________ up and go home.
Answer:
pack up (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

(iii) (to start a business / an institution) I plan to ______________ up a business after getting the degree.
Answer:
set up (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ)

(iv) (to exhaust something so that nothing is left) I have _______________ up all the petrol in my scooter.
Answer:
run up (ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛି)

(v) (to separate) The group _______________ up after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up ( ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ହେଲେ)

(vi) (to leave bed after sleeping) We usually _______________ up early in the morning.
Answer:
get up (ଶଯ୍ୟା ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁ)

(vii) (a situation getting better) After three long rainy days the weather is _____________ up.
Answer:
looking up ( ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଗୁଛି)

(viii) (to come to a meeting) Only a few students ________________ up in the class due to heavy rain.
Answer:
turn up (ଆସନ୍ତି)

(ix) (to destroy by exploration) The platoon ofsoldiers _______________ up a bridge.
Answer:
blew up (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣରେ ଉଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)

(x) (to take care of) We should ____________ up children with care.
Answer:
bring up (ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍)

(xi) (to make something attractive) We _______________ up our house before my sister’s marriage.
Answer:
did up ( ସଜାଇଲୁ)

(xii) (to arrange something to happen) We have _______________ up the meeting for the next week.
Answer:
fixed up (ସ୍ଥିର କରିଛୁ)

(xiii) (to stop doing something) Don’t ________________ up hopes.
Answer:
give up (ତ୍ୟାଗକର ନାହିଁ)

(xiv) (to obstruct) A marriage procession _______________ up the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up (ବାଧା ଦେଲା)

(xv) (to maintain something at a high level) We must try to _________________ up the honour ofour school.
Answer:
keep up (ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁବା)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

→ Do similar exercises using after/for/off/on /out Let there be a competition in the class.

Activity – 6

Replace the underlined expression with phrasal verbs using the verbs given in brackets.
(i) I don’t like the way Swami is being educated. (bring)
Answer:
brought up (ଲାଳିତପାଳିତ ହେଉଛି)

(ii) The government rejected the employees’ request for pay revision. (turn)
Answer:
turned down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଦେଲେ)

(iii) The strike was cancelled. (call)
Answer:
called off (ସୁଗିତ କରାଗଲା)

(iv) We reduced our expenses after our father’s retirement. (cut)
Answer:
cut down (କମାଇ ଦେଲୁ)

(v) I disappointed my parents by my poor results. (let)
Answer:
let down (ହତାଶ କଲି)

(vi) I can hardly understand what you say. (make)
Answer:
make out ( ବୁଝିପାରେ)

(vii) Most children resemble their parents. (take)
Answer:
take after (ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଏକାପରି)

(viii)We called a doctor when my mother was ill. (send)
Answer:
sent for (ଡ଼କାଇଲୁ)

(ix) We continued working long after the evening. (keep)
Answer:
kept on ( ଜାରି ରଖଲୁ)

(x) Have you read the book I gave you? (go)
Answer:
gone through (ଭଲଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିଛୁ)

Activity – 7

Combine one verb from group -A with a suitable particle from group – B. In this way, frame 10 phrasal verbs. Use them in sentences. Who will do it first in the class?
Group – A: break, bring, call, come, cut, get, give, go, keep, let, make, put, set, take.
Group – B: after, at, away, by, down,for,from, in, into, off, on, out, over, to, up.
Answer:
Group A : (Verbs)
Group B : (Particles)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Answers :
(i) break down: He broke down (ହଠାତ୍ କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇଲେ) on hearing the news.
(ii) bring up: educate (ଲାଳନପାଳନ କରିବା) – Who will bring up this orphan ( ଅନାଥ) ?
(iii) call out : call loudly (ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଡ଼ାକିବା) – Mother called out Sonu.
(iv) come out : appear ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – Flowers come out in spring.
(v) cut down: reduce (ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କମାଇବା) – I cut down my expenses (SI©).
(vi) get into (board; ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – He got into the bus.
(vii) give up : discontinue (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ତ୍ୟାଗକରିବାକୁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ) – Please give up smoking.
(viii) go for: is known (ଜଣାଶୁଣା, ପରିଚିତ)- He goes for a clever boy.
(ix) keep on: continue (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା) – Keep on trying.
(x) let in: allow to come – The teacher let Madhabi in.
(xi) makeover: translate (ଅନୁବାଦ କରିବା) – Please make this passage over to Odia.
(xii) put up: stay (ରହିବା) – I am putting up (ରହୁଛି) in the school hostel.
(xiii) set on: instigate (ଉସୁକାଇବା) – Don’t set me on.
(xiv) Take off: remove (କାଢ଼ିପକାଇବା) – Take off your dirty shoes.

Activity – 8

Choose the correct particles and complete the phrasal verbs in the sentences.
1. Please turn _____________ the radio. (on, up)
Answer:
on (ଲଗାଅ)

2. Cholera broke _______________ everywhere. (down, out)
Answer:
out (ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା)

3. The meeting came ______________ very successfully. (up, off)
Answer:
off (ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ହେଲା

4. I do not give _____________ to anybody’s pressure. (out, in)
Answer:
in (ଆତ୍ମ ସମର୍ପଣକରେ ନାହିଁ)

5. I agree ______________ you on this point. (with, to)
Answer:
with

6. They have closed ________________ their old business. (up, down)
Answer:
down

7. I look ______________ him as my own father. (after, upon)
Answer:
upon (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

8. Every month I lay ______________ a few rupees formy child’s education. (by, down)
Answer:
by (ସଞ୍ଚୟକରେ))

9. I could not make ______________ what he was saying. (up, out)
Answer:
out

10. The police put ______________ the violence. (off, down)
Answer:
down (ଦମନକଲେ)

11. Nobody was at the airport to see him ______________. (out, off)
Answer:
off (ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାକୁ)

12. Why did he turn _______________ your request? (down, off)
Answer:
down

13. A nuclear war cannot be ruled _________________ in the future. (out, over)
Answer:
out (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରାଯାଇନପାରେ)

14. The thief made _______________ with a large amount of money. (off, out)
Answer:
out (ନେଇ ପଳାଇଲା)

15. The old man passed _______________ in his sleep. (away, out)
Answer:
away ( ମରିଗଲା)

Activity – 9

Replace the word(s) in italics with their corresponding phrasal verbs choosing from the list given)
(get over, pack up, look up, brought out, keep on, do away with, drop out, stand by, go back on, fell through)

1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
He has brought out (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି) a new book.

2. We are tired. We must stop working now.
Answer:
We are tired. We must pack up (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ) now.

3. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
You can carry on / go on / keep on (ଚାଲୁରଖ୍ପାର) working if you like.

4. Will you help me during my bad days?
Answer:
Will you stand by me during my bad days?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

5. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
He hasn’t been able to get over ( ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାପାଇଁ) his fears.

6. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
We dropped out (ଓହରିଗଲୁ) from the match after a quarrel.

7. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
The talk between India and Pakistan fell through (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) due to may disagreements.

8. He promised to help me, but later he failed to keep his promise.
Answer:
He promised to help me, but later (ପରେ) he went back on (ଓହରିଗଲା) his promise.

9. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
India has done away with (ଦୂରେଇଯାଇଛି) the caste system (ଜାତିପ୍ରଥା).

10. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
The situation is looking up ( ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି।ସୁଧୁରୁଛି) day by day.

Activity – 10

Choose the appropriate phrasal-prepositional verb from the given list for each of the sentences below and complete the sentences.
(run out of, get on (well) with, come out with, looking forward to, put up with, catch up with, come in for)

1. When the whole class was worried how to solve the problem, Suresh ________________ a solution.
Answer:
came out with

2. We all are eagerly ______________ our sister’s wedding.
Answer:
looking forward to (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

3. I _____________ a rude shock when my friend cheated me.
Answer:
came in for

4. We have _____________ sugar. Can you buy some?
Answer:
run out of ( ସାରି ଦେଇଛୁ )

5. We do not ________________ our new neighbour.
Answer:
get on (well) with

6. Who can _______________ such mischief?
Answer:
put up with ( ସହିପାରିବ)

7. The child walked fast to _____________ his parents.
Answer:
catch up with (ସାଥରେ ଯାଇ ମିଶିବାପାଇଁ)

Phrasal Verbs Additional Questions With Answers

I. Fill in the blanks with participles and complete the Phrasal verbs in the sentences.

1. I could not make _____________ what he said.
Answer:
out

2. The meeting came _______________ successfully.
Answer:
off

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

3. I agree _______________ you on this point.
Answer:
with

4. The police put ____________ the violence.
Answer:
down

5. I do not give _______________ to anybody’s pressure.
Answer:
in

6. The workers have decided to call ________________ their strike.
Answer:
off

7. I bank _____________ my teachers for my study.
Answer:
on

8. The old man passed ____________ last night.
Answer:
away

9. He turned ____________ my request.
Answer:
down

10. His friends went to the airport to see him ____________.
Answer:
off

11. Mr. Routray set _____________ a school in the village.
Answer:
up

12. Don’t put _______________ today’s work till tomorrow.
Answer:
off

13. They have closed ______________ their business.
Answer:
down

14. Shall I put ____________ the light?
Answer:
out

15. Winter has set ________________.
Answer:
in

16. I look _________________ him as my own father.
Answer:
upon

17. Cholera has broken ______________ in this town.
Answer:
out

18. The thief made ______________ with a large amount of money.
Answer:
off

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

19. A nuclear war cannot be ruled ______________ in future.
Answer:
out

20. His result let _____________ us.
Answer:
down

21. The terrorists blew _______________ the railway track.
Answer:
up

22. Please turn ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

23. The noise will die _____________.
Answer:
down

24. Every month I lay _______________ a few rupees for my child’s education.
Answer:
by

25. The chief guest gave _____________ the prizes.
Answer:
away

26. Chess calls _____________ concentration of mind.
Answer:
for

27. I shall call ______________ my friend tonight.
Answer:
on

28. Shall I put ______________ the light?
Answer:
out

29. Try to give ______________ bad habits.
Answer:
up

30. The thieves broke _____________ the house.
Answer:
into

31. Riki and Miki have Men _____________ over a petty matter.
Answer:
out

32. Please carry _____________ the plan.
Answer:
out

33. Please put ______________ your new dress.
Answer:
on

34. I never answer my parents ________________.
Answer:
back

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

35. The soldiers put _______________ a brave fight.
Answer:
up

36. I don’t care _____________ chicken curry.
Answer:
for

37. I agree _______________ you.
Answer:
with

38. Pabak got ______________ his difficulties.
Answer:
over

39. I wouldn’t go back ________________ my words.
Answer:
on

40. Carry _______________ with your work.
Answer:
on

41. The girl takes ______________ her mother.
Answer:
after

42. Please go ______________ the letter.
Answer:
through

43. The students did ________________ the school budding.
Answer:
up

44. The bus broke _______________ on the way.
Answer:
down

45. The new headmaster took ______________ the charges yesterday.
Answer:
over

46. The police are looking _____________ the matter.
Answer:
into

47. The thieves got ______________ with a lot of money.
Answer:
away

48. You shouldn’t break ____________ when someone is speaking.
Answer:
in

49. I never put up ______________ angry words.
Answer:
with

50. The price of gold may come _______________.
Answer:
down

51. I have rim out ______________ time.
Answer:
of

52. He tried to make _______________ his studies on holidays.
Answer:
up

53. He couldn’t keep up ____________ the class.
Answer:
with

54. It is better to throw ______________ the broken chairs.
Answer:
away

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

55. I came ______________ a strange animal on the way.
Answer:
across

56. My friend pointed ___________ my mistake.
Answer:
out

57. Who is looking _______________ the old man?
Answer:
after

58. Your father was asking _____________ you.
Answer:
after

59. You must stand ____________ him during his distress.
Answer:
by

60. Don’t look down ____________ girls; they can do wonders.
Answer:
upon

61. It is raining, we should pack ___________ and go home.
Answer:
up

62. Please look ____________ in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
up

63. He was brought _____________ by his uncle.
Answer:
up

64. We sent ____________ a doctor when mother was ill.
Answer:
for

65. I never let _____________ my parents.
Answer:
down

66. He has picked ______________ some bad habits.
Answer:
up

67. Lots of people go in ____________ cricket these days.
Answer:
for

68. He set _______________ on a long journey.
Answer:
out

69. The reporter took ________________ the speech.
Answer:
down

70. Keep ______________ your courage.
Answer:
up

71. I will call you _______________ if I need your help.
Answer:
up

72. The plane took _______________ late.
Answer:
off

73. The factory turns _____________ two hundred cars a week.
Answer:
out

74. Two men were fighting and the rest were looking _____________.
Answer:
on

75. Let’s break ______________ for ten minutes.
Answer:
off.

II. Replace the underlined words with the corresponding phrasal verbs.
1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
brought out

2. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
getting on

3. Will you help during my bad days?
Answer:
stand by

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

4. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
keep on

5. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
dropped out

6. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
done away with

7. I don’t like the way Swami is being educated.
Answer:
brought up

8. The strike was cancelled.
Answer:
called off

9. The meeting was postponed.
Answer:
put off

10. We have reduced our expenses.
Answer:
cut down

11. Many children resemble their parents.
Answer:
take after

12. My father rejected my request.
Answer:
turned down

13. I can hardly understand what you say.
Answer:
make out

14. Have you read the book I gave you?
Answer:
gone through

15. We called a doctor when my mother was ill.
Answer:
sent for

16. We continued working long after the evening.
Answer:
kept on

17. I disappointed my parents by my poor results?
Answer:
let down

18. The rich man died last night.
Answer:
passed away

19. I rejected her request.
Answer:
turned down

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

20. They have closed their business permanently.
Answer:
closed down

21. Malaria spread everywhere.
Answer:
broke out

22. I couldn’t understand what he said.
Answer:
make out

23. A team of experts is investigating this problem.
Answer:
looking into

24. The chief guest distributed the prizes.
Answer:
gave away

25. Can you choose the correct answers?
Answer:
pick out

26. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
get over

27. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
fell through

28. He tried to compensate for all the trouble he had caused.
Answer:
makeup

29. Lots of people enjoy cricket these days.
Answer:
go in for

30. I won’t fail to keep my word.
Answer:
go back on

31. Summer has started.
Answer:
set in

32. He established a school for the poor children.
Answer:
set up

33. Shall I extinguish the light?
Answer:
put out

34. The aeroplane left the ground smoothly.
Answer:
took off

35. The police suppressed the revolt.
Answer:
put down

36. A marriage procession obstructed the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

37. He is searching a new house.
Answer:
looking for

38. They have settled their quarrel.
Answer:
made up

39. Save something for future.
Answer:
lay by

40. I’ll summon you if I need your help.
Answer:
call up

41. It is difficult to tame that horse.
Answer:
break in

42. Let’s stop for rest for ten minutes.
Answer:
break off

43. The children decorated the building.
Answer:
did up

44. The group separated after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up

45. I am making progress quite well.
Answer:
getting on with

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Types Of Sentences

Look at the following sentences :
1. Mr. Anil Mohanty is a teacher (ଅଛନ୍ତି).
2. He teaches (ପଢ଼ାନ୍ତି) us English.
3. He has been teaching English for the last fifteen years (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି).
4. The underlined verbs are, teaches, and has or has been teaching are finite verbs. (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is, teaches, has ବା has been teaching ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ।)
5. The underlined verbs are called finite verbs as they have tense forms.
(କାଳ ରୂପ ବହନ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏସମସ୍ତ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

What is a Finite verb ? ( ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ)
⇒ The verb that is limited by the person and number of the subject, is called the Finite Verb. (ଯେଉଁ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସୀମିତ, ତାହାକୁ Finite Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
ଅର୍ଥାତ୍, The verb that has tense (present or past form) is said to be a Finite Verb.
(Tense ବା କାଳ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Position of a Finite verb in a sentence (ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର ସ୍ଥିତି)
A Finite Verb occurs in a single verb or the first verb in a verb group.
( ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକମାତ୍ର କ୍ରିୟାରୂପ ଓ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରଥମ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପେ ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।)
⇒ But in Odia sentence, the last verb is said to be a Finite Verb since it completes the sentence. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟାପଦା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ସମାପ୍ତ କରିଥାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

See the differences:

Odia sentence English Sentence
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିଲା । Gopal played well. (Past simple tense).
ଗୋପାଳ ତିନି ବର୍ଷ ଧରି ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଛି । Gopal has been playing well for three years.
(Present Perfect Progressive sentence).
(Here ‘has’ being the first verb is also a finite verb).
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରେ । Gopal may play well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତା । Gopal could have played well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଥାଇପାରେ । Gopal can / may be playing well.
(The last verb in the Odia sentence is the Finite Verb, while the verb in the post-subject (after the subject) is the Finite Verb.
(ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଇଂରାଜୀ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କ୍ରିୟା ବା କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କ୍ରିୟା ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।)

Kinds of Sentences (ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରକାର):

Sentence: A combination of words that makes complete sense is called a sentence. (ଶବ୍ଦମିଶି ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ତାହାକୁ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples:
My mother is unwell. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
Do your duty.
Fire ! ( ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଅ)
How dirty the road looks!
May you live long. (ତୁମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଜୀବୀ ହୁଅ।)
What do you mean ? (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କହିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛ ?)
Thank you. (ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ।)

⇒ There can be no sentence without a Subject (expressed or understood) and a Finite Verb. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟତୀତ ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।) (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରହିପାରେ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)
ଯେପରି Fire ! (You = The soldiers = understood)
Do your duty. (you = understood)
Thank you. (I = understood)

Simple Sentence (ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Read the following sentences:
(i) Father is a man of principle.
(ii) Having lost the match, the team India returned home.

In sentence (i), we have one subject (Father) and one predicate (is a man of principle). Similarly in sentence (ii), we have one subject (the team India), and one predicate (having lost the match and returned home).
So these two sentences are called Simple Sentences.
(1) The sentence having one subject and one predicate or only one finite verb, is called simple sentence. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ)
(One subject + One predicate with one finite verb – Simple sentence)
In a simple sentence, the subject may be expressed or understood. (ଏକ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ରୁହେ ।)

Example: A

Subject A predicate with italicized finite verb (s)
(I) Thank you.
(You)  Feed the baby. (ପିଲାଟିକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)
Nobody loves that girl.
It is Monday.

B.

One part of the predicate Sub The second part of the predicate
How nicely the girl dances!
Why did the children laugh at the beggar?
What a tall tree (the finite verb remains understood) this is!

C.

Predicate part with an italicized finite verb Subject
How many legs has a spider? (ବୁଢ଼ିଆଣୀ)
What is your name?
Here comes our headmaster.
There goes ((ବାଜୁଛି)) the school bell.

Activity – 1

Pick out the finite verbs (ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) in the following sentences.
(i) Nilima has a good memory.
Answer:
has

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(ii) He shall not enter the house.
Answer:
shall

(iii) We have not yet received the money.
Answer:
have

(iv) He has been studying to pass the examination.
Answer:
Has

(v) Ramesh works in a bank.
Answer:
Works

(vi) We must obey the rules of the road.
Answers
must

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Declarative / Assertive Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) |

(i) A Declarative/Assertive sentence is one which makes a statement of fact or opinion either positive or negative. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଉକ୍ତି ବା ମତ ବିଷୟରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ ବା ବିବୃତି ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
(ii) The Declarative sentence with positive statement is known as Affirmative sentence.
(iii) The Declarative sentence with a negative statement is known as a Negative sentence.

Let’s see through a diagram.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences 1

⇒ A declarative sentence be it affirmative (yes) or negative usually begins with a subject. ହେଉ ବା ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ହେଉ, ଗୋଟିଏ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ କର୍ଷା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The bus will stop here. (affirmative)
(ii) The bus won’t (will not ନୁହେ‍ଁ) stop here. (negative)
(iii) I am your well-wisher (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛ). (affirmative)
(iv) I’m not (I amn’t ନୁହେ‍ଁ) your well-wisher. (negative)

A pattern of Declarative Sentence:

There are the Five important ‘Patterns’ (୫ଟି ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଗଠନ ପଦ୍ଧତି) of Simple/Declarative Sentence. They are :
(i) SV = [Subject + Verb (Intransitive)]

Subject Verb
The Child laughed
She Was shouting

(ii) SVO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object]

Subject Verb Object
Someone caught The ball
we May buy A new computer

(iii) SVOO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object (Indirect) + Object (Direct)]

Subject Verb(Transitive) Object(Indirect) Object(Direct)
The Postman Gave we A letter
Father Bought Gopal A bicycle
The teacher Asked The boys Some questions

Note:
⇒ Direct Object denotes thing and Indirect object denotes person.
ମୁଖ୍ୟ କର୍ମ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ଓ ଗୌଣ କର୍ମ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି / ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Examples:
ପୋଷ୍ଟ ପିଅନ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିଠି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।

The post peon    has given              father          a letter.
Subject               Verb(Transitive)     Indirect       Object Direct Object

(iv) SVC = Subject + Verb + Complement

Subject Verb Complement
The girl Looks Beautiful
This flower Smells Sweet
The computer is cheap

⇒ Complement is used after ‘Be’ verbs (is/ am/are/ was/ were) and ‘Link’ verbs (smell/taste / grow/feel etc)
[Link Verbs; ଯଥା – smell (ଶୁଙ୍ଘିବା)/ taste(ଚାଖୁବା)/ grow (ବଢ଼ିବା) ।feel (ଅନୁଭବ କରିବା) ଏବଂ ‘Be’ verbs ( is / am / are / was / were) ପରେ Complement ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

Remember:
A complement may be a Noun or Noun phrase or Adjective or Adverb or Preposition with Object etc. (ଗୋଟିଏ ପୂରକ ଏକ Noun ବା N.P. ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ବା Preposition + କର୍ମ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)

(v) SVOC = Subject + Verb (T) + Object + Complement
Subject   Verb(Transitive   Object   Complement
We have proved him wrong.
⇒ (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ତା କଥାକୁ ଭୁଲ ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରିଛୁ ।)
They Elected Mr Rout chairman
⇒ (ସେମାନେ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ରାଉତଙ୍କୁ ଚେୟାରମ୍ୟାନ ମନୋନୀତ କଲେ ।)
The book has made Naba Sir popular.
⇒ (ବହିଟି ନବସାର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ କରିଛି ।)

Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର ବାକ୍ୟ):

(1) An Interrogative sentence with the mark of interrogation (?) at its end, makes question to elicit some information or to know something. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ଚିହ୍ନ ( ?) ଥାଏ ଓ କିଛି ସୂଚନା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ବା କିଛି ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
Where has Leena gone ? (ଲିନା କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଯାଇଛି ? )
How do you go to school ? (ତୁମେ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଅ ?) ବା (ତୁ’ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉ ?)
Can you hear me ? (ତୁ’ ମୋ କଥା ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
Did anyone want me last night ? (କାଲି ରାତିରେ କେହି ମୋତେ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲେ ?)

(2) An interrogative sentence is of two types, i.e. Wh-interrogative and Yes-No interrogative.
Let’s see through a dialogue :

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences 2

Imperative Sentence ( ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An imperative sentence is one with an order, advice, instruction or direction, warning, command, request, suggestion, or wishes to the person or person spoken.
(ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ କୁହାଯାଇଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ନୀତିନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ସାବଧାନ, ଅନୁରୋଧ ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ବା ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples :
Write in H.B (High Bonded) pencil. (instruction)
Go to bed early. (advice)
Hand in (ଦେଇଦିଅ) your answer papers. (order)
Please sit here. (request)
Beware of the dog. (warning)

Remember: Imperative sentences are normally addressed to the second person (you) with a request, order, command, advice, warning, wishes. So ‘you’ is understood. (ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚକ କରୁଥିବା ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ ‘you’ ଊଦ୍ୟ ରହେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(a) Order (ଆଦେଶ) :
Hurry up. (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର ।)
Leave this place.
Stop writing.
Shut up ! (ଚୁପ୍ ରୁହ !)
Good wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :

(b) Advice (ଉପଦେଶ) :
Never tell a lie. (କେବେ ମିଛ କୁହନାହିଁ ।)
Don’t disobey your parents.
Be polite (ନମ୍ର ହୁଅ} to everybody.
Go to bed early.
Study hard.

(c) Instructions/Directions (ନିର୍ଦେଶ) :
(What to do / how to do / where to go etc.)
Don’t use a ball pen. (Examination) Take this medicine on an empty stomach. Go straight on. ( ସିଧାସଳଖ ଆଗକୁ ଚାଲ ।)
Turn left. (ବାମକୁ ମୋଡ଼ ।)
Stop near the SBI ATM.
Soak (ଭିଜାଅ) the rice in a bucket (ବାଲଟିରେ).

(d) Warning (ସତର୍କ | ସାବଧାନ) :
Don’t get into a running bus.
(ଚଳନ୍ତା ବସ୍ ଭିତରକୁ ପଶ ନାହିଁ ।)
Mind your own language.
(ନିଜର ଭାଷାପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Mind your steps on the slippery road.
(ଖସଡ଼ା ରାସ୍ତା ଉପରେ ପାଦ ପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Never betray your motherland.
(ମାତୃଭୂମି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦୌ ବିଶ୍ଵାସଘାତକତା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

(e) Good Wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :
Have a good time.
(ତୁମର ସମୟ ଭଲରେ ଅତିବାହିତ ହେଉ ।)
(I hope you have a good time.)
Have a nice day.
(ଦିନଟି ଭଲରେ କଟିଯାଉ ।)
(I hope you have a nice day.)
Have a happy journey.
( ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଯାତ୍ରା ସୁଖପ୍ରଦ ହେଉ ।)

(f) Request (ଅନୁରୋଧ) :
Buy me a book, please.
Please move a little.
(ଦୟାକରି ଟିକେ ଘୁଞ୍ଚୁଯାଅ ।)
Kindly inform the police.
Help me with this sum, please.
(ଦୟାକରି ଏହି ଅଙ୍କ କଷିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତୁ ।)

(g) Command (ଆଦେଶ) (ସେନାଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷଙ୍କ ତରଫରୁ) :
March on, soldiers (ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲ).
Keep firing (ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଇବା ଜାରିରଖ),

(h) Prayer (ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା ) :
Have mercy on us.
(ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ କରୁଣା କର ।)

(i) Suggestion (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) :
Let’s (let us) go on a picnic.
(ଏକ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯିବା ।)
Let’s forget about it.
(ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ଭୁଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
Let’s (us) work hard. (We should work hard.)
Let’s take a rest now.
(ଏବେ ଟିକେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେବା ।)

(1) ‘LET’ with Other Subjects to denote other meanings : (ଅନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ + Subject in the Objective form)
Let the girl go. (ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (the girl = subject) (giving permission)
Let them play. ( ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଖେଳିବାକୁ ଦିଅ । ଦିଆଯାଉ ।) (giving permission)
Let me make you a cup of coffee. (ମୁଁ ତୁମପାଇଁ ଏକ କପ୍ କଫି କରୁଛି) (offer – ଯାଚିବା)
Let him speak now. (Allow him to speak now.) (ତାକୁ ଏବେ କହିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)

(2) ‘Let’ always takes the objective forms of
Examples:
Let us (not ‘we’) …….,
Let him (not ‘he’) …….,
Let them (not ‘they’) ……..
Let her (not ‘she’) ……
Let me (not ‘I’) ……..

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An Exclamatory sentence is one which expresses different emotions like joy, grief, wonder, shock, hatred or appreciation. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ମାନବୀୟ ଆବେଗ, ଯଥା- ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ଦୁଃଖ, ଘୃଣା ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Look at these sentences :

The tea is very strong. (Declarative) (ଚାହାଟି ଖୁବ୍ କଡ଼ା ।)
How strong the tea is ! (Exclamatory) (ଚାହାଟି କେତେ କଡ଼ା !) (ବିରକ୍ତି)
How brilliantly Sehwag batted! (କି ଚମତ୍‌କାର ଭାବରେ ସେହୱାଗ୍ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂ କଲେ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସ୍କା)
What a fine cottage ! (କି ସୁନ୍ଦର କୁଡ଼ିଆଟିଏ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)

(1) An Exclamatory sentence ends with an exclamatory sign (!).
(ଆହା) His father is dead. (ଦୁଃଖ)
What a dirty child! (କି ଅପରିଷ୍କାର ପିଲା !) (ଘୃଣା)

(2) Making of Exclamatory Sentence :
(i) What+ adjective + noun or noun phrase
(ii) How + adjective / adverb …………

(i) What + adjective + noun / noun phrase :
Examples:
What a beautiful book!
What a long beard!
What a great leader Mahatma Gandhi was!
What a lot of languages he knows!

(ii) How + adjective /adverb + ………
Examples:
How unfortunate (adjective) the girl was!
How painful (adjective) the disease is!
How quickly (adverb) the car passed!
How boldly (adverb) Amit faced the microphone!

Changing Declarative to Exclamatory:

By leaving out very, quite, so, such, indeed, etc. we change declarative to exclamatory sentences.

Examples:
(i) I am very unfortunate.
How unfortunate I am!

(ii) The wind was quite ferocious.
How ferocious the wind was!

(iii) The girl has got very small hair.
What small hair the girl has/has got! or, How small the girl’s hair is!

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(iv) Amitabh played the role very innocently.
How innocently Amitabh played the role!

(v) This is all nonsense.
What nonsense!

Activity – 2

Some simple sentences are given below. Mention each, whether it is declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory. The first one has been done for you.
Example :
Why were you absent from class yesterday? (Interrogative)
(i) Abdul is a strong boy.
Answer:
declarative

(ii) Let us move on.
Answer:
imperative

(iii) Who told you that story?
Answer:
interrogative

(iv) How luckily I escaped the accident!
Answer:
exclamatory

(v) Don’t touch a live wire.
Answer:
imperative

(vi) Are you coming with him?
Answer:
interrogative

(vii) Turn to page 25 in your grammar book.
Answer:
imperative

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(viii) Who did you give it to?
Answer:
Interrogative

Activity – 3

Turn the following declarative sentences into exclamatory sentences using ‘how’ or ‘what’s the beginning of the sentences:
(i) The weather is very fine.
Answer:
How fine the weather is! (fine – adjective)

(ii) She is a very intelligent girl.
Answer:
What an intelligent girl she is! (noun phrase)

(iii) He speaks very fluently.
Answer:
How fluently he speaks! (adverb)

(iv) She has got a very sharp memory.
Answer:
What a sharp memory she has got? (noun phrase)

(v) It is a very beautiful night.
Answer:
What a beautiful night! (it is) (noun phrase)

(vi) She has put on a very costly necklace.
Answer:
What a costly necklace she has put on! (noun phrase)

Activity – 4

There are some verbs in the brackets. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences choosing the appropriate verbs from the brackets.
(hope, concentrate, make, avoid, take, get)
The examination is at hand. ______ the best use of your time. ______ on your studies. _______ watching television. ______ the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t _____ nervous. Always ______ for the best.
Answers:
The examination is at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ). Make the best use (ସଦୁପଯୋଗ କର) of your time. Concentrate (ମନଯୋଗ ଦିଅ) on your studies. Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରୁହ) watching television. Take (ଗ୍ରହଣ କର) the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t get (ହୁଅନାହିଁ) nervous. Always hope ଆଣାକର for the best.

Compound Sentence (Multiple Sentence) (ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

Read the following sentences:
(i) Bisu reached the station in time and got the train.
(ବିଶୁ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ଷ୍ଟେସନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ଓ ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ରେ ଯାତ୍ରାକଲା ।)
Here ‘we’ have two simple sentences. One is “Bisu reached the station in time”. The second simple sentence is (he) got the train’.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(ii) The second part of the sentence (‘and got the train’) coordinates with the earlier part (Bisu reached the station in time).

(iii) Each clause is independent of the other and is called a Principal or Main clause and they are both Co-ordinate clauses, being of equal status and joined by a coordinating conjunction ‘and’.
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା clause ଏକ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଗୋଟିଏ independent clause ବା Main clause ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ।)
ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ (and got the train) ପ୍ରଥମଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ (Bisu reached the station in time) କୁ co- ordinating conjunction (ସଂଯୋଜକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ) ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା co-ordinating କରୁଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ co-ordinating clause.

(iv) Compound sentence (definition): A sentence that is made up of two or more independent main clauses, joined by a co-ordinating conjuction, is called a compound sentence. (ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟକୁ Co-ordinating conjunction ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗକରି ଯେଉଁବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) I can speak English but I can’t speak German. (Compound sentence)
(ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କହିପାରିବି, କିନ୍ତୁ ଜର୍ମାନ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ନୁହେଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ can speak English. – Independent clause
I can’t speak German. – Independent clause, but – co-ordination/co-ordinating conjunction]
(ii) Rajesh worked hard but failed. (ରାଜେଶ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଫଳ ହେଲା ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ Rajesh worked hard. – independent clause
(he) failed – independent clause, but – co-ordinating conjunction]

Compound Sentences with Co-ordinators:

(i) And
The boy went to the counter and had a ticket booked.
(ବାଳକ କାଉଣ୍ଟର ପାଖକୁ ଗଲା ଓ ଟିକେଟ୍‌ଟି କଟାଇଲା ।)
Mr Dash drives a car and a bike.
He opened the door and went out.

(ii) But, Yet, Still, Nevertheless, Only, Whereas
(denoting a contrast between two statements)
(ଦୁଇଟି ଉକ୍ତି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିପରୀତ ଭାବ ଅର୍ଥା ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
He is poor but he is honest.
The man is rich, yet / still he is not happy.
Mitali failed twice; nevertheless, she tried again.
(ମିତାଲି ଦୁଇଥର ଫେଲ ହୋଇଗଲା, ତଥାପି ସେ ପୁଣି ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲା ।)
He worked hard; whereas / while his brother sat idle.
(ସେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା; ଯେତେବେଳେ କି ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଅଳସୁଆରେ ବସି ରହିଲା ।)
You may do as you like, only don’t disturb me.
(ତୁମର ଯାହା ଇଚ୍ଛା ତାହା କର; ହେଲେ ମୋତେ ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପକାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) Or and Otherwise
You can stay here or you can go to a hotel.
He can’t read or write French. (ସେ ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବ ନାହିଁ କି ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ଲେଖୁପାରିବ ନାହିଁ।)
Hurry up or/otherwise you will miss the train. (ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲ, ତା’ନହେଲେ ତୁ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ଧରିପାରିବୁ ନାହିଁ।)

(iv) So, Therefore, Then, For
Bharati was very ill, therefore / consequently (ଫଳରେ) she couldn’t attend school.
I have no money on me now; then, so / so then I can’t buy the book. (ତେଣୁକରି)
The teacher didn’t take our class because he was busy with picnic arrangements. (କାରଶ)

Conjunctions that go in pairs :

(v) Both …… and, Not only ……. But also
Both Rama and his brother are absent.
He not only played brilliantly but also powered his team to victory.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(vi) Either …… or, Neither ……. nor
Either he or his brother will come.
Neither the teacher nor the students are said to be involved in the matter.
Mohit is either listening to the radio or playing football.
The beggar neither ate nor drank anything.

Complex Sentence (ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Look at the following sentences:
(i) I am certain of completing the work today. (Simple sentence) (am – finite verb).
I am certain that I shall complete the work today. (Complex sentence)

(ii) Tell me the place of your birth. (Simple sentence) (Tell – finite verb)
Tell me where you were born. (Complex sentence)

(iii) Hard-working (a) students succeed in the examination. (Simple sentence) (succeed – finite verb)
Students who work hard succeed in the examination. (Complex sentence)
⇒ The underlined clauses in the different sentences are subordinating clauses or dependent clauses.)
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ subordinating clause ବା dependent clause ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ।)

Sub-ordinating Clause Or, Dependent Clause (ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) :

(i) A subordinate clause is dependent on main clause for it can’t stand independently as a sentence. (ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର ବା ଆଶ୍ରା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । କାରଣ ଏପରି ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଜଟିଳବାକ୍ୟରେ) ସ୍ଵାଧୀନଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Complex Sentence (Definition): A sentence with at least one independent clause and one or more subordinate or dependent clauses is called a complex sentence. ଅତିକମ୍ ରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଧାନ ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧ୍ଵକ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Subordinate Clause in the Complex Sentence:

(1) A subordinate clause is called so as it begins with a subordinator (that, wh-words, as, because, since, if, though, etc).
(2) A subordinating clause is of three types:

  • Noun clause
  • Relative clause
  • Adverb clause

Let’s see the classification (ଶ୍ରେଶା) of sentences:

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences 3

Examples:
(i) Ashis worked hard. (Simple sentence). (ଆଶିଷ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା ।)
(ii) Ashis worked hard and got selected for admission to the Medical College. (Compound sentence).
(and got selected for admission in the Medical College = Co-ordinating Clause, and = co-ordinator)
(iii) Ashis worked hard and got a scholarship which helped him become a doctor. (Complex sentence)
(which helped him become a doctor = Subordinate Clause, which = Subordinator)

Activity – 5

Combine (join) each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using conjunctions such as: ‘and”, ‘but’, ‘or’, ‘so’, ‘yet’, ‘for’, otherwise.

(i) He finished his exercise. He put away his books.
Answer:
He finished his exercises and put away (ରଖିଦେଲା) । his books.

(ii) He must not be late. He will be punished.
Answer:
He must not be late, otherwise (ନହେଲେ । ନଚେତ୍) he will be punished.

(iii) Make haste. You will be late.
Answer:
Make haste (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର) or you will be late.

(iv) He is rich. He is not contented.
Answer:
He is rich; yet/but he is not contented (ସୁଖୀ).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(v) He was horrified. He saw bloodstain on the floor.
Answer:
He was horrified (ଆତଙ୍କିତ) for (କାରଣ) he saw bloodstain (ରକ୍ତଛିଟା) on the floor.
Or, He saw bloodstain on the floor; so he was horrified.

(vi) He tried hard. He did not succeed.
Answer:
He tried hard but he did not succeed.

(vii) They took every precaution. They suffered from the disease.
Answer:
They took every precaution (ପ୍ରତିଷେଧକ), yet / but (ତଥାପି) they suffered from the disease.

(viii) I have a lot of work. I must do it now.
Answer:
I have a lot of work, so (ତେଣୁ) I must do it now.

(ix) Be good. You will be happy.
Answer:
Be good and you will be happy.

(x) He practiced daily. He became an expert player.
Answer:
He practiced daily, so he became an expert (ଦକ୍ଷ) player.
Or, He became an expert player because he practiced daily.

Activity – 6

Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using one of the correlatives: either…or, neither…nor, not only…but also, both…and.

(i) Energy is necessary for success in life. Patience is also necessary for success in life.
Answer:
Not only energy (ଶକ୍ତି) but also patience (ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟ) is necessary for success in life.(noun)

(ii) I have left my glasses on the bus. I have left my glasses at the office.
Answer:
I have left my glasses either on the bus or at the office. (place adverbial)

(iii) He cannot speak English. He cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
He can speak neither English nor Hindi. (noun).

(iv) The boy is very healthy. He is also very happy.
Answer:
The boy is not only very healthy but also very happy. (adjective phrase)
Or, The boy is both very healthy and very happy.

(v) He does not drink tea. He does not drink coffee.
Answer:
He drinks neither tea nor coffee. (noun)

(vi) She draws pictures neatly. She also paints them beautifully.
Answer:
She not only draws pictures neatly (ପରିଷ୍କାର ଭାବରେ) but also paints them beautifully. (verb)

(vii) The artists will sing for us. They will dance for us too.
Answer:
The artists (କଳାକାରମାନେ) will not only sing but also dance for us. (verb)
Or, The artists will both sing and dance for us.

Activity – 7

Break up each of the following sentences into separate clauses. Mark the main clause as M.C. and the subordinate clause as S.C.:

(i) He would go if you asked him.
Answer:
He would go. (M.C) If you asked him. (S.C)

(ii) You should not disbelieve what he says.
Answer:
You should not disbelieve. (M.C) What he says. (S.C)

(iii) He found the watch that he had lost.
Answer:
He found the watch. (M.C) That he had lost. (S.C)

(iv) Though he was born of poor parents, he rose to greatness.
Answer:
he rose to greatness. (M.C) Though he was born to poor parents. (S.C)

(v) We thought that he was a hermit.
Answer:
We thought. (M.C) that he was a hermit. (S.C)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

(vi) A dog that barks seldom bites.
Answer:
A dog seldom bites. (M.C) that barks. (S.C)

(vii) The place where Buddha was buried has recently been discovered.
Answer:
The place has recently been discovered. (M.C) Where Buddha was buried. (S.C)

(viii) It always pours when it rains.
Answer:
It always pours. (M.C) When it rains. (S.C)

Activity – 8

Study the following sentences from your previous textbook. Write (S) against simple sentences, (D) against compound sentences, and (X) against complex sentences.

(i) I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(ii) I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper.
Answer:
I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

(iii) When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her.
Answer:
When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(iv) The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
The curiosity (g) which I felt about the girl persisted. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(v) I understood how she felt.
Answer:
I understood how she felt. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(vi) Do you usually go this way?
Answer:
Do you usually go this way? (One-clause) (S).

(vii) As we drank tea, I talked about India.
Answer:
As we drank tea, I talked about India. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(viii) When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.
Answer:
When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you. (X).
When I go to that part of the county (Subordinate clause) and write to you (Co-ordinate clause)

(ix) Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs. (S) (One-clause)

(x) I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
I got up (ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲେ) and held her hand. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

At a glance:
Sentence:

I. A sentence is a group of words that are joined together to make a complete meaning.
II. It is made up of two parts, a subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା) and a predicate (ବିଧେୟ).

Subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା / ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ) :
I. Subject is the part of a sentence that names the person/thing being spoken about.
II. In a sentence, a subject is usually placed first, except in interrogative and exclamatory sentences. (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟତୀତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)
Notice that underlined 2 subject parts.

Examples :
A: Children play football.
B: The children of this school play football.

Predicate (ବିଧେୟ) :
I. The predicate is that part of a sentence that must have at least one finite verb.
(ବିଧେୟ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ସେହି ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଅତିକମ୍‌ରେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ।)
II. Predicate provides information about the subject and the verb in a sentence.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ କ୍ରିୟା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଏକ ବିଧେୟ ସୂଚନା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ।)
Examples:

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences 4

Simple Sentence:
A sentence that is made up of one independent (main) clause and makes complete sense is called a simple sentence.
Note that …..
A simple sentence has :
(i) only one subject and
(ii) only one finite verb.
Meera   loves   animals.
subject finite verb

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Compound Sentence:
When two independent clauses are joined by a conjunction to make a sentence, it is called a compound sentence.
Rohan did not study for the test,           yet                             he scored quite well.
Independent clause                      co-ordinate conjunction     independent clause

Note that ….
(i) Compound sentences communicate more than one complete thought through independent clauses.
(ii) Co-ordinate clauses can be joined with the help of conjunctions, such as (ଯଥା) and, but, however, nevertheless, nonetheless, only, still, whereas, yet, or, otherwise, so, therefore and so on (ଇତ୍ଯାଦି).
[A grammatical unit that carries a finite verb and makes complete sentence by itself is called an independent clause or main clause.]

Complex Sentence:
When an independent clause joins a dependent or subordinate clause to make a sentence, it is called a complex sentence.

Examples :
A: I know the man    Who    came to see you yesterday
independent clause Conjunction dependent clause
B: Before    I left for Mumbai    I had finished all my work.
conjunction independent clause dependent clause

Note that….
In a complex sentence, the subordinate clause is joined with the main clause with the help of.
(i) either conjunction (subordinator) such as because, after, before, while, since, that, as, if, unless, then, so that, though, etc.
(ii) or relative pronouns such as who, which, whom, whose, that, what, and so on.

Types of Sentences Additional Questions With Answer

(1) Read the following sentences and say what type of simple sentence it is.
1. English is a foreign language.
Answer:
Declarative

2. The cuckoo sings in spring.
Answer:
Declarative

3. Who wrote the Mahabharata?
Answer:
Interrogative

4. Have a smooth journey.
Answer:
Imperative

5. How powerful America is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

6. Let’s start a new project.
Answer:
Imperative

7. Don’t write on the front page of the answer book.
Answer:
Imperative

8. Are you joining the picnic?
Answer:
Interrogative

9. The children are not taking an interest in their studies.
Answer:
Declarative

10. How stupid he is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

11. What a sharp memory he has got!
Answer:
Exclamatory

12. Turn to page 10 in your grammar book.
Answer:
Imperative

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

13. Would you mind posting the letter?
Answer:
Interrogative

14. The Himalayas is in the north of India.
Answer:
Declarative

15. Have you ever been to Puri?
Answer:
Interrogative

16. Did you go to Cuttack?
Answer:
Interrogative

17. Mr Mishra is a good doctor.
Answer:
Declarative

18. Come here, boys.
Answer:
Imperative

19. I never go to the cinema.
Answer:
Declarative

20. How fortunate I am!
Answer:
Exclamatory.

(2) Read the following sentences and say what type of sentence it is.
1. I can speak English but I cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
Compound

2. As the weather is fine, we should enjoy it.
Answer:
Complex

3. Do or die.
Answer:
Compound

4. Bhubaneswar with all its lights looks beautiful at night.
Answer:
Simple

5. You can do it if you like.
Answer:
Complex

6. Who told you to go home?
Answer:
Simple

7. Wait here until I return.
Answer:
Complex

8. The people who have gone to the moon say that there is no water there.
Answer:
Complex

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

9. A valuable thing was found yesterday.
Answer:
Simple

10. I came, I saw and I conquered.
Answer:
Compound

11. The boy described what he had seen.
Answer:
Complex

12. If you turn the switch, the motor will start.
Answer:
Complex

13. Maggie, take Mr. Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Simple

14. I understood how she felt.
Answer:
Complex

15. I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
Compound

16. I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
Complex

17. He stood up and asked me a question.
Answer:
Compound

18. The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
Complex

19. When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about the girl.
Answer:
Complex

20. I have been waiting here since morning.
Answer:
Simple

(3) Write the pattern of the following sentences.
1. Pragyan feels cold.
Answer:
SVC

2. The babies are crying.
Answer:
SV

3. Shruti looks tired.
Answer:
SVC

4. Mahesh offered me a gift.
Answer:
SVOO

5. Ashish asked her a question.
Answer:
SVOO

6. Krushna and Mahesh are on the way.
Answer:
SVC

7. The mango tastes sweet.
Answer:
SVC

8. Babul seems restless.
Answer:
SVC

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

9. The baby broke the toy.
Answer:
SVO

10. The book made him famous.
Answer:
SVOC

11. The boy appears innocent.
Answer:
SVC

12. His father bought him a new bicycle.
Answer:
SVOO

13. We have proved him wrong.
Answer:
SVOC

14. They elected Mr. Prusty chairman.
Answer:
SVOC

15. Dr. Prativa Ray has written many novels.
Answer:
SVO

16. It smells nice.
Answer:
SVC

17. My father was an artist.
Answer:
SVC

18. They found him death.
Answer:
SVOC

19. The sky got dark.
Answer:
SVC

20. The guide showed us the temple.
Answer:

(4) Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using co-ordinating or co-relative conjunctions.
1. You may stay here. You may go home.
Answer:
You may stay here or go home.

2. He joined the essay competition. He won the prize.
Answer:
He joined the essay competition and won the prize.

3. He is not rich. He is happy.
Answer:
He is not rich, yet he is happy.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

4. He rebuked me. I was not angry.
Answer:
He rebuked me, still, I was not angry.

5. Work hard. You will fail.
Answer:
Work hard, or else you will fail.

6. I was tired. I went to bed early.
Answer:
I was tired, so I went to bed early.

7. She can sing. She can dance.
Answer:
She can both sing and dance.

8. I am ill with a fever. I shall sit for the examination.
Answer:
I am ill with a fever nevertheless I shall sit for the examination.

9. It rained heavily. I could not go out.
Answer:
It rained heavily, therefore I could not go out.

10. He is mad. He feigns madness.
Answer:
He is either mad or he feigns madness.

11. He is not handsome. He is not smart.
Answer:
He is neither handsome nor smart.

12. He was arrested. He was sentenced to death.
Answer:
He was not only arrested but also sentenced to death.

13. I don’t want to go to the cinema. I am feeling tired.
Answer:
I don’t want to go to the cinema, besides I am feeling tired.

14. He couldn’t speak. He was overcome with grief.
Answer:
He could not speak for he was overcome with grief.

15. He knocked at the door. Nobody opened it.
Answer:
He knocked at the door, but nobody opened it.

16. I can speak English. I can speak Hindi.
Answer:
I can speak English, but I can’t speak Hindi.

17. He worked hard. He got a first division.
Answer:
He worked hard and got a first division.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

18. The knife is sharp. It cuts well.
Answer:
The knife is sharp, so it cuts well.

19. He gave us dinner. He drove us back home.
Answer:
He not only gave us dinner but also drove us back home.

20. His father will come here. His mother will come here.
Answer:
Either his father or his mother will come here.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Subject – Verb Agreement

  • Subject – verb agreement means the use of correct verb as per the person or number of the subject. [Subject -Verb agreement ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ବା ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର ।]
  • Now see how verbs are used in agreement with the person(s) and number(s) of the subject(s).
    (ଏବେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କିପରି Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

1. I am a teacher. [am = verb]
I = subject [first person / singular number]
2. Harishankar teaches well. [teaches = verb, Harishankar = subject (third person / singular number)]
3. The teachers in this school teach well, [teach = verb, teachers = subject (third person / plural number)]

Use of Singular Verbs :

1. Two nouns conveying the same meaning placed together only for purpose.
(ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣାତ୍ମକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ରଖୁ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିଲେ)
Example:
(i) The honour and glory (ଗୌରବ) of my countrymen is uppermost (ସବୁଠାରୁ ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ) in my mind.
(noun) (noun)
The power (କ୍ଷମତା) and influence (ପ୍ରଭାବ) Gandhiji exerted over the Indian masses (ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲେ) was really great.

2. Two nouns combined by ‘and’ expressing a single idea.
(i) The sum and substance of the poem is given below. (summary = ସାରକଥା)
(noun) (noun)
(ii) Making a promise and not honouring it is against my principle.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

3. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣ ବାଚକ ପଦ) ‘A lot of, ‘a great deal of ‘plenty of, ‘lots of referring to amount or quantity takes singular verb. (ପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକ ବଚନ ହୁଏ)
Examples:
(i) A lot of time was spent on preliminary (ପ୍ରାଥମିକ) enquiries (ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ). (time – uncountable noun / quantity)
(ii) Lots of food has been distributed (ବଣ୍ଟନ କରାଯାଇଛି) among the poor. (food – quantity)
(iii) Plenty of help is available. (help – amount)

4. Collective noun considered as a whole (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏକ ସାମଗ୍ରିକ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚିତ ହେଉଥିଲେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) in its opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The government has made some major (ମୁଖ୍ୟ) changes in its foreign policy. (government – collective noun)

5. “More than one + singular noun” takes singular verb.
Examples:
(i) More than one person (singular noun) has been honoured with Bharat Ratna this year.
(ii) More than one flower (singular noun) was faded (ମଉଳି ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା).

6. In mathematical expressions ‘is’ is generally used.
Examples:
(i) Two plus two is four.
(ii) Six minus (ବିଯୁକ୍ତ) two is four.
(iii) Two times two (୨ରେ ୨ ଗୁଣନ କଲେ) is four.

7. When an expression of amount, distance, weight, height or time is spoken of as a single unit, it is of ten used us a singular subject.
[ପରିମାଣ, ଦ,ରତା, ଓଜନ, ଉଚ୍ଚତା, ସମୟକୁ ଏକକ ରୂପେ କୁହାଗଲେ, ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ singular subject ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତାର,ପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
Examples
(i) Six weeks is a long vacation. (ଛ’ସପ୍ତାହ ଏକ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଛୁଟି ।)
(ii) Sixty minutes makes an hour. (୬୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟା ହୁଏ ।)
(iii) Five hundred rupees is what I get from my work a day. (ମୁଁ ଦିନକୁ ମୋ କାମରୁ ୫ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଏ ।)
(iv) Two kilos of tea costs six hundred rupees. (୨ କେ.ଜି. ଚାହାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ୬ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ।)

8. When two nouns are closely related to each other, are joined by ‘and’, they are sometimes considered as a single unit.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇ ଏକ ଏକକକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ଟି singular ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Bread and butter is my favourite breakfast. (ରୁଟି ଓ ଲହୁଣୀ ମୋର ପ୍ରିୟ ସକାଳଖାଦ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Slow and steady wins the race. (ଧୀରପାଣି ପଥର କାଟେ ।)
(iii) A horse and carriage was at the door. (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଗାଡ଼ିଟି ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ ଥିଲା ।)
(iv) Truth and honesty is the best policy. (ସତ୍ୟ ଓ ସାଧୁତା ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ଗୁଣ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) Cury and rice was his favourite food. (ତରକାରୀ ଓ ଭାତ ତାହାର ପ୍ରିୟ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)

9. Some collective nouns like clothing, food, furniture, stationery, being singular, take singular verbs.
[କେତେକ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ; ଯଥା – clothing (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର), food, furniture (ଆସବାବପତ୍ର), stationery (ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ), poetry (କବିତା ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଏକବଚନ ଥିବାରୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The furniture needs to be repaired. (ଆସବାବପତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମରାମତି ଦରକାର ।)
(ii) The clothing has been soiled. (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର ଧୂଳି ଧୂସରିତ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The poetry of Shakespear is excellent order. (ସେକ୍‌ସପିୟରଙ୍କର କବିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚକୋଟୀର ।)
(iv) Stationery is sold in his shop. (ତାହାର ଦୋକାନରେ ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ ।)

10. The sentence begins with ‘One of phrase, takes singular verb.
[‘One of” ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) One of my friends lives in the nearby village. (ମୋର ଜଣେ ସାଙ୍ଗ (ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଜଣେ) ନିକଟବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ବାସ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) One of the mangoes is green. (ଆମ୍ବ ଭିତରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ (ଆମ୍ବ) କଞ୍ଚା ଅଟେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

11. The Subject phrase beginning with either of, neither of, none of the verb becomes usually singular.
[either of, neither of, none of କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Either of the boys has got a prize. (ଦୁଇ ବାଳକଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ଜଣେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁରସ୍କାର ପାଇଛି ।)
(ii) Neither of the chairs looks beautiful. (ଦୁଇଟି ଚେୟାର୍ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ଚେୟାର୍ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦେଖାଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) None of the students was selected. (କୌଣସି ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ବଛାଗଲା ନାହିଁ ।)

12. ‘Each of takes singular verb :
[‘Each of ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject phrase ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Each of the doctors was given a medal. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରି ପଦକ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)
(ii) Each of the boys is clever enough to answer your question. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ତୁମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ଚତୁର ।)

13. The Subject phrase taking ‘the number’ of in the beginning takes singular verb.
[The number of (ସଂଖ୍ୟକ) ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject ସହିତ Singular verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The number of the sick children is increasing in India. (ଭାରତରେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବଢ଼ୁଛି ।)
(ii) The number of books stolen was fifty. (ଚୋରି ହୋଇଥିବା ବହି ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୫୦ ଥିଲା ।)

14. If the subject is a noun clause, the verb is singular.
[ଯଦି କଇଁ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ / ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ, ତା’ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଟି ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) What you say, is beyond my understanding. (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କରୁଛ, ମୋ ବୁଝିବା ବାହାରେ ।)
(ii) What he was doing all these days was a mistery. (ଆଜିକାଲି ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲା ଏକ ରହସ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) That she is alive is good news. (ଯେ ସେ ବଞ୍ଚୁଛି ଏକ ଭଲ ଖବର (ଅଟେ) ।)
(iv) What Manas does these days does not concern me. (ଆଜିକାଲି ମାନସ କ’ଣ କରୁଛି ମୋର ଏଥୁନେଇ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାର ନାହିଁ ।)

15. Uncountable Noun ending in-‘s’ take singular verbs.
[-‘s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିବା Uncountable Noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
ଏହି ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା :
Statistics (ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ), Mathematics, Physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ), Economics (ଅର୍ଥନୀତି), News (ସମ୍ବାଦ/ସମାଚାର), Measles (ମିଳିମିଳା), Mumps (ଗଳାଫୁଲା), etc.
Examples :
(i) Mumps is a dangerous disease. (ଗଳାଫୁଲା ଏକ ବିପଜ୍ଜନକ ରୋଗ ।)
(ii) The bad news travels fast. (ଦୁଃସମ୍ବାଦ ଶୀଘ୍ର ବ୍ୟାପିଯାଏ ।)
(iii) Physics has always been a tough subject for the students. (ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ ସର୍ବଦା ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ବିଷୟ ହୋଇ ଆସିଛି ।)
(iv) The scenery of Darjeeling is charming. (ଦାର୍ଜିଲିଂର ଦୃଶ୍ୟାବଳୀ ରମଣୀୟ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) The jewellery was old but costly. (ଗହଣା ପୁରୁଣା କିନ୍ତୁ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ ଥଲା ।)

16. Name of shops ending in -‘s’ takes singular verb.
[ଦୋକାନର ‘ନାମ’ –‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, କାରଣ ଏହା ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୋକାନର ନାମକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The Giri Opticals is in front of the Secondary Board High School. (ଗିରି ଚଷମା ଦୋକାନ ମାଧ୍ୟମିକ ବୋର୍ଡ଼ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଅବ ସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(ii) The Saurabh Books stands near the school gate. (ସୌରଭ ପୁସ୍ତକ ଭଣ୍ଡାର ସ୍କୁଲ ଗେଟ୍‌ ପାଖରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(iii) The United States is a powerful country. (ଯୁକ୍ତରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଏକ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ଦେଶ ଅଟେ ।)
(iv) Romeo and Juliet is a moving tragedy. (“ରୋମିଓ ଓ ଜୁଲିଏଟ’’ ଏକ କରୁଣ କାହାଣୀ ।)

17. Name of important books / poems / novels, etc. ending in ‘s’, takes singular verb.
[ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ ପୁସ୍ତକ/ କବିତା / ଉପନ୍ୟାସ / ନାଟକର ନାମ ‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ Singular verb ବସେ; କାରଣ ତାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁସ୍ତକକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Examples :
(i) Lines written in March is a beautiful poem of Wordsworth. (Lines written in March ୱାର୍ଡ଼ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥଙ୍କର ସୁନ୍ଦର କବିତା ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Gulliver’s Travels was written by Jonathan Swift. (ଜୋନାଥନ୍ ସ୍ବିଫ୍‌ଟଙ୍କ ଦ୍ଵାରା Gulliver’s Travels ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

18. The Subject phrase having with ‘A/an…of’ structure, takes singular verb.
[‘A/ an.. of ଥିବା କର୍ରାର ବାକ୍ୟାଶ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) An army of soldiers is in the border. (ଦଳେ ସୈନ୍ୟ ସୀମାରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A team of doctors is conducting the operation. (ଦଳେ ଡାକ୍ତର ଅସ୍ତ୍ରୋପଚାର କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) A troupe of monkeys has lived in this tree. (ଦଳେ ମାଙ୍କଡ଼ ଏହି ଗଛରେ ରହି ଆସୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

19. When the subject begins with ‘A pair of + plural noun ‘, the verb becomes singular. (କର୍ତ୍ତା A pair of + ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) A pair of shoes is lying in the corner. (ହଳେ ଜୋତା କୋଣରେ ପଡ଼ିଛି ।)
(i) A pair of scissors was needed to cut the paper. (କାଗଜ କାଟିବାପାଇଁ କଇଁଚିଟିଏ ଦରକାର ହେଉଥିଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

20. ‘Many a + singular noun ’and‘ more than one’ take singular verbs.
(Many a + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏବଂ more than one + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଆକାରରେ ଥିଲେ, କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Many a man has sacrificed his life for this cause. (ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ଏହି ମହାନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) More than one person has been involved. (ଏକାଧିକ ଲୋକ ଏଥରେ ଜଡି଼ତ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

21. ‘Each / Every’ + singular noun takes singular verbs. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ Each / Every + singular noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Each boy and each girl was in her best dress. (not ‘their’). (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳିକା ନିଜନିଜର ସୁନ୍ଦରତମ ପୋଷାକରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(i) Every night and every day brings its own responsibility. (not ‘their’) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ରାତି ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଦିନ ନିଜର ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଆଣିଥାଏ ।)

22. The + singular noun with the plural noun phrase takes singular verb.
(The + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ସହ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The town with the tall buildings looks beautiful. (town – first noun) (ଡେଙ୍ଗା / ଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକା ସହ ସହରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦିଶୁଛି ।)
(ii) The tallest (man) of the youths has won the prize. (ଯୁବକମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଜଣକ ପୁରସ୍କାର ଜିତିଛି ।)
(iii) The mother with her five children was standing there. ( ପାଞ୍ଚ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ସହ ମାଆ ସେଠାରେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ।)

23. Introductory ‘It’ is always followed by the singular verb, no mater whether the noun that follows it, is singular or plural.
(ଉପକ୍ରମିକ ‘It’ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ଏହା (It) ପରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଯାହା ରହିଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ।)
Examples :
(i) It is the people who must be aware of it. (ଲୋକମାନେ ହିଁ ଏହା ବିଷୟରେ ସଚେତନ ହେବା ଜରୁରୀ ।)
(ii) It was the colleges that objected to the decision of the government. (କଲେଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହିଁ ସରକାରଙ୍କର ନିଷ୍ପଭିକୁ ବିରୋଧ କରିଥିଲେ ।)

Use of Plural Verbs :

1. Collective noun when we think of its members individually
(ସଭ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କଲାବେଳେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee were divided in their opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The police are running after the thief (Police – collective noun)

2. The name of a state, country or institution denotes a team.
Examples:
(i) India have defeated Australia in the first ODI.
(ii) Pakistan were defeated by England in the last series.

3. More + Plural noun + than one Plural Verb
Example:
More persons (Plural verb) than one have been honoured with Padma Shree.

4. A lot of / A great deal of / plenty of etc. refer to number- plural verb
Examples:
(i) Plenty of shops (plural noun) accept payments by credit card.
(1) Lots of people (plural noun) are taking part in the marathon.

5. Some nouns like police, people, poultry (କୁକୁଡ଼ା ପାଳନ), government, cattle (ଗାଈଗୋରୁ), teeth, feet, geese, etc. take plural verbs. [କେତେକ nouns; ଯଥା – police, people, poultry, cattle ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା plural verbs ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The cattle are grazing.
(ii) The government have kept all their promises. (ସରକାର ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ଶପଥ ପୂରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) The police have arrested the thief. (ପୋଲିସ୍ ଚୋରକୁ ଗିରଫ୍ କରିଛି ।)
(iv) The people were against price-list. (ଲୋକମାନେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ବିରୋଧରେ ଥିଲେ ।)

6. A number of + plural noun takes a plural verb.
[A number of ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା Plural verb (ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) A number of children are suffering from cold and cough. (ବହୁତ ପିଲା ଥଣ୍ଡା ଓ କାଶର ଶିକାର ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A number of chairs in this classroom have broken. (ଏହି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଅଧିକାଂଶ |ବହୁତ ଚେୟାର୍ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)

7. ‘The + adjective’ always takes Plural Verb as they refer to a group of people or people in general.
[‘The + adjective’ ସର୍ବଦା Plural Verb ଧାରଣ କରେ ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକ ବର୍ଗର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The rich always hate the poor. (ଧନୀମାନେ ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The blind are given training in handicrafts.(ଅନ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କୁ ହସ୍ତକଳା ବିଷୟରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
(iii) The dead have been buried. (ମୃତମାନଙ୍କୁ କବର ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. Pair Nouns (having two similar parts) take plural verbs.
[‘Pair Nouns (ଦୁ ଇଟି ସମାନ ଅଂଶକୁ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଧାରଣ କରିଥାଏ ।]
ଏହିଭଳି noun ହେଲା scissors, trousers, spectacles / glasses (ଚଷମା) shoes, pincers (ଚିମୁଟା), stockings (ମୋଜା), ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
Examples:
(i) My spectacles have been mended. (ମୋ ଚଷମାଟିକୁ ମରାମତି କରାଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) The scissors need sharpening. (କଇଁଚି|କତୁରୀରେ ଧାର ଦେବା ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି ।)
(iii) Ther shoes are new and expensive. (ଜୋତା ନୂଆ ଓ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ।)

Singular or plural verbs :

1. If two nouns are joined by with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. the verb becomes Singular or Plural in agreement with the first noun.
[ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି noun ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ noun ଅନୁସାରେ verb ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁ ଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The teacher (first noun) with all his students has come. (ସମସ୍ତ ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Population growth (first noun) in addition to other problems has made India poor. (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଲୋକସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଭାରତକୁ ଦରିଦ୍ର କରିଛି ।)
(iii) Harish (first noun) as well as his brothers was responsible for the loss. (ହରିଶ ଏବଂ ତାହାର ଭାଇମାନେ କ୍ଷତି ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ଥିଲେ ।)

2. If two nouns are joined by not only … but also, or, either …… or, neither ….. nor, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the nearer or second noun or noun phrase.
(ଯଦି ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ not only … but also or (କିମ୍ବା) either …… or ବା neither ….. nor ଆଦି Conjunctions ବା ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦଦ୍ୱାର ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ବା ୨ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Not only the doctor but also the nurses (2nd noun phrase) are to blame. (କେବଳ ଡାକ୍ତର ନୁହଁନ୍ତି, ସେବିକାମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ନିନ୍ଦାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Rama or his friends (2nd noun phrase) have broken the glass. (ରାମ କିମ୍ବା ତା’ ବଂଧୁମାନେ ପ୍ଲାସ୍ଟିକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) Either you or I (2nd noun) am to leave this place. (ହୁଏତ ତୁମକୁ ବା ମୋତେ ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ିବାର ଅଛି ।)

3. Verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the number and person of the antecedent or noun phrase in the Relative clause.
[Relative clause ରେ ଥିବା antecedent ବା noun phrase ର ବଚନ୍ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) It is you who have insulted me. (you = noun phrase/antecedent) (ତୁମେ ହିଁ ମୋତେ ଅପମାନିତ କରିଛ ।)
(ii) It is Rajesh who is guilty. (Rajesh = noun phrase / antecedent) (ରାଜେଶ ହିଁ ଦୋଷୀ। ଏହା ରାଜେଶ ଯେ କି ଦୋଷୀ)
(iii) It is / who am to do this work first. (I = noun phrase / antecedent) (ମୋତେ ହିଁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏହି କାମ କରିବାର ଅଛି ।)

4. If the subject begins with a fraction, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as the noun that follows the fraction.
[ଯଦି କର୍ତ୍ତା fraction ବା ଭଗ୍ନାଂଶକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ fraction ପରେ ଥିବା। ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Two-thirds of the crop has been damaged. (crop = uncountable noun) (ଶସ୍ୟର ଦୁଇ-ତୃତୀୟାଂଶ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) One-fourth of the books were gutted in the fire. (books = plural noun) (ଏକ-ଚତୁର୍ଥାଂଶ ବହି ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳି ପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

5. If ”and” connects two titles or designations of the same person, the verb is Singular (with ‘the’ before one (noun) and if the persons referred to are different (with the before each noun), the verb is Plural.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ଉପାଧ୍ ବା ପଦବୀ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ସୂତ (କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ) ତା’ ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ Singular ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ । ସେହିପରି ଯଦି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ଭିନ୍ନ ଥାଏ (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ), ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦ Plural ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The editor (noun) and publisher (noun) of the newspaper has come to the town. (ସମ୍ବପତ୍ରର ସଂପାଦକ ଓ ପ୍ରକାଶକ (ଏକବ୍ୟକ୍ତି) ସହରକୁ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The Vice-President of India and the speaker of Lok Sabha are considering the proposal. (ଭାରତର ଉପରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି ଓ ଲୋକସଭାର ବାଚସ୍ପତି ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବଟିକୁ ବିବେଚନା କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)(ଦୁଇ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)

6. If a collective noun or group noun is considered to be a single unit, verb is Singular but if we consider it as a collection of separate individuals we use Plural verb.
[ଯଦି ଏକ collective noun (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ); ଯଥା – family, crowd, library, fleet, flock (ମେଣ୍ଢାପଲ), class(ଶ୍ରେଣୀ) ଏକ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Singular ହୁଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷମାନଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଏ, ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Our family is a small one. (a single unit) (ଆମ ପରିବାର ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Our family have been divided into two groups. (separate individuals) (ଆମର ପରିବାର ଦୁଇଟି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି / ଦୁଇ ଭାଗ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The fleet has set sail. (a single unit) (ଜାହାଜ (ଜଳ) ସବୁ ଏକତ୍ରିତ ହୋଇ ଯାତ୍ରା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The fleet have scattered about having been attacked. (separate individuals) (ଆକ୍ରମଣ ପରେ ଜାହାଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

7. When the sentence starts with a dummy ‘there’ the verb agrees with the logical or real subject that follows the verb.
[ଯେତେବେଳେ ବାକ୍ୟ dummy (ଛଦ୍ମବେଶୀ), there ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, logical ବା real (ବାସ୍ତବ / ପ୍ରକୃତ) କର୍ତ୍ତା ଅନୁସାରେ verb (କ୍ରିୟା) Singular ବା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) There is a bag on the table.( a bag = real subject) (ଟେବୁଲ ଉପରେ ବ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେଟିଏ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) There were a lot of girls in this college. (a lot of girls = real subject) (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଅନେକ ଝିଅ ଥିଲେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. The following plural nouns always take plural verbs. (‘-s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଥବା ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(These nouns are always used in ‘s’ or ‘-es’)

annals (ପୃଷ୍ଠା) arms (ଅସ୍ତ୍ରଶସ୍ତ୍ର)
ashes (ପାଉଁଶ) assets (ସଂପରି)
clothes (ପୋଷାକ) auspics (ଶୁଭାଶୁଭ ଲକ୍ଷଣ, ପୂର୍ବାଭାଷ, ପୃଷ୍ଠପୋଷକତା)
credentials (ପ୍ରମାଣ) customs (ଟିକସ୍)
embers (ଜ୍ଵଳନ୍ତ କୋଇଲା ବା ଅଙ୍ଗାର) environs (ପରିବେଶ)
fetters (ବେଢ଼ି ବା ବନ୍ଧନ ବା ଶିକୁଳି) goods (ମାଲପତ୍ର)
leavings (ତ୍ୟାଗଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) links ( ସମ୍ପର୍କ)
nuptials (ବିବାହ ବନ୍ଧନ) adds (ସମ୍ଭାବନା)
proceeds (ଆଗୁଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ) premises (ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗଣ ବା ହତା ଘର, ସ୍କୁଲ ଆଦିର)
remains (ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟାଶ) riches (ଧନ, ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଚୁର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
savings (ସଞ୍ଚୟ) socks (ଛୋଟପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ମୋଜା)
spectacles (ଚଷମା) stairs (ପାହାଚ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ)
statistics ( ସାଂଖ୍ୟକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସବୁ) thanks (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ)
vitals (ମୁଖ୍ୟଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) wages (ମଜୁରି)
wares (ବିକ୍ରି ସାମଗ୍ରୀ)

Examples:
(i) Your clothes are expensive.
(ii) Her scissors were blunt (ମୁଣ୍ଡା).
(iii) These goods are for sale ( ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ).
(iv) The man’s wages are ₹300/- a day..
(v) (But the wages (reward ପୁରସ୍କାର) of sin (ପାପ) is death.)

9. There are several nouns, plural in form but singular in meaning. They nearly always require singular verbs. (ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ରୂପ (-s ବା -es) ରେ ସରୁଥୁବା କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ଅଟନ୍ତି । ଏଭଳି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

acoustics (ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) acronautics (ବିମାନ ଉଡ଼ାଣ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
alms (ଭିକ୍ଷା) analytics (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
Athens ( ଗ୍ରୀସ୍ ଦେଶର ରାଜଧାନୀ) athletics (ଦୌଡ଼, ଲମ୍ଫ ଥିବା କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା)
bellows ( ହାରମୋନିଅମ୍‌ର ପବନ ସଞ୍ଚାଳନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ବା କମାରର ଭାତି ବା ହାପର) billiards (ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ତିନୋଟି ବଲ୍‌କୁ କାଠବାଡ଼ିରେ ଖେଳା ଯାଉଥିବା ଏକ ଦି ଜଣିଆ ଖେଳ ।)
civics (ନଗର ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) dynamics (ଗତି ବା ଗତି ବିଦ୍ୟା)
economics ( ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ) aesthetics (ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟତତ୍ତ୍ଵ)
ethics (ନୀତି) gallows (ଫାଶୀଖୁଣ୍ଟ)
hydraulics ( ଜଳଗତି ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) innings (କ୍ରିକେଟର ପାଳି)
linguistics ( ଭାଷାବିଜ୍ଞାନ) magnetics ( ଚୁମ୍ବକୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
mathematics (ଗଣିତ) measles (ମିଳିମିଳା)
mechanics ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଦ୍ୟା) metaphysics (ଅଧୂବିଜ୍ଞାନ / ସତ୍ୟଜ୍ଞାନ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
molasses (ଗୁଣ୍ଡ) mumps (ଗାଲ ବେକଫୁଲା ରୋଗ)
news (ଖବର) optics (ଚଷମା)
phonetics (ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ବିଦ୍ୟା) physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
politics (ରାଜନୈତିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) summons (କୋର୍ଟ ଡାକରା)
tactics (କୌଶଳ)

Notice :
What are your politics? (political beliefs)
But Politics is a dirty game.
All possible means have been tried. (ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ଉପାୟ)
But Every means has been tried.

Activity – 1 :

1. Choose the correct verbs given in brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) plenty of job opportunities for the people of this region.
Answer:
are (for opportunities)

(b) There (was /were) plenty of room for improvement in her work.
Answer:
was

(c) Two plus two (is / are) four.
Answer:
is

(d) Two twos (is / are) four.
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(e) Seventy kilometres (are / is) a long distance.
Answer:
is

(f) Fish and chips (is / are) not so expensive as chicken curry and rice.
Answer:
is

(g) A crowd (has / have) gathered in the street.
Answer:
has

(h) The assembly (was / were) divided on this issue.
Answer:
were

(i) The police (is / are) chasing the burglar.
Answer:
are

(j) Her clothing (is / are) waterproof.
Answer:
is

Activity – 2 :

2. Fill in the blanks with appropriate auxiliary verbs.
(a) Either of the boys _________ won a medal.
Answer:
has

(b) Neither of those officers _________ efficient.
Answer:
is

(c) One of his friends _________ able to speak English fluently.
Answer:
is

(d) Some honey _________ left in the pot.
Answer:
is

(e) The governor and chancellor of the university _________ been invited to this function.
Answer:
has

(f) Three-fourths of the crop _________ damaged by the flood.
Answer:
was / is

(g) Agreat deal of money _________ spent for his mother’s treatment.
Answer:
was

(h) A whole regiment of volunteers _________ working here.
Answer:
is

(i) The number of scholarships _________ increased this year.
Answer:
has

(j) These days mumps _________ not at all difficult to cure.
Answer:
is

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Activity – 3 :

3. Rewrite the sentences choosing the correct alternative given in brackets:
(a) What he says about me (do / does) not affect me.
Answer:
does

(b) Ram as well as his friends (like / likes) to play football.
Answer:
like

(c) Neither rose nor jasmine (was / were) available in the market.
Answer:
was

(d) A pair of spectacles (were / was) lying on the bed.
Answer:
was

(e) The rich (lives / live) in affluence.
Answer:
live

(f) The Centerbury Tales (was / were) written by Chaucer.
Answer:
was

(g) Six weeks (are / is) a long vacation for students.
Answer:
live

(h) Your trousers (is / are) tom.
Answer:
live

(i) I am young and strong, (amn’t / aren’t) ?
Answer:
aren’t

(j) It is you who (has / have) insulted me.
Answer:
have

Activity – 4 : 

4. Choose the correct expression from the brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) people waiting to see you.
Answer:
are (people – real subject)

(b) Ours (is / are) a great nation, (isn’t it / aren’t they) ?
Answer:
is, isn’t it ?

(c) The police (has / have) a difficult job.
Answer:
have

(d) A lot of cattle (was / were) grazing in the field.
Answer:
were

(e) The youth (is / are) not so sincere.
Answer:
are

(f) The youth (was / were) more serious than his uncle.
Answer:
was (the young man)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(g) Ill news (travel / travels) fast.
Answer:
travels

(h) Mumps (is / are) very unpleasant.
Answer:
is

(i) Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause / causes) diseases.
Answer:
cause

(j) There (is / are) a pair of spectacles on that shelf.
Answer:
is

At A Glance :
I. Look at the following sentences :
(i) Fish and meat aren’t available here.
(ii) Bread and butter is a wholesome food.
In the sentence (i) two singular nouns in the subject part fish and meast joined by and they take a plural verb.

ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ; ଯଥା – fish ଓ meat ଅନୁଯାୟୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ are ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି। ‘are’ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଯାହା fish ଓ meat ଭଳି ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ବା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ଅନୁସାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।

ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ subject part ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Bread ଓ butter ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତାହା ଏକ unit ବା ଏକକ ରୂପେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ଧାରଣାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି । ତେଣୁ Bread ଓ butter ସହିତ ଏକବଚନ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ରକ୍ଷା କରୁଛି ।

So a subject-verb agreement means the use of verb in accordance with the number and person of the subject.

କର୍ତାର ବଚନ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାସହ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ subject-agreement କୁହାଯାଏ।
Some collective nouns such as government, committee, family, army, audience, class, community, company, council, enemy, majority, military, jury, public take plural verbs when they refer to individual members separately. But they can take a singular verb when they mean a
group as a single or whole body.

ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଲଗା ବା ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଓ ଏକ ଦଳ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।

1. (a) The government have levied high tax on the income groups.
(b) The government welcomes (ସ୍ଵାଗତ କରୁଛି) the proposal. (as single body)

2. (a) The committee are against the appointment (ନିଯୁକ୍ତି). (individual members)
(b) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) on the issue. (as a single body)

3. (a) Mr Mishra’s family have gone on holidays. (some of the members of the family)
(b) Mr Mishra’s family consists of (ଗଠିତ) five members. (family as a whole)

4. (a)The council meets today in the Town Hall. (as a single body)
(b) The council were divided in their opinions. (the individual members)

II. Look at the following sentences:
A group of people was standing at the gate.
A herd of cattle is sleeping under the tree,
When we use the collective noun phrases such as a group of (ଦଳେ), a flock of (ଦଳେ), a herd of (ଦଳେ/ଗୋଠେ), a band of (policemen /robbers) (ଦଳେ), a bevy of (ladies) (ଦଳେ ଭଦ୍ରମହିଳା), a body of (laws) (ନିୟମାବଳୀ), a gallery of (picture), a fleet of sheeps (ଜାହାଜଦଳ), a posse of (constables) (ଦଳେ) etc., they usually take singular verb.

(ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)

But, if we think of the group separately, a plural verb may be used. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଏଭଳି ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକକୁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଚିନ୍ତା କଲେ, ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରିବ।)
A group of us are going to a study tour to Bhubaneswar.
A herd of cows were descending (ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଆସୁଥୁଲେ) into the valley.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

III. Two nouns in the subject part take a singular verb if they refer to a single idea or single item. (Subject part ରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି noun ଏକ ଓ ଅଭିନ୍ନ ଧାରଣା ବା ଉପାଦାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ singular verb ବୃବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
Bread and butter is my favourite food. (Bread and butter is taken together)
Truth and honesty is the best policy.
Slow and steady wins the race. (a man being slow and steady)
Courtesy (ସୁଜନତା) and gentlemanliness (ଭଦ୍ରାମି) is the finer quality of man.
The scholar and poet (one person as ‘the’ is used before one person ‘scholar’) is dead.
The poet and philosopher is alive.
The accountant and cashier (same person) has fled (ପଳାୟନ କରିଛି) with the bank’s money.
But, mark ‘the’ before each noun.
The scholar and the poet are dead. (two different persons)
The poet and the philosopherare alive. (two different persons)
The accountant and the cashier have fled with the bank’s money.

Subject Verb Agreement Additional Questions With Answers

Fill in the blanks with correct form of verbs in brackets.
1. Food ___________ necessary for living. (be)
Answer:
is

2. The furniture ___________ to be repaired. (need)
Answer:
need

3. The poultry _________ feed. (have)
Answer:
have been

4. Truth and honesty___________ the best policy. (be)
Answer:
is

5. Sixty years ___________ a long time. (be)
Answer:
is

6. One of my friends ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

7. It ___________ two miles to the beach. (be)
Answer:
is/was

8. There ___________ a book on the table. (be)
Answer:
is/was

9. Five kilos of sugar ___________ two hundred rupees. (cost)
Answer:
costs

10. The committee ___________ divided on this issue. (be)
Answer:
were

11. The jury ___________ selected its chairman. (have)
Answer:
has

12. All the books which have been placed on the table ___________ mine. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

13. Either of the boys ___________ got a prize. (have)
Answer:
has

14. Each of the students ___________ given a prize. (be)
Answer:
was

15. Some water ___________ left in the pot. (be)
Answer:
was

16. The Vice-President of India and the Chairman of Rajya Sabha ___________ his consent to the bill. (have)
Answer:
has

17. Two thirds of the water ___________ evaporated. (have)
Answer:
has

18. A lot of money ___________ spent last year. (be)
Answer:
was

19. A crowd of people ___________ shouting last night. (be)
Answer:
was

20. The number of children ___________ increasing. (be)
Answer:
is

21. Gymnastics ___________ compulsory in the school. (be)
Answer:
is

22. The news ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

23. What he says ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

24. Babul as well as his friends ___________ responsible for the loss. (be)
Answer:
is

25. Not only Ashish but also his classmates ___________ equally guilty. (be)
Answer:
are

26. A pair of shoes ___________ lying here. (be)
Answer:
is

27. The blind ___________ assistance of others. (need)
Answer:
need

28. It is you who ___________ wronged me. (have)
Answer:
have

29. The United States ___________ a powerful country. (be)
Answer:
is

30. The rich ___________ the poor. (hate)
Answer:
hate

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

31. Ours ___________ a great nation. (be)
Answer:
is

32. What he says about me ___________ not affect me. (do)
Answer:
does

33. The data ___________ not true. (be)
Answer:
are

34. A lot of cattle ___________ grazing. (be)
Answer:
are

35. The youth ___________ not so sincere. (be)
Answer:
are

36. Six weeks ___________ a long vacation. (be)
Answer:
is

37. Bad news ___________ fast. (travel)
Answer:
travels

38. The police ___________ on duty. (be)
Answer:
are

39. Neither of those officers ___________ efficient. (be)
Answer:
is/was

40. A number of children ___________ playing. (be)
Answer:
are

41. Three fourth of the crop ___________ damaged. (be)
Answer:
was

42. A herd of elephants ___________ seen in the jungle. (be)
Answer:
was

43. Some of the music ___________ excellent. (be)
Answer:
was

44. The radio you gave my children ___________ properly. (work)
Answer:
works

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

45. Neither of them ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

46. Two plus two ___________ four. (be)
Answer:
is

47. Her clothing ___________ waterproof. (be)
Answer:
is

48. The committee ___________ unanimous on this issue. (be)
Answer:
was

49. The people of India ___________ hardworking. (be)
Answer:
are

50. The scissors old. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

A. Read these lines from your textbook of class IX.
1. (a) felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ସାମନା କରିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସଙ୍କୋଚ ଲାଗିଲା ।)
(b) I wrote a letter announcing my departure.
(ମୋର ଫେରିଯିବା ବା ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ଘୋଷଣା କରି ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖଲି ।)

  • The underlined expressions are non-finite verbs. Because these verb forms have no agreement with the subjects. They only state purpose or cause.
  • Every simple sentence has a Finite Verb(s) and it always agrees with the subject. [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ ଏବଂ ସର୍ବଦା subject ବା କର୍ଚ୍ଚାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ସହିତ ଏହି ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Finite Verb) ର agreement ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Seema writes letters. (Simple Sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘writes’ – Finite Verb/Present Simple tense.
Seema-Subject (third person and singular number)]

(ii) He did the work to please me. (Simple sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘did’ – Finite Verb/Past Simple tense.]

(iii) Sehwag has scored two triple centuries in test cricket.
[ଏଠାରେ has scored – Finite Verbs/Present Perfect tense.]
(ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଉଛୁ ଯେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ରହିଛି ଯେହେତୁ ଏହାର tense ବା କାଳ ଅଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • Apart from Finite Verbs, we have Non-Finite Verbs in the sentence.
    [Finite verb ବା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି, ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Non-Finite Verbs) ମଧ୍ଯ ଥାଏ ।]
  • While Finite Verb has ‘tense’, Non-Finite Verb has ‘no tense’.
    [Finite Verb ର Tense ଥାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ର tense ନ ଥାଏ ।]
  • Finite Verb is the indispensable part in a sentence, but Non-Finite Verb is the additional/ optional part in a sentence.
    [Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅପରିହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଙ୍ଗ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ।]
  • A Non-Finite Verb is expressed by forms of a verb.
    [Verb ର ରୂପ ବା form ଦ୍ଵାରା Non-Finite Verb ସୂଚିତ ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) I hope to get a first class. (ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ।)
[hope-Finite Verb (present simple tense), to get-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(ii) Seema left going to his house. (ସୀମା ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା ।)
[left-Finite Verb (past simple tense), going-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇନେଲେ ।)
[got -Finite Verb (past simple tense), examined-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iv) The headmaster let the boy go home. (ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ବାଳକଟିକୁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
[let-Finite Verb (past simple tense), go-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

Remember :
A Non-Finite Verb has only form (s) and it has nothing do with the subject.
(ଏକ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କେବଳ form ବା ରୂପ ଅଛି ଓ ବାକ୍ୟର subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ସହିତ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ।

See the classification on Non-Finite verbs in the diagram below:
[Non-Finite Verb(s) ର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 1

(1) To-Infinitives
The following verbs generally take ‘to + infinitive’ immediately after them.
(ତଳଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ to + Infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

appear
begin
decide
deserve
fail
prefer
forget
remember
pretend
agree
attempt
desire
claim
demand
expect
fail
want
hope
intend
manage
learn
need
plan
prepare
refuse
wish

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I hope to see you again.
(ii) He requested me to help him.
(iii) They expect to travel by air.
(iv) He plans to visit Japan next year.
(v) The prisoners managed to escape.
(vi) We would prefer not to sit at the front.

(N.B ) (In the negative, ‘‘not’ comes after the to + infinitiveÿ))
(vii) They decided to stay in the open field.
(viii) Never pretend to be foolish.
(ix) Father has reminded me to go to the movie.

(2) -‘Ing’ Non-Infinitives :
The following verbs are usually followed by Verb-‘ing’.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ  – ing Non-infinitives ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

admit (ସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
appreciate (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
finish (ଶେଷ କରିବା )
consider (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା )
count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
depend on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
feel like (want )
insist on (declare strongly)
look forward to (ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
think of
can’t/couldn’t help (avoid)
rely on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା)
miss (ଛାଡ଼ି ଦେବା)quit (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା)
deny (ଅସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
enjoy (ଉପଭୋଗ କରିବା)
report (ବିବରଣୀ ଦେବା। ଜଣାଇବା)
resent (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
hate resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା)
risk (ବିପଦ ବରଣ କରିବା)
give up (stop for ever)
object to (ବିରୋଧ/ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
put off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
would you mind (ଦୟାକରି)
keep on (ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା )
practise (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା)
recall (ମନେ ପକାଇବା)

Examples:
(i) Do you mind waiting a moment?
(ii) Someone suggested going for a walk.
(iii) I enjoyed getting up (ଉଠିବା) early in summer.
(iv) Have you finished doing your homework?
(v) I can’t help feeling depressed (ହତାଶ )sometimes.
(vi) The girl admitted not paying for the tickets.
(vii) Father has given up smoking.
(viii) I look forward to getting a sweet reply from my friend.
(ix) He objected to my behaving so rudely.
(x) Gandhiji succeeded in getting freedom for India.
(xi) The coach congratulated the Indian team on becoming the No.1 team in test format.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(a) Verb + Object (କର୍ମ) + V-‘ing’

Examples:
(i) I hate people laughing at me.
object
(ii) The girl loves young people admiring her beauty.
object
(iii) The job involves (ସଂପୃକ୍ତି) somebody risking his life.
object

(b) ‘Ing’ form in sentences beginning with ‘It’

Examples:
(i) It is no use/ no good arguing him.
(ତା’ ସହିତ ଯୁକ୍ତିକରି କିଛି ଲାଭ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) It was quite a thrilling experience visiting the Konark Temple.
(କୋଣାର୍କ ମନ୍ଦିର ବୁଲିଯିବା/ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଏକ ରୋମାଞ୍ଚକାରୀ ଅନୁଭୂତି ଥିଲା ।)

(iii) It may be worth encouraging the boy to study hard.
(ବାଳକକୁ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା ଭଲ ।)

V-ing Form or To-infinitives
Often different verbs having close meanings in themselves take ‘to + infinitives’ or ‘ingform’. (ଅଧ୍କାଂଶ ସମୟରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥ‌ିବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ To + infinitive ଓ ଆଉ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘ing-form’ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

To + Infinitives -‘Ing’ Form
1. Raman decided to take a taxi. (‘decide’ takes only ‘to-inf.’’) 1. Raman suggested taking a taxi.
(‘suggested’ takes only a ‘v-ing’ form)
2. We are training to run uphill 2. We are practising running uphill. (ପାହାଡ଼
ଉପରକୁ)
(Here ‘training’ and ‘practicing are same in meaning.)
(ଏଠାରେ choseadmitted ପ୍ରାୟ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ବହନ କରୁଛି ।)
3. The man chose not to buy a ticket. 3. The man admitted not buying a ticket.
4. The committee agreed to pay half the cost of blankets. 4. The committee recommended paying half cost of blankets.
5. I prefer to travel by air.
(a particular preference)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
5. I prefer travelling by air.
(a general preference)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ପସନ୍ଦ)
6. I forgot to do the homework.
(a particular occasion)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
6. I forgot doing the homework.
(a more common activity)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ଘଟଣା ।)

Either ‘To+Infinitive’ or ‘V-Ing’ form But different Meanings
(ବିଭି ଅର୍ଥରେ – ‘Ing’ ଓ ‘To + Inf’ର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
(ନମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ‘to + infinitives’ ଓ ‘ing form’ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • remember
  • forget
  • try
  • regret
  • mean
  • stop
  • go on
  • need
V +To + Infinitives V +Ing form
(i) I must remember to post the letter today.
(“Remember to post” means to first
remember and then to post)
(i) I remember seeing him in the * meeting hall.
(“remember seeing means to first see and then remember it later)
(ii) I forgot to sign the bill.
(a necessary action)
(ii) I’ll never forget visiting the zoo with my father. (memories of the past)
(iii) People tried to put out the fire.
(to attempt an action)
(iii) First people tried throwing water on the flame, but that didn’t work. (to do something which might
solve a problem)
(iv) I regret to inform you that your application has been rejected.
( ‘regret to inform’ means being
sorry for giving bad news at present)
(iv) I regret wasting so much time on visiting theatres.
( ‘regret wasting’ means feeling
sorry for some past action)
(v) At the next square (ଛକ), the man stopped to buy a book.
(to stop to do something)
(v) You had better (should) stop dreaming.
(end an action.)
(vi) The teacher introduced himself and went on to discuss, the first lesson.
(to do the next thing)
(vi) The teacher told the girls to be quiet but they just went on talking.
(continue doing something)
(vii) I need to leave by nine.
(necessary to do something)
(vii) The grass needs cutting. It has grown very long.
(needs to be done)

(3) Bare Infinitives
A bare infinitive is simply the base form like go, eat, dance, etc. of the verb.
(Bare-infinitive ହେଇଛି କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ମୂଳରୂପ; ଯଥା – go, eat, dance ଇତ୍ଯାଦି ।)

Patterns with Bare-infinitive:
(i) Verbs make, let, have take an ‘Object + bare infinitive’.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ; ଯଥା – make, let, have object ବା କର୍ମ ସହିତ bare infinitive ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(a) I made the girl dance. (ମୁଁ ଝିଅକୁ ନଚାଇଲି ।)
(the girl = object, dance = bare-infinitive)

(b) The teacher let the pupils go home early.(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
(thepupils = object, go = bare-infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(c) I’ll have the driver bring home your suitcase. (ମୁଁ ତୁମର ସୁକେଶ୍ୱକୁ driver ଦ୍ବାରା ଘରକୁ ମଗାଇ ଆଣିବି ।)

(ii) Verbs of perception such as see, hear,feel etc. take an object + bare infinitive after them.
[Verbs of perception ବା ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ object ବା କର୍ମ + bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

(a) We saw the terrorists leave the building.
( terrorists = object, leave = bare infinitive)
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆକ୍ରମଣକାରୀମାନଙ୍କୁ କୋଠାଘର ଛାତ ଦେଇ ବାହାରିଯିବାର ଦେଖୁଲୁ ।)

(b) I heard someone knock on the door. (କେହି ଜଣେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍ ଠକ୍ କରିବାର ମୁଁ ଶୁଣିଲି ।)
(someone = object, knock= bare infinitive)

(c) He felt someone touch his shoulders. (କେହି ଜଣେ ତା’ କାନ୍ଧ ଛୁଇଁବାର ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲା)
( someone = object, touch = bare infinitive)

(iii) A bare infinitive is usually used after‘except’ and ‘but’.
(‘Except’ ଓ ‘but’ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(a) Our maid-servant does everything except do the washing-up.
(do = bare infinitive)
(= ଆମର ଚାକରାଣୀ ବାସନକୁସନ ମାଜିବା ଛଡ଼ା ଅନ୍ୟସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ ।)
This old man does nothing but shout all day.
(shout=bare infinitive)
(= ଏହି ବୁଢ଼ାଟି ଦିନସାରା ଚିତ୍କାର ଛାଡ଼ିବା ବ୍ୟତୀତ କିଛି କରେନାହିଁ ।)

Look at the following sentences :
(i) Will you help me carry the luggage ? (informal)
(carry = bare infinitive)
(ii) Will you help me to carry the luggage ? (formal)
(to carry = to infinitive)

N.B: With the verb of perception in Active Voice, the bare infinitive is changed into a to + infinitive.
(Active voice ରେ verb ofperception ଥ୍ଲେ Passive Voice ରେ Bare infinitiveg To + infinitive ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
Active Voice = I heard him cry.
(him = object, cry = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice = He was heard to cry, (to + infinitive)

(4) -‘EN’ forms

-‘En’ ବା -‘Ed’ is the third form of the base verb used as non-infinitive.
[‘-En’ ବା ‘-Ed’ ହେଉଛି ମୂଳ କ୍ରିୟାର ତୃତୀୟ ରୂପ ଯାହାକି non-infinitive verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
‘-En’ or ‘-Ed’ form is used after the verbs had or got with ‘an object’ to mean “to do get something done by somebody.”
[verb ର -Ed ବା -En form ‘had” ଓ ‘got’ verb ଓ object (କର୍ମ) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଇବା]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I had my letter typed. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଟାଇପ୍ କରାଇଲି)
(my letter = object, typed = ‘-en’ non-finitive)

(ii) You should have vourphoto taken. (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଫଟୋ ଉଠାଇନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(yourphoto = object , taken= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କର ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇଲେ ।)
(both his eyes =object, examined= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

Difference between ‘Bare’ Infinitive and ‘Ing’ form

‘BARE’ Infinitive
(Completed action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
‘-ING’ Form/ Non-Infinitive
(Incomplete action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
Examples:
I saw him cross the road.
(ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)
I saw him crossing the road.
(ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)

Breaking of a sentence into two Simple Sentences :
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଦୁଇଟି ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା)
(i) Use ‘will’ omitting ‘to + infinitive ’.
(To + infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ ‘will’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ)

(ii) Use Past Simple Tense placing Bare-infinitive.
(Bare-infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ Past Simple Tense ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ)

Questions with Answers :
(i) I want my friend to get the prize, (‘to get’ = to + infinitive)
Answer:
My friend will get the prize. I want it.

(ii) India expects her people to do their work sincerely, (to do- to + ‘infinitive’)
Answer:
Her people will do their work sincerely. India wants it.

(iii) Our teacher made the girl do the sum. (do = bare infinitive)
Answer:
The girl did (past simple) the work.
Our teacher made it.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Know about Bare infinitives / Zero infinitives :
(i) The expressions like had better, had rather, would rather, sooner than, rather than
carry infinitives without ‘to ’.
Examples:

  • I would rather die than beg.
  • You had better take your father’s permission.
  • The king had ratherfight than surrender. (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ବରଂ ଯୁଦ୍ଧକଲେ)
  • I would rather wait till my friend comes.

(ii) Bare infinitive or Zero infinitive is used after dare and need in interrogative and negative forms.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ Modals ‘dare’ ଓ ‘need’ ପରେ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
Dare you speak like this? (ତୁ ଏଭଳି କଥା କହି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
You needn’t go near the hill. (ତୁମେ ପାହାଡ଼ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ ଯିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) If two infinitives are joined by ‘and’, the ‘to’ of the second is normally dropped.
(ଦୁଇଟି infinitive ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ infinitive ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ‘to’ କୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
Go there and work hard (to work).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to start today and do (to do) the needful.

To + Infinitive
Broadly speaking infinitives are oftwo kinds :
ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ infinitives (with ‘to’) are of two kinds.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 2

1. Simple infinitive
It may be :
(i) the Subject to a verb (କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ) :
To smoke (ଧୂମପାନ କରିବା) is bad for health.
To drink (ମଦ୍ୟପାନ କରିବା) tells upon health (ଖରାପ କରିଥାଏ).

(ii) Object ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
Children love to play (ଖେଳିବାକୁ).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to take part (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ) in the event (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାରେ).

(iii) Complement ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) :
(after ‘be’ verbs is, am, are, was, were)
My foremost ( ସର୍ବପ୍ରଧାନ) duty is to build my character (ତିଆରି କରିବା).
His desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା) was to deliver the speech (ବକ୍ତୃତାଦେବା).

(iv) Object ofa preposition (ଏକ ବିଭକ୍ତିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
The meeting is about to start, (about – preposition) (ସଭାଟି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ଉପରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

2. Qualifying infinitive
It is called qualifying infinitive because it is used to qualify a verb, a noun or an adjective.

(i) After the verb ‘be’ (is, are etc) to express a command, order or plan (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ଆଦେଶ ବା ଯୋଜନା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘be’ verb ପରେ ।
You are to stay here, (are – ‘be’ verb) (are to stay = must stay here) (ଏଠାରେ ରହିବାକୁ ହେବ ।)

→ Neelima is to go there, (must go there)
→ The orientation program is to start next month, (a plan).

(ii) a purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

→ Father wants to call on uncle. (ଦେଖାକରିବାକୁ । ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ)
→ Saroj went to the shop to buy medicine. (କିଣିବାପାଇଁ)

(iii) to qualify noun (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The girl has reason (noun) to smile. (ଝିଅର ହସିବା ପଛରେ କାରଣ ଅଛି ।)
→ It is time (noun) to close the counter.

(iv) to qualify an adjective (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The tea is too hot to drink, (hot = adjective) (ଚାହାଟି ଏତେ ଗରମ ଯେ ପିଇ ହେଉନାହିଁ)
→ This house is decent to live in. (decent = adjective) (ରହିବାପାଇଁ ଘରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ହୋଇଛି ।)

(v) equivalent to an adjective clause.
a. Lend (ଧାର ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ) ।me some books that may read.
Answer:
Lend me some book to read.

b. He has no dresses which he can wear.
Answer:
He has no dresses to wear.

Non-Finite Verb Clause (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
A non-finite verb clause begins with non-finite verb forms.
Examples:
(i) They made Seema write the letter. (ସେମାନେ ସୀମାଦ୍ଵାରା ଚିଠିଟି ଲେଖାଇଲେ ।)
(ii) I did not notice you raiseyour hand. (ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ତୋର ହାତ ଉଠାଇବାର ଦେଖଲି ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) Please let us go home. (ଦୟାକରି ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ।)
(iv) You had better leave this place. (ତୁମର ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
(v) The teacher found the girlsplaying on theground. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଝିଅମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଥିବାର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ)

Non-finitive verbs (to + infinitives) directly followed by a noun/pronoun + a verb

Help :
(i) Please help me roll the stone, (bare infinitive)
(ii) No one can help you to pass the exam, (to + infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

See/find: We saw/found them eating (ଖାଇବାର) their lunch, (action in progress)

Get :
(i) I got him to do it. (to + infinitive) (ମୁଁ ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହା କରାଇଲି)
(ii) He got the car moving (participle infinitive)
(iii) We got our food cooked, (past participle infinitive) (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରନ୍ଧାଇ ନେଲୁ।)

Verbs of Perception (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)
(These verbs don’t take the progressive form (+ ing)
See :
(i) I saw them cross (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ) the road, (crossing completed)
(ii) I saw them crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର) the road, (crossing not completed)
Imagine : (i) I imagine (think/suppose, ମନେ କରୁଛି) this to be the explanation.

Process Verbs :
Keep :
(i) He kept listening to the radio.
(ii) She kept me (pronoun) waiting for an hour. ( ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରୁଥିଲା)

Start :
(i) He started to sing, (but was stopped.)
(ii) He started singing (singing continued for some time)
(iii) Please start the clock going, (clock-noun)

Begin :
(i) As soon as he came down from the university, he began writing novels
(ଉପନ୍ୟାସ), (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟମୂଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(ii) Suddenly it began to rain. (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟହୀନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(iii) I am beginning to grow old. (ମୁଁ ବୁଢ଼ା ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

Finish :
(i) He finished writing the letters at 9.30 a.m.
Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା) :
(i) Sheela avoided making the same mistake again.

Verbs like complete, delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା), escape (ଖସିଯିବା), practice, so belong to this group.
Examples: Let’s go fishing. (ଚାଲ ମାଛ ଧରି ଯିବା।)
Stand / sit: Theystood / sat talking.
Can’t help: (have no control over)
I can’t help falling asleep. (ମୁଁ ନ ଶୋଇ ରହି ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Verbs of effort (ଚେଷ୍ଟା) and achievement (କୃତିତ୍ଵ / ସଫଳତା)
manage: We managed to reach the village before dark. (ପହଞ୍ଚିବାରେ ସଫଳ ହେଲୁ)

try :
(i) Try to work harder. (Make an attempt)
(ii) A man tried walking more briskly (ଅଧୁକ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ବେଗରେ).
fail: She failed (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) to understand my point.

Verbs of Attitude (ମନୋଭାବ)
like :
(i) I like riding (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଚଢ଼ିବା) (like – enjoy)
(ii) I like to go to the temple every day. (I think it right)
(iii) I like going to the temple. (I enjoy my visits)

regret (ଦୁଃଖ କରିବା) :
(i) I regret to say that he is a fool. (I am sorry, but I have to say that)
(ii) I regret saying that he is a fool. (I am sorry that I said that)

miss: I don’t miss going to the library on Sunday.
risk: I can’t risk telling you the secret. (ତୁମକୁ ଗୁପ୍ତ କଥା କହି ମୁଁ ନିଜକୁ ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇ ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।)

mind :
(i) We don’t mind sitting on the floor. (don’t object to it.)
(ଚଟାଣ ଉପରେ ବସିବାରେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଆପତ୍ତି ନାହିଁ)
(ii) Would you mind lending me your pen? (Please lend me your pen.)
enjoy: We enjoy travelling in holidays.

  • Causative verbs (ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟା) : They mean making someone do something.
  • help: We helped clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ) the room.

make :
(i) Sangeeta made me finish my work early.
(ii) I was made to finish my work early. (Passive)
(ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜରେ ଶେଷ କରାଗଲା।)
(iii) You must make your views known.
let : I won’t let you go home so early. (ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଏତେ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେବି ନାହିଁ ।)

have :
(i) I have my hair cutonce a month. (I get my hair cut once a montyh)
(ମୁଁ ମାସକୁ ଥରେ ମୋର କେଶ କଟାଏ।)
(ii) They had all the prisoners shot

Functions of Non-Finite Verbs (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

(i) As a Subject (କର୍ରାରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • Digging is hard work, {-‘mg’ non-infinitive)
  • To find fault with others is easy, (to + infinitive)

(ii) As an object (କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • She plans to buy some presents for her sister. (to + infinitive)
  • He would like to stay here for some days, {to + infinitive)

(iii)
(a) As a complement to the (ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) Verb ‘be’ (is/was)
Examples:

  • Our duty is protecting our motherland, {-‘ing’ form)
  • My aim is to be a doctor, {to + infinitive)

(b)With verbs ‘let’ and ‘make’
Examples:

  • The clerk made the girl fill in the form, {bare infintive)
  • The police officer let the gentleman go. {bare infintive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(iv) As an Adjunct (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • They killed the snake to save the child, {to + infinitive)
  • I saw the beggar cross to the other side, {bare infinitive)

Activity – 1

Underline the non-finite verbs in the following sentences:
(a) He has been answering questions.
Answer:
been answering

(b) They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଶେଷ କରିଥ୍)

(c) She may have been helped by her brother.
Answer:
have been helped ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଇ ପାରେ)

(d) You should have been studying English Grammar more thoroughly.
Answer:
have been studying (ପଢ଼ିବା ଉଚିତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତା)

(e) The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଥବ)

Activity – 2

Break the following sentences into two simple sentences each.
(a) I want my friend to get the medal.
Answer:
My friend will get the medal. I want it.

(b) She helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
I did the exercise. She helped me.

(c) I hate telling lies.
Answer:
Telling lies is a sin (ପାପ). I hate it.

(d) I expect to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
I will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(e) I expect you to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
You will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(f) Our teacher made us write the story.
Answer:
We wrote the story. Our teacher made it.

(Note: while breaking a sentence into two simple sentences, to + infinitive is replaced by will + main and bare infinitive by Past Simple tense.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 3

What are the functions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of the non-finite verbs clauses in the following sentences?
[The Junctions are: subject, object, complement, and adjunct]
(a) She plans to buy some presents for her sister.
Answer:
to buy- object

(b) Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
to get into – object/ adjunct

(c) He killed a snake to save the child.
Answer:
to save – adjunct

(d) I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing – complement

(e) To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
To find (fault) – subject

(f) He is to go abroad next month.
Answer:
to go – complement (after the ‘be’ verb ‘is’)

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.
(Non-finite clause ଯୋଗକରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

(a) They made ________________ (I /do /it)
Answer:
They made me do it. (do – bare infinitive)

(b) The gardener won’t let ________________ (they / touch / the flowers)
Answer:
The gardener won’t let them touch the flowers. (touch-bare infinitive)

(c) We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse / the rude boys)
Answer:
We heard the beggar curse the rude boys. (curse – bare infinitive)

(d) The clerk does not allow _______________ (anyone / see / the files)
Answer:
The clerk does not allow anyone to touch the files. (to touch – to infinitive)

(e) Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) ____________________ (he / write / the letter)
Answer:
Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) him to write the letter. (to write – to infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 5

Complete the following sentences using the non-finite verbs given in brackets. Some of these non-finite verbs may go with a noun phrase of your choice.

(a) The teacher doesn’t let_____________ (make) a noise in the class.
Answer:
the pupils make

(b) I would like _______________ (meet) my uncle.
Answer:
to meet

(c) Hot weather makes___________(feel) uncomfortable.
Answer:
people /me feel

(d) Please remind _____________ (phone) Ashok tomorrow.
Answer:
me to phone

(e) The film was very sad. It made_____________ (cry).
Answer:
me / the audience

(f) Lata’s parents have always encouraged ___________________ (study).
Answer:
her (Lata) to study

(g) He would like _____________ (come) to the party.
Answer:
to come

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with to + verb (to + infinitive), j + verb (bare/zero infinitive), or verb+ing.
(a) I enjoy __________________ (play) on the river bank.
Answer:
playing

(b) Where do you want__________________ (go) ?
Answer:
to go

(c) I learned ______________ (swim) when I was eight years old.
Answer:
swimming (ସନ୍ତରଣ)

(d) I am trying ________________ (study). Please stop- (talk).
Answer:
to study (ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ), talking (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା)

(e) I don’t mind ______________ (travel) by bus but I prefer- (travel) by train.
Answer:
travelling (ଯାତ୍ରାକରିବା)

(f) She would not let me ________________ (read) the letter.
Answer:
read (ସେ ମୋତେ ଚିଠିଟି ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଦେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(g) Good bye. I hope ________________ (see) you soon.
Answer:
to see (ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ)

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with to + verb or $ + verb, using the verbs given in the list. Select the appropriate ones.
[climb, do, go, cry, clean, come, walk, laugh, sleep, hear]
(a) He is very funny, He makes me _______________.
Answer:
laugh (ହସାଏ)

(b) Please stay with me. I don’t want you _______________.
Answer:
to go (ଯିବାକୁ)

(c) Do you want to go on a bicycle? No, let’s _________________.
Answer:
walk (ଚାଲିକରିଯିବା)

(d) Don’t wake up tomorrow morning. Let me_________________ for some more time.
Answer:
sleep (ଶୋଇନିଏ)

(e) I helped my brother _______________ his room.
Answer:
clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ)

(f) Talk quietly. I don’t want anybody ________________ us.
Answer:
to hear (ଶୁଣିବାକୁ)

(g) We persuaded our teacher ____________ with us.
Answer:
to come (ଯିବାପାଇଁ)

(h) I saw him ________________ over the wall.
Answer:
climb (ଚଢ଼ିବାର)

Activity – 8

Read the following sentences and the hints are given in the brackets. Write another sentence with a related meaning using the hints given. The first one has been done as an example.

(a) Please don’t tell anyone that I have been punished. (I / not / want / anyone / know)
Answer:
I don’t want anyone to know about it.

(b) I was sure that Ashok would help me. (I / had/asked / him / help me)
Answer:
I had asked Ashok to help me.

(c) “Don’t touch that wire”, the man said to me. (man / told / not / touch)
Answer:
The man told me not to touch that wire.

(d) My father said that I could use his watch. (Father / allow/use / his watch)
Answer:
Father allowed me to use his watch.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(e) He told me that it would be good if I told the police about this accident. (He / advise / report / to the police)
Answer:
He advised me to report to the police.

(f) There is a football match between Mohan Bagan and East Bengal. (You / want / East Bengal / win ?)
Answer:
Do you want East Bengal to win the football match?

Activity – 9

Put the verb given in brackets in the proper form, by using + verb, ø + verb or verb-ing, whichever is appropriate.
(a) When you see Mr. Dash, remember. him my regards (ନମସ୍କାର). (give)
Answer:
to give (ଜଣାଇବାକୁ)

(b) I hate _______________what I have heard about you. (repeat)
Answer:
to repeat (ପୁଣିଥରେ କହିବାକୁ)

(c) I prefer ______________ alone. (be)
Answer:
being (ରହିବାପାଇଁ)

(d) I prefer ______________ silent in this case. (remain)
Answer:
to remain (ରହିବାକୁ)

(e) I hate _______________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling (କହିବାକୁ)

(f) Don’t forget _______________ the letter. (post)
Answer:
to post (ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇବାକୁ)

(g) Can you ever forget __________________ that important letter without any postage on it? (post)
Answer:
to post

Non-finite Verb Forms Additional questions with answers

Pick out the non-finite verbs in the following sentences.
1. We saw Seema writing the letter.
Answer:
writing

2. They have been staying in this town.
Answer:
been staying

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

3. They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing

4. I got my bicycle repaired.
Answer:
repaired

5. The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened

6. I forgot doing the homework.
Answer:
doing

7. I will win the match.
Answer:
win

8. Swimming is a good exercise.
Answer:
swimming

9. Minu helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
do

10. I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing

Write the functions of the non-finite verbs in the following sentences

1. Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
object

2. To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
subject

3. He is to go abroad next week.
Answer:
complement

4. She made cakes to feed her son.
Answer:
adjunct

5. He let out a part of his house to make some extra money.
Answer:
adjunct

6. I expect him to arrive on time.
Answer:
object

7. I undertake to finish the work.
Answer:
object

8. To err is human.
Answer:
subject

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

9. He appears to be a gentleman.
Answer:
complement

10. He was about to die.
Answer:
complement

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of non-finite verbs given in the brackets.

1. To see him is ________________ him. (love)
Answer:
to love

2. The children expect ______________. (succeed)
Answer:
to succeed

3. You had better not _______________ here. (remain)
Answer:
remain

4. He did nothing but _______________ (laugh)
Answer:
laugh

5. I felt something ______________ past me. (slip)
Answer:
slip

6. I dare not ___________ into your eyes. (look)
Answer:
look

7. I would rather climb the stairs than ___________ the lift. (take)
Answer:
take

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

8. I came here ____________ the matter with Suresh Babu. (discuss)
Answer:
to discuss

9. The police left no stone unturned ____________ the missing child. (trace Out)
Answer:
to trace out

10. l am very happy ______________ your results. (know)
Answer:
to know

11. I wouldn’t help _________________. (laugh)
Answer:
laughing

12. The law forbids ________________ others, (cheat)
Answer:
cheating

13. She denied ________________ stolen my watch. (have)
Answer:
having

14. I have never heard him ______________ a lie. (tell)
Answer:
tell

15. Our headmaster didn’t let us _______________ home. (go)
Answer:
go

16. Pooja helped me _______________ the room. (clean)
Answer:
clean

17. Her mother made her _______________ .(cry)
Answer:
cry

18. Teachers train us _______________ good citizens. (be)
Answer:
to be

19. Never fail _________________ your elders. (respect)
Answer:
to respect

20. I smelt something _______________. (bum)
Answer:
burning

21. My shirt needs _______________ .(wash)
Answer:
washing

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

22. You had better _______________ the place. (leave)
Answer:
leave

23. Would you mind _______________ letters? (post)
Answer:
posting

24. I have already given up ______________ .(smoke)
Answer:
smoking

25. He would hate ______________ us. (join)
Answer:
to join

26. The teacher didn’t allow us _______________ noise in the class. (make)
Answer:
to make

27. My father had his photograph ________________ .(enlarge)
Answer:
enlarged

28. I got my shoes _________________. (mend)
Answer:
mended

29. He had his blood _________________ .(examine)
Answer:
examined

30. I didn’t mind _______________ suggestions. (make)
Answer:
making

31. I regret ________________ it. (say)
Answer:
saying

32. Mahesh advised him _________________ care of his health. (take)
Answer:
to take

33. Theboykepton __________________ the bell. (ring)
Answer:
ringing

34. I enjoy __________________ short stories. (read)
Answer:
reading

35. The commander ordered the soldiers _________________ on. (march)
Answer:
to march

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

36. We anticipated his _______________ .(come)
Answer:
coming

37. I would like ______________ my uncle. (meet)
Answer:
to meet

38. Please stop ______________ .(talk)
Answer:
talking

39. I hope ________________ you soon. (see)
Answer:
to see

40. They made me ______________ it. (do)
Answer:
do

41. She would not let me _____________ the letter. (read)
Answer:
read

42. The weather makes me _______________ uncomfortable. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. The man told me not _______________ the wire. (touch)
Answer:
to touch

44. I heard her _______________ a patriotic song. (sing)
Answer:
sing

45. I will have the gardener ____________ these trees.(plant)
Answer:
plant

46. I didn’t notice you _______________ your hand. (raise)
Answer:
raise

47. I hate ____________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling

48. I felt _______________ .(insult)
Answer:
insulted

49. He insisted on _____________ in that river. (swim)
Answer:
swimming

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

50. ________________ of his help, I returned home. (assure)
Answer:
assured

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.

1. They made ________________ (I/do/it)
Answer:
me do it

2. The gardener won’t let __________________ (they/touch/the flowers)
Answer:
them touch the flowers

3. We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse/the rudeboys)
Answer:
the beggar cursing the rude boys

4. The clerk doesn’t allow _______________ (anyone/see/the files)
Answer:
anyone to see the files

5. Please remind ________________ (he/write/the letter)
Answer:
him to write the letter

6. Good bye. I hope ____________ (see/you/soon)
Answer:
to see you soon

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

7. I want _____________ (he/get/the medal)
Answer:
him to get the medal

8. I found _______________ (he/carry/a bag)
Answer:
him carrying
a bag

9. They expected ______________ (I /travel/ by air)
Answer:
me to travel by air

10. The teacher made ________________ (we/write/the answers)
Answer:
us write the answers